3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Maintenance Guide (16) (PDF) - en

3900 & 5900 Series Base Station
Maintenance Guide
Issue 16
Date 2021-08-13
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2021. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and
the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees
or representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: https://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i

Maintenance Guide Contents
Contents
1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Maintenance Guide.................................................... 1

1.1 Changes in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Maintenance Guide........................................................................ 4
1.2 Preparations for Site Maintenance................................................................................................................................. 19
1.3 Routine Hardware Maintenance Items......................................................................................................................... 20
1.3.1 Maintenance Items for the Equipment Room......................................................................................................... 20
1.3.2 Maintenance Items for the Power Supply and Grounding Systems................................................................ 22
1.3.3 Maintenance Items for Cabinets or Racks................................................................................................................ 23
1.3.4 Charging During Site Maintenance............................................................................................................................. 28
1.4 Powering On and Powering Off a Base Station......................................................................................................... 30
1.4.1 Powering On and Powering Off a DBS5900............................................................................................................ 30
1.4.1.1 Powering On a Base Station...................................................................................................................................... 30
1.4.1.2 Powering Off a Base Station...................................................................................................................................... 31
1.4.2 Powering On and Powering Off a DBS5900A......................................................................................................... 31
1.4.3 Powering On and Powering Off a BTS5900A.......................................................................................................... 36
1.4.4 Powering On and Powering Off a BTS5900............................................................................................................. 49
1.4.4.1 Powering On a BTS5900 (Ver.A)............................................................................................................................... 49
1.4.4.2 Powering On a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D)..................................................................................................................... 53
1.4.4.3 Powering Off a BTS5900/BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D).................................................................................................. 57
1.4.5 Powering On and Powering Off a BTS5900L........................................................................................................... 58
1.4.5.1 Powering On a BTS5900L (Ver.A)............................................................................................................................. 58
1.4.5.2 Powering On a BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D)................................................................................................................... 61
1.4.5.3 Powering Off a BTS5900L/BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D)..............................................................................................65
1.4.6 Powering On and Powering Off a DBS3900............................................................................................................ 66
1.4.7 Powering On and Powering Off a BTS3900A.......................................................................................................... 68
1.4.8 Powering On and Powering Off a BTS3900............................................................................................................. 82
Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ii


1.4.9 Powering On and Powering Off a BTS3900L........................................................................................................... 90
1.4.10 Powering On and Powering Off a BTS3900AL......................................................................................................98
1.4.10.1 Powering On a Base Station.................................................................................................................................... 98
1.4.10.2 Powering Off a Base Station................................................................................................................................. 108
1.4.11 Powering On and Powering Off a BTS3900C......................................................................................................109
1.4.11.1 Powering On a Base Station..................................................................................................................................109
1.4.11.2 Powering Off a Base Station................................................................................................................................. 115
1.5 Replacing Components..................................................................................................................................................... 115
1.5.1 Replacing Components in a DBS5900..................................................................................................................... 115
1.5.1.1 Replacing Components in an APM5930(AC)/APM5930(DC)/APM30H (Ver.F_B~E)............................116
1.5.1.2 Replacing Components in a BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/BBC5200T-L
(Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E)............................................................................... 117
1.5.1.3 Replacing Components in a BBC5200D/BBC5200T/IBBS200D (Ver.F_B~E)/IBBS200T (Ver.F_B~E).119
1.5.1.4 Replacing Components in a BBC5300D/BBC5300T/IBBS300D (Ver.F_B~E)/IBBS300T (Ver.F_B~E).121
1.5.1.5 Replacing Components in an IBC10 (Ver.B)....................................................................................................... 124
1.5.1.6 Replacing Components in APM30H/TMC11H/IBBS Series Cabinets..........................................................125
1.5.1.7 Replacing Components in an IMB05.....................................................................................................................126
1.5.1.8 Replacing Components in an ILC29 (Ver.E)........................................................................................................ 127
1.5.1.9 Replacing Components in a 19-Inch Rack.......................................................................................................... 127
1.5.2 Replacing Components in a BTS5900A................................................................................................................... 128
1.5.2.1 Replacing Components in an RFC (Ver.E)........................................................................................................... 129
1.5.2.2 Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E)................................................................ 129
1.5.2.4 Replacing Components in an IBBS200D (Ver.E)/IBBS200T (Ver.E)............................................................. 133
1.5.2.5 Replacing Components in an IBBS300D/IBBS300T.......................................................................................... 134
1.5.3 Replacing Components in a BTS5900 (Ver.A)/BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D)............................................................136
1.5.4 Replacing Components in a BTS5900L (Ver.A)/BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D)........................................................136
1.5.5 Replacing Components in a DBS3900..................................................................................................................... 137
1.5.5.1 Replacing Components in APM/TMC/IBBS Series Cabinets.......................................................................... 137
1.5.5.2 Replacing Components in an OMB....................................................................................................................... 139
1.5.5.3 Replacing Components in an OMB (Ver.C)........................................................................................................ 139
1.5.5.4 Replacing Components in an IMB03.....................................................................................................................140
1.5.5.5 Replacing Components in a 19-Inch Rack.......................................................................................................... 141
1.5.5.6 Replacing Components in an IBC10...................................................................................................................... 142
1.5.5.8 Replacing Components in an IBBS20D.................................................................................................................145
1.5.5.9 Replacing Components in a TP48600A................................................................................................................ 145
Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii

1.5.5.10 Replacing Components in an MRE1000............................................................................................................ 146

1.5.5.11 Replacing Components in an IMB05.................................................................................................................. 147
1.5.5.12 Replacing Components in an ILC29 (Ver.E)......................................................................................................148
1.5.6 Replacing Components in a BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2)/DBS3900 (Ver.E_A2).....................................................149
1.5.6.1 Replacing Components in an RFC (Ver.E_A2).................................................................................................... 150
1.5.6.2 Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.E_A2).......................................................................................... 150
1.5.6.3 Replacing Components in a TMC11H (Ver.E_A2)............................................................................................. 151
1.5.6.4 Replacing Components in an IBBS200T (Ver.E_A2)......................................................................................... 152
1.5.7 Replacing Components in a BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1)/DBS3900 (Ver.E_A1).....................................................153
1.5.7.1 Replacing Components in an RFC (Ver.E_A1).................................................................................................... 153
1.5.7.2 Replacing Components in an APM30 (Ver.E_A1)............................................................................................. 153
1.5.7.3 Replacing Components in a TMC (Ver.E_A1)..................................................................................................... 154
1.5.8 Replacing Components in a BTS3900A (Ver.D_A2)/DBS3900 (Ver.D_A2)................................................... 155
1.5.8.1 Replacing Components in an RFC (Ver.D_A2)................................................................................................... 155
1.5.8.2 Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.D_A2)......................................................................................... 156
1.5.8.3 Replacing Components in a TMC11H (Ver.D_A2)............................................................................................ 157
1.5.8.4 Replacing Components in an IBBS200T (Ver.D_A2)........................................................................................ 158
1.5.9 Replacing Components in a BTS3900A (Ver.D_A1)/DBS3900 (Ver.D_A1)................................................... 159
1.5.9.1 Replacing Components in an RFC (Ver.D_A1)................................................................................................... 159
1.5.9.2 Replacing Components in an APM30 (Ver.D_A1).............................................................................................159
1.5.9.3 Replacing Components in a TMC (Ver.D_A1).................................................................................................... 160
1.5.10 Replacing Components in a BTS3900A (Ver.E)...................................................................................................161
1.5.10.1 Replacing Components in an RFC (Ver.E)......................................................................................................... 161
1.5.10.2 Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E)..............................................................162
1.5.10.4 Replacing Components in an IBBS200T (Ver.E)/IBBS200D (Ver.E)...........................................................166
1.5.10.5 Replacing Components in an IBBS300D/IBBS300T........................................................................................167
1.5.11 Replacing Components in a BTS3900A (Ver.D).................................................................................................. 169
1.5.11.1 Replacing Components in an RFC (Ver.D)........................................................................................................ 169
1.5.11.2 Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.D)/TMC11H (Ver.D)............................................................ 169
1.5.11.3 Replacing Components in a BBC5200T-L/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E)...... 171
1.5.11.4 Replacing Components in an IBBS200T (Ver.D)/IBBS200D (Ver.D)......................................................... 172
1.5.12 Replacing Components in a BTS3900A (Ver.C).................................................................................................. 177
1.5.12.1 Replacing Components in an RFC (Ver.C).........................................................................................................177
1.5.12.2 Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.C)/TMC11H (Ver.C)............................................................. 178
1.5.12.3 Replacing Components in an IBBS200T (Ver.C)/IBBS200D (Ver.C).......................................................... 180
1.5.13 Replacing Components in a BTS3900A (Ver.B).................................................................................................. 181
1.5.13.1 Replacing Components in an RFC (Ver.B).........................................................................................................181
1.5.13.2 Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.B)/TMC11H (Ver.B)............................................................. 182
1.5.13.3 Replacing Components in an IBBS200D (Ver.B)/IBBS200T (Ver.B).......................................................... 184
Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iv

1.5.14 Replacing Components in a BTS3900 (Ver.D)..................................................................................................... 185

1.5.15 Replacing Components in a BTS3900 (Ver.C)..................................................................................................... 187
1.5.16 Replacing Components in a BTS3900 (Ver.B)..................................................................................................... 189
1.5.17 Replacing Components in a BTS3900L (Ver.D)...................................................................................................191
1.5.18 Replacing Components in a BTS3900L (Ver.C)................................................................................................... 193
1.5.19 Replacing Components in a BTS3900L (Ver.B)................................................................................................... 194
1.5.20 Replacing Components in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A)................................................................................................ 195
1.5.20.1 Replacing Components in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A)............................................................................................ 195
1.5.21 Replacing Components in a BTS3900C (Ver.C).................................................................................................. 200
1.5.22 Replacing Components in a WCDMA BTS3900C............................................................................................... 201
1.5.23 Replacing Components in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)........................................................................................... 201
1.5.24 Replacing Main Devices..............................................................................................................................................202
1.5.24.1 High-Risk Operations for Replacing Main Devices........................................................................................ 202
1.5.24.2 Replacing an RRU (BTS3900C (Ver.C)).............................................................................................................. 203
1.5.24.3 Replacing an RRU (BTS3900C WCDMA)........................................................................................................... 210
1.5.24.4 Replacing an RFU...................................................................................................................................................... 212
1.5.25 Replacing Power Equipment..................................................................................................................................... 223
1.5.25.1 Replacing Power Subracks..................................................................................................................................... 223
1.5.25.1.1 Replacing an EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 Subrack............................................................................................223
1.5.25.1.2 Replacing an EPU05A-06/EPU05A-07/EPU05A-08/EPU05A-09 Subrack............................................227
1.5.25.1.3 Replacing an EPU05A-02/03/04/05 Subrack (BTS3900A/DBS3900)....................................................231
1.5.25.1.4 Replacing an EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Subrack (BTS3012AE)........................................................... 239
1.5.25.1.5 Replacing an EPU05A-02 Subrack (BTS3900/BTS3900L)......................................................................... 243
1.5.25.1.6 Replacing an EPU03A-21 Subrack................................................................................................................... 249
1.5.25.1.7 Replacing an EPU03A-02/EPU03A-03/EPU03A-04/EPU03A-05 Subrack............................................252
1.5.25.1.8 Replacing an EPU02B or EPU02S..................................................................................................................... 259
1.5.25.1.9 Replacing an EPU02D or EPU02D-02............................................................................................................. 265
1.5.25.1.10 Replacing an EPU02S-02.................................................................................................................................. 270
1.5.25.1.11 Replacing an ETP48100-B1 Subrack............................................................................................................. 274
1.5.25.1.12 Replacing an EPS4890 Subrack...................................................................................................................... 278
1.5.25.1.13 Replacing an EPS24S48100DC Subrack....................................................................................................... 281
1.5.25.1.14 Replacing an ETP48400 Subrack.................................................................................................................... 283
1.5.25.1.15 Replacing an EPS30-4815AF............................................................................................................................287
1.5.25.1.16 Replacing an ETP48150-A3 Subrack............................................................................................................. 293
1.5.25.1.17 Replacing an ETP48100-A1 Subrack............................................................................................................. 297
1.5.25.1.18 Replacing an EPS 01A/EPS 01B/EPS 01C/EPS 01D Subrack..................................................................300
1.5.25.2 Replacing a PMU....................................................................................................................................................... 307
1.5.25.2.1 Replacing a PMU 15A.......................................................................................................................................... 307
1.5.25.2.2 Replacing a PMID.................................................................................................................................................. 310
1.5.25.2.3 Replacing a PMU 12A.......................................................................................................................................... 312
Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. v

1.5.25.2.4 Replacing a PMU 11A.......................................................................................................................................... 314

1.5.25.2.5 Replacing a PMU 11B........................................................................................................................................... 318
1.5.25.2.6 Replacing a PMU 01B........................................................................................................................................... 321
1.5.25.2.7 Replacing a PMIU (EPU05A-06/07/08/09)....................................................................................................326
1.5.25.2.8 Replacing a PMIU (EPU03A-21)....................................................................................................................... 329
1.5.25.2.9 Replacing an HSMU01D (PDU08H-01)......................................................................................................... 331
1.5.25.3 Replacing PSUs...........................................................................................................................................................333
1.5.25.3.1 Replacing a PSU (R4875G1) (EPU05A-11/12).............................................................................................333
1.5.25.3.2 Replacing a PSU (R4850G2) (IBC10/IMB03/IMB05/MRE1000)............................................................. 335
1.5.25.3.3 Replacing a PSU (EPW25-24S48D)..................................................................................................................339
1.5.25.3.4 Replacing a PSU (EPW30-48A)......................................................................................................................... 342
1.5.25.3.5 Replacing a PSU (PSU4850A)............................................................................................................................ 345
1.5.25.4 Replacing PDUs.......................................................................................................................................................... 348
1.5.25.4.1 Replacing a PDU01D-02/PDU06D-01.............................................................................................................348
1.5.25.4.2 Replacing a PDU01D-01/PDU03D-02.............................................................................................................351
1.5.25.4.3 Replacing a PDU05A-01...................................................................................................................................... 355
1.5.25.4.4 Replacing a PDU10D-01...................................................................................................................................... 360
1.5.25.4.5 Replacing a PDU08H-01...................................................................................................................................... 363
1.5.25.5 Replacing a DCDU.................................................................................................................................................... 366
1.5.25.5.1 Replacing a DCDU16D......................................................................................................................................... 366
1.5.25.5.2 Replacing a DCDU15D......................................................................................................................................... 371
1.5.25.5.3 Replacing a DCDU-12A/DCDU-12B................................................................................................................. 375
1.5.25.5.4 Replacing a DCDU-12C in an IBC10 (Ver.B)................................................................................................. 379
1.5.25.5.5 Replacing a DCDU-12C (IBC10)........................................................................................................................383
1.5.25.5.6 Replacing a DCDU-01/DCDU-11A/DCDU-12A (BTS3900A)................................................................... 386
1.5.25.5.7 Replacing a DCDU-01/DCDU-11A/DCDU-12A (BTS3900/BTS3900L)................................................. 390
1.5.25.5.8 Replacing a DCDU-12A (BTS3012AE).............................................................................................................395
1.5.25.5.9 Replacing a DCDU-03B/DCDU-11B (On a Wall)........................................................................................ 398
1.5.25.5.10 Replacing a DCDU-03B/DCDU-11B/DCDU-12B (BTS3900AL).............................................................401
1.5.25.5.11 Replacing a DCDU-03B/DCDU-11B/DCDU-12B (OMB/IMB03/IMB05/19-Inch Rack).................405
1.5.25.5.12 Replacing a DCDU-12B (BTS3012AE).......................................................................................................... 409
1.5.25.5.13 Replacing a DCDU-12B (BTS3900/BTS3900L/ILC29).............................................................................. 413
1.5.25.5.14 Replacing a DCDU-03B/DCDU-11B/DCDU-12B (APM30H/TMC11H/RFC)..................................... 415
1.5.25.5.15 Replacing a DCDU-03C/DCDU-11C/DCDU-12C (TMC11H)................................................................. 422
1.5.25.5.16 Replacing a DCDU-12C (BTS3012AE).......................................................................................................... 427
1.5.25.5.17 Replacing a DCDU-12C (BTS3900AL).......................................................................................................... 430
1.5.25.5.18 Replacing a DCDU-13A (RFC).........................................................................................................................433
1.5.25.6 Replacing Batteries................................................................................................................................................... 438
1.5.25.6.1 Replacing Lithium Batteries (BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/BBC5200T-L
(Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E))............................................................................. 438
1.5.25.6.2 Replacing an IBBS20L........................................................................................................................................... 442
1.5.25.6.3 Replacing an IBBS20L-E....................................................................................................................................... 448
1.5.25.6.4 Replacing Storage Batteries (BBC5200D/BBC5200T)................................................................................ 450
Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vi

1.5.25.6.5 Replacing Storage Batteries (BBC5300D/BBC5300T)................................................................................ 453

1.5.25.6.6 Replacing Storage Batteries (IBBS300D/IBBS300T)................................................................................... 456
1.5.25.6.7 Replacing Storage Batteries (IBBS200 (Ver.B)/IBBS200 (Ver.C))........................................................... 461
1.5.25.6.8 Replacing Storage Batteries (IBBS200 (Ver.D)/IBBS200 (Ver.E))........................................................... 466
1.5.25.6.9 Replacing Storage Batteries (IBBS200T (Ver.D_A2))................................................................................. 469
1.5.25.6.10 Replacing Storage Batteries (IBBS200T (Ver.E_A2))................................................................................472
1.5.25.6.11 Replacing Storage Batteries (BTS3012AE)..................................................................................................476
1.5.25.6.12 Replacing Storage Batteries (BTS3900AL).................................................................................................. 479
1.5.25.6.13 Replacing Storage Batteries (IBBS20D)....................................................................................................... 483
1.5.25.6.14 Replacing Storage Batteries (IBBS700D/IBBS700T)................................................................................ 490
1.5.25.6.15 Replacing Storage Batteries (MRE1000)..................................................................................................... 494
1.5.25.7 Replacing a BDU70-03............................................................................................................................................ 498
1.5.25.8 Replacing an SDU60-02.......................................................................................................................................... 502
1.5.25.9 Replacing an SDU30-01.......................................................................................................................................... 508
1.5.25.10 Replacing a BDU65-03.......................................................................................................................................... 511
1.5.25.11 Replacing an HSU (C28005G1)..........................................................................................................................514
1.5.25.12 Replacing a Fuse (EPU05A/DCDU)................................................................................................................... 517
1.5.25.13 Replacing a Fuse (EPU03A/EPS)........................................................................................................................ 525
1.5.26 Replacing Temperature Control Devices............................................................................................................... 527
1.5.26.1 Replacing Fan Assemblies...................................................................................................................................... 527
1.5.26.1.1 Replacing a FAN 03D............................................................................................................................................528
1.5.26.1.2 Replacing a FAN 03C............................................................................................................................................ 533
1.5.26.1.3 Replacing a FAN 03B............................................................................................................................................ 536
1.5.26.1.4 Replacing a FAN02G............................................................................................................................................. 539
1.5.26.1.5 Replacing a FAN02H............................................................................................................................................. 542
1.5.26.1.6 Replacing a FAN 02E............................................................................................................................................ 546
1.5.26.1.7 Replacing a FAN 02D............................................................................................................................................552
1.5.26.1.8 Replacing a FAN 02B............................................................................................................................................ 561
1.5.26.1.9 Replacing a FAN 02A............................................................................................................................................ 569
1.5.26.1.10 Replacing a FAN 01D......................................................................................................................................... 574
1.5.26.1.11 Replacing a FAN 01C.......................................................................................................................................... 577
1.5.26.1.12 Replacing a FAN 01B.......................................................................................................................................... 581
1.5.26.1.13 Replacing a FAN 01A......................................................................................................................................... 585
1.5.26.1.14 Replacing a FAN...................................................................................................................................................588
1.5.26.1.15 Replacing an FAU03D-03..................................................................................................................................591
1.5.26.1.21 Replacing a Fan Assembly (APM30H (Ver.D_A2)/TMC11H (Ver.D_A2))..........................................611
1.5.26.1.22 Replacing a Fan Assembly (APM30 (Ver.D_A1/Ver.E_A1)/TMC (Ver.D_A1/Ver.E_A1))................ 614
Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vii

1.5.26.1.23 Replacing a Fan Assembly in an RFC (Ver.D_A/Ver.E_A)........................................................................616

1.5.26.1.24 Replacing a Fan Assembly (OMB)................................................................................................................. 619
1.5.26.2 Replacing the Fan in the Front Door of the APM5930/BBC5200/BBC5300 Series Cabinets...........622
1.5.26.2.1 Replacing the Top Fan of an APM5930..........................................................................................................622
1.5.26.2.2 Replacing the Fan Mounting Frame (BBC5200D/BBC5300D)................................................................626
1.5.26.2.3 Replacing a TEC (BBC5200T/BBC5300T)....................................................................................................... 630
1.5.26.2.4 Replacing an Air Conditioner (BBC5200T-L/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E))
......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 634
1.5.26.3 Replacing the Fan in the Front Door (APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E))............................................638
1.5.26.4 Replacing the Fan in the Front Door (APM30H (Ver.D_A1/Ver.E_A1)/TMC11H (Ver.D_A1/
Ver.E_A1))..................................................................................................................................................................................... 643
1.5.26.5 Replacing the Fan in the Front Door (APM30H (Ver.D/Ver.D_A2)/TMC11H (Ver.D/Ver.D_A2))....646
1.5.26.5.1 Querying the Fan Type.........................................................................................................................................646
1.5.26.5.2 Replacing the Fan in a Huawei Heat Exchanger in the Front Door.....................................................647
1.5.26.5.3 Replacing the Fan in a Panasonic Heat Exchanger in the Front Door................................................ 651
1.5.26.6 Replacing the Fan in the Front Door (APM30H (Ver.C)/TMC11H (Ver.C))........................................... 656
1.5.26.7 Replacing the Fan in the Front Door (Ver.B)................................................................................................... 668
1.5.26.8 Replacing the Fan in the Front Door (IBBS700D)..........................................................................................677
1.5.26.9 Replacing the Inner Air Circulation Fan (BTS3900AL)..................................................................................680
1.5.26.10 Replacing the Inner Air Circulation Fan (IBBS700T)...................................................................................684
1.5.26.11 Replacing the Outer Air Circulation Fan (BTS3900AL).............................................................................. 687
1.5.26.12 Replacing the Outer Air Circulation Fan (IBBS700T)................................................................................. 691
1.5.26.13 Replacing an HAU03A-02 (BBC5200D-L)...................................................................................................... 694
1.5.26.14 Replacing an HAU01A-01 (BBC5200D/BBC5300D/IBBS300D/IBBS700D).......................................... 698
1.5.26.15 Replacing an HAU01A-01 (BTS3900AL)......................................................................................................... 699
1.5.26.16 Replacing an HAU01A-01 (MRE1000)............................................................................................................ 703
1.5.26.17 Replacing an AC Heater....................................................................................................................................... 705
1.5.26.18 Replacing an HAU01A-01 (APM5930(DC))...................................................................................................712
1.5.26.19 Replacing a Fan Mounting Frame (BBC5200D-L/BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L
(Ver.F_D~E))................................................................................................................................................................................ 715
1.5.26.20 Replacing a Fan Mounting Frame (IBBS200D (Ver.D)/IBBS200D (Ver.E)).......................................... 717
1.5.26.21 Replacing a Fan Mounting Frame (IBBS200D (Ver.B)/IBBS200D (Ver.C)).......................................... 720
1.5.26.22 Replacing a Fan Mounting Frame (IBBS300D).............................................................................................722
1.5.26.23 Replacing a Fan (IBBS20D)................................................................................................................................. 725
1.5.26.24 Replacing a TEC (IBBS200T (Ver.E))................................................................................................................. 728
1.5.26.25 Replacing the TEC (IBBS200T (Ver.D_A2/Ver.E_A2))...................................................................................732
1.5.26.26 Replacing a TEC (IBBS200T (Ver.D))................................................................................................................ 734
Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. viii

1.5.26.27 Replacing a TEC (IBBS200T (Ver.B)/IBBS200T (Ver.C))..............................................................................738

1.5.26.28 Replacing a Heat Exchanger (BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z))................................................................................ 741
1.5.26.29 Replacing a Heat Exchanger (MRE1000)....................................................................................................... 742
1.5.27 Replacing Monitoring Devices..................................................................................................................................748
1.5.27.1 Replacing a CMUH (BBC5200D-L/BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5200T-L/BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E)/
IBBS200D (Ver.E)/IBBS200T (Ver.E))................................................................................................................................... 748
1.5.27.2 Replacing a CCU01D-03 with a CMUH (BBC5300D/BBC5300T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T)..................... 754
1.5.27.3 Replacing a CCU01D-03 (BBC5300D/BBC5300T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T)................................................. 757
1.5.27.4 Replacing a Temperature Sensor at the Air Intake Vent of the BBU (IBC10(DC) (Ver.B)).............. 760
1.5.27.5 Replacing a CMUH (APM30/TMC (Ver.E_A1))................................................................................................ 764
1.5.27.6 Replacing a CMUG (IBBS20D).............................................................................................................................. 768
1.5.27.7 Replacing a CMUF (IBBS700T)............................................................................................................................. 772
1.5.27.8 Replacing a CMUEA (APM30 (Ver.D_A1)/TMC (Ver.D_A1)).......................................................................776
1.5.27.9 Replacing a CMUEA (RFC (Ver.D_A))/CMUH (RFC (Ver.E_A))...................................................................780
1.5.27.10 Replacing a CMUEA (IBBS700D)....................................................................................................................... 783
1.5.27.11 Replacing a CMUEA (IBBS200D (Ver.D)/IBBS200T (Ver.D)).................................................................... 787
1.5.27.12 Replacing a CMUE (APM30H/RFC/TMC11H/IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C))........................................796
1.5.27.13 Replacing a CMUA (APM30H/RFC/TMC11H/IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.B))....................................... 805
1.5.27.14 Replacing an HEUB (OMB (Ver.C)).................................................................................................................. 811
1.5.27.15 Replacing an HEUA (OMB)................................................................................................................................. 814
1.5.27.16 Replacing a CCU (BTS3900AL)........................................................................................................................... 816
1.5.27.17 Replacing a WIUA (IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T)............................................................. 819
1.5.27.18 Replacing an eBat (IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T)............................................................. 821
1.5.27.19 Replacing a Door Status Sensor........................................................................................................................ 825
1.5.27.20 Replacing a Temperature Sensor....................................................................................................................... 829
1.5.28 Replacing Surge Protection Devices....................................................................................................................... 831
1.5.28.1 Replacing Boards in the SLPU or Surge Protection Subrack for Transmission Signals......................831
1.5.28.1.1 Replacing a UELP................................................................................................................................................... 832
1.5.28.1.2 Replacing a UFLP................................................................................................................................................... 836
1.5.28.2 Replacing an AC Surge Protector (APM5930/APM30H Series Cabinets).............................................. 840
1.5.28.3 Replacing an AC Surge Protector (MRE1000)................................................................................................. 845
1.5.28.4 Replacing an AC Surge Protector (BTS3900AL)..............................................................................................847
1.5.28.5 Replacing the AC Surge Protection Box.............................................................................................................849
1.5.28.6 Replacing a GPS Surge Protector (IMB05)....................................................................................................... 851
1.5.28.7 Replacing an SPD (OMB (Ver.C))........................................................................................................................ 854
1.5.29 Replacing an ELU.......................................................................................................................................................... 855
1.5.29.1 Replacing an ELU (DC IBC10 (Ver.B) Cabinet)................................................................................................ 855
1.5.29.2 Replacing an ELU (APM5930/APM30H/RFC/TMC11H/BTS3900/BTS3900L/OMB (Ver.C)/MRE1000/
BTS3900AL)..................................................................................................................................................................................860
1.5.29.3 Replacing an ELU (BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/BBC5200T-L
(Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E)/BBC5200D/BBC5200T/IBBS200D/
IBBS200T)..................................................................................................................................................................................... 862
1.5.29.4 Replacing an ELU (BBC5300D/BBC5300T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T).............................................................. 868
Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ix

1.5.29.5 Replacing an ELU (ILC29)....................................................................................................................................... 870

1.5.29.6 Replacing an ELU (IBC10)...................................................................................................................................... 874
1.5.29.7 Replacing an ELU (BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D)/BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D)).......................................................... 878
1.5.29.8 Replacing an ELU (APM30 (Ver.E_A1)/TMC (Ver.E_A1))............................................................................. 882
1.5.29.9 Replacing an ELU (APM30 (Ver.D_A1)/TMC (Ver.D_A1))............................................................................886
1.5.29.10 Replacing an ELU (RFC (Ver.D_A)/RFC (Ver.E_A))....................................................................................... 889
1.5.29.11 Replacing an ELU (IBBS20D).............................................................................................................................. 891
1.5.29.12 Replacing an ELU (BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z))..................................................................................................... 895
1.6 Appendix................................................................................................................................................................................ 898
1.6.1 Querying the Electronic Label of a Cabinet........................................................................................................... 898
Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. x

3900 & 5900 Series Base Station 1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Maintenance
Maintenance Guide Guide
1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station

Maintenance Guide
Overview
This document describes the preparations for site maintenance, routine hardware
maintenance items, and power-on and power-off of 3900 and 5900 series base
stations. The maintenance items include the equipment room environment, power
supply and grounding systems, cabinets or racks, and charging. This document
also describes how to replace boards, modules, and other components.
The RF modules for distributed base stations in this document include RRUs and
AAUs. The application scenarios, power distribution principles, cable connections,
and cable installation of the RRUs and AAUs are the same. The following uses the
RRUs as an example.
The exteriors of components or cables in this document are for reference only. The
actual exteriors may be different.
NOTE
● Unless otherwise specified, in this document, LTE and eNodeB always include FDD, NB-
IoT, and TDD. In scenarios where they need to be distinguished, LTE FDD, LTE NB-IoT,
and LTE TDD are used. The same rules apply to eNodeB.
● Unless otherwise specified, in this document, NR and gNodeB always include FDD and
TDD. In scenarios where they need to be distinguished, NR FDD and NR TDD are used.
The same rules apply to gNodeB.
● In this document, "G" is short for GSM, "U" for UMTS, "L" for LTE FDD, "T" for LTE TDD,
"M" for LTE NB-IoT, and "N" for NR. In addition, "N (FDD)" is short for NR FDD and "N
(TDD)" is short for NR TDD.
● For details about the LampSite solution, see LampSite Base Station Hardware
Description.
Product Versions
The following table lists the product versions related to this document.
Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1

Product Name Solution Version Product Version
3900 series base SRAN8.0 and later V100R008C00 and later

stations
5900 series base SRAN12.1 and later V100R012C10 and later

stations
Unless otherwise specified, cabinets, components, and RATs involved in this

document are supported in V100R008C00 and later versions. The following table
lists the special cases.
Item Solution Version Product Version
IBC10 SRAN8.1/GBSS15.1/ V100R008C01 and later

RAN15.1/eRAN6.1 and
later
● BBU3910 SRAN9.0/GBSS16.0/ V100R009C00 and later

● APM30H (Ver.E) RAN16.0/eRAN7.0/eRAN
TDD 7.0 and later
● TMC11H (Ver.E)
● RFC (Ver.E)
● IBBS200D (Ver.E)
● IBBS200T (Ver.E)
● BBU3910A SRAN10.0/GBSS17.0/ V100R010C00 and later

● OPM50M RAN17.0/eRAN8.0 and
later
● OPM15M
● IBBS20D
● IBBS300D (Ver.A)
● IBBS300T (Ver.A)
● USU3910
IBBS20L SRAN11.0/GBSS18.0/ V100R011C00 and later

RAN18.0/eRAN11.0/
eRAN TDD 11.0 and later
● IBBS20L-E SRAN11.1/GBSS18.1/ V100R011C10 and later

● OPM30M RAN18.1/eRAN11.1/
RMU3900A SRAN12.0/GBSS19.0/ V100R012C00 and later

RAN19.0/eRAN12.0/
● EPU02D SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● EPU02D-02 RAN19.1/eRAN12.1/
● MRE1000

Item Solution Version Product Version
● BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) RAN19.1/eRAN12.1/
● IMB05
● ILC29 (Ver.E)
● BTS5900 (Ver.A) SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● BTS5900L (Ver.A) RAN19.1/eRAN12.1/
● APM5930 SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● BBC5200D/BBC5200T/ RAN19.1/eRAN12.1/
BBC5300D/BBC5300T eRAN TDD 12.1 and later
● IBC10 (Ver.B)
● BBC5200D-L SRAN15.1/GBSS21.1/ V100R015C10 and later

● DCDU16D RAN21.1/eRAN15.1/
● FAN02H
● BBU5900A
● OPM200
● IBBS50L
● RFC5906
● INS05 SRAN16.0/GBSS22.0/ V100R016C00 and later

● IFS5906 RAN22.0/eRAN16.0/
● IMS5906
● EPU02S
● EPU02B SRAN16.1/GBSS22.1/ V100R016C10 and later

● EPU02S-02 RAN22.1/eRAN16.1/
DCDU16D-02 SRAN17.0/GBSS23.0/ V100R017C00 and later

RAN23.0/eRAN17.0/
BBC5200T-L SRAN15.1/GBSS21.1/ V100R015C10 and later

RAN21.1/eRAN15.1/
Intended Audience
This document is intended for:
● System engineers
● Base station installation engineers
● Site maintenance engineers

Organization
1.1 Changes in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Maintenance Guide
This section describes the changes in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station
Maintenance Guide.
1.2 Preparations for Site Maintenance
This section describes preparations for site maintenance, including the acquisition
of site information, selection of maintenance items, and collection of maintenance
tools and spare parts.
1.3 Routine Hardware Maintenance Items
The routine hardware maintenance items include the equipment room
environment, power and grounding system, cabinets or racks, and charging.
1.4 Powering On and Powering Off a Base Station
This section describes how to power on and power off 3900 and 5900 series base
stations.
1.5 Replacing Components
This section describes how to replace components used in 3900 and 5900 series
base stations.
1.1 Changes in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station

Maintenance Guide
This section describes the changes in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station
Maintenance Guide.
16 (2021-08-13)
This is the sixteenth commercial release.
Compared with Issue 15 (2020-01-20), this issue includes the following new topics:
● 1.5.26.2.4 Replacing an Air Conditioner (BBC5200T-L/BBC5200T-L
(Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E))
● 1.5.27.19 Replacing a Door Status Sensor
● 1.5.11.3 Replacing Components in a BBC5200T-L/BBC5200T-L
(Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E)
● 1.5.25.11 Replacing an HSU (C28005G1)
● 1.5.27.20 Replacing a Temperature Sensor
Compared with Issue 15 (2020-01-20), this issue includes the following changes.

Topic Change Description
● 1.5.1.2 Replacing Components in a Added descriptions of the BBC5200T-

BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/ L, BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead),
BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/ BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead), IBBS200D-L
BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/ (Ver.F_D~E), and IBBS200T-L
IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T- (Ver.F_D~E).
L (Ver.F_D~E)
● 1.5.2.3 Replacing Components in a
BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/
BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/
BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/
IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-
L (Ver.F_D~E)
BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/
L (Ver.F_D~E)
● 1.5.10.3 Replacing Components in
a BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/
L (Ver.F_D~E)
● 1.5.25.2.1 Replacing a PMU 15A
● 1.5.29.3 Replacing an ELU
(BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/
L (Ver.F_D~E)/BBC5200D/
BBC5200T/IBBS200D/IBBS200T)
● 1.5.25.6.1 Replacing Lithium
Batteries (BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-
L/BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/
L (Ver.F_D~E))
● 1.5.27.1 Replacing a CMUH
(BBC5200D-L/BBC5200D/
BBC5200T/BBC5200T-L/BBC5300D/
BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L
(Ver.A_Lead)/BBC5200T-L
(Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L
(Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-L
(Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200D (Ver.E)/
IBBS200T (Ver.E))

● 1.5.26.19 Replacing a Fan

Mounting Frame (BBC5200D-L/
IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E))
● 1.5.1.3 Replacing Components in a Added the door status sensor to

BBC5200D/BBC5200T/IBBS200D figures showing components to be
(Ver.F_B~E)/IBBS200T (Ver.F_B~E) replaced.
BBC5300D/BBC5300T/IBBS300D
(Ver.F_B~E)/IBBS300T (Ver.F_B~E)
Compared with Issue 15 (2020-01-20), this issue does not exclude any topics.
15 (2020-01-20)
This is the fifteenth commercial release.
● 1.5.25.1.8 Replacing an EPU02B or EPU02S
● 1.5.25.1.10 Replacing an EPU02S-02
● 1.5.25.7 Replacing a BDU70-03
● 1.5.25.8 Replacing an SDU60-02
● 1.5.25.9 Replacing an SDU30-01

● 1.5.1.1 Replacing Components in Added the descriptions of the EPU02B

an APM5930(AC)/APM5930(DC)/ and EPU02S-02.
APM30H (Ver.F_B~E)
an IMB05
an ILC29 (Ver.E)
19-Inch Rack
an APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H
(Ver.E)
● 1.5.3 Replacing Components in a
BTS5900 (Ver.A)/BTS3900
(Ver.E_A~D)
BTS5900L (Ver.A)/BTS3900L
(Ver.E_B~D)
an IMB03
19-Inch Rack
an IMB05
an ILC29 (Ver.E)
(Ver.E)
an APM30H (Ver.D)/TMC11H
(Ver.D)
BTS3900 (Ver.D)
BTS3900L (Ver.D)
a BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
14 (2019-12-27)
This is the fourteenth commercial release.

● 1.5.25.1.8 Replacing an EPU02B or EPU02S

● 1.5.25.7 Replacing a BDU70-03
● 1.5.1.1 Replacing Components in Added the description of EPU02S.

an APM5930(AC)/APM5930(DC)/
APM30H (Ver.F_B~E)
an IMB05
an ILC29 (Ver.E)
19-Inch Rack
(Ver.E)
BTS5900 (Ver.A)/BTS3900
(Ver.E_A~D)
BTS5900L (Ver.A)/BTS3900L
(Ver.E_B~D)
an IMB03
19-Inch Rack
an IMB05
an ILC29 (Ver.E)
(Ver.E)
(Ver.D)
BTS3900 (Ver.D)
BTS3900L (Ver.D)
a BTS3900AL (Ver.A)

13 (2019-10-28)
This is the thirteenth commercial release.
● 1.5.26.1.5 Replacing a FAN02H
1.5.26.1.6 Replacing a FAN 02E Added the description of FAN02H.

1.5.26.1.7 Replacing a FAN 02D
1.5.2.2 Replacing Components in an
APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E)
APM30H (Ver.E_A2)
1.5.6.3 Replacing Components in a
TMC11H (Ver.E_A2)
APM30H (Ver.D_A2)
1.5.8.3 Replacing Components in a
TMC11H (Ver.D_A2)
12 (2019-07-20)
This is the twelfth commercial release.
● 1.5.25.5.1 Replacing a DCDU16D
● 1.5.27.2 Replacing a CCU01D-03 with a CMUH (BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
IBBS300D/IBBS300T)
Entire document Added the description of DCDU16D.

1.5.27.1 Replacing a CMUH Added the steps of replacing a CMUH

(BBC5200D-L/BBC5200D/BBC5200T/ in the BBC5300D or BBC5300T.
BBC5200T-L/BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/BBC5200T-
L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L
(Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E)/
IBBS200D (Ver.E)/IBBS200T (Ver.E))
11 (2019-03-25)
This is the eleventh commercial release.
Compared with Issue 10 (2018-12-30), this issue does not include any new topics.
1.4 Powering On and Powering Off a Deleted the description of EPU02B or

Base Station EPU02S in the section describing how
to power on a base station.
Compared with Issue 10 (2018-12-30), this issue excludes the following topics:
● Replacing an EPU02B or EPU02S
● Replacing a BDU70-03 or SDU60-02
10 (2018-12-30)
This is the tenth commercial release.
● 1.5.1.2 Replacing Components in a BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/BBC5200D-L
(Ver.A_Lead)/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-
L (Ver.F_D~E)
● Replacing an EPU02B or EPU02S
● Replacing a BDU70-03 or SDU60-02
● 1.5.25.2.1 Replacing a PMU 15A
● 1.5.25.6.1 Replacing Lithium Batteries (BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/
BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L
(Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E))
● 1.5.26.19 Replacing a Fan Mounting Frame (BBC5200D-L/BBC5200D-L
(Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E))

● 1.5.26.14 Replacing an HAU01A-01 Added the steps of replacing

(BBC5200D/BBC5300D/IBBS300D/ components in the BBC5200D-L.
IBBS700D)
BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L
IBBS200T (Ver.E))
09 (2018-08-27)
This is the ninth commercial release.
Compared with Issue 08 (2018-07-30), this issue includes the following new topics.
● 1.5.1.1 Replacing Components in Added the steps of replacing

an APM5930(AC)/APM5930(DC)/ components in the following cabinets:
APM30H (Ver.F_B~E) IBC10 (Ver.B), APM5930(AC),
● 1.5.1.3 Replacing Components in APM5930(DC), BBC5200D, BBC5200T,
a BBC5200D/BBC5200T/IBBS200D BBC5300D, and BBC5300T.
a BBC5300D/BBC5300T/IBBS300D
an IBC10 (Ver.B)

● 1.5.25.1.1 Replacing an Added the steps of replacing the

EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 Subrack following components: EPU05A-11,
● 1.5.25.2.2 Replacing a PMID EPU05A-12, PMID, PSU (R4875G1),
PDU01D-02, PDU06D-01, DCDU15D,
● 1.5.25.3.1 Replacing a PSU storage batteries, FAN02G,
(R4875G1) (EPU05A-11/12) FAU03D-03, ELU, fan mounting frame,
● 1.5.25.4.1 Replacing a and TEC.
PDU01D-02/PDU06D-01
● 1.5.25.5.2 Replacing a DCDU15D
● 1.5.25.6.4 Replacing Storage
Batteries (BBC5200D/BBC5200T)
● 1.5.26.1.4 Replacing a FAN02G
● 1.5.26.1.15 Replacing an
FAU03D-03
● 1.5.26.2.1 Replacing the Top Fan
of an APM5930
● 1.5.26.2.2 Replacing the Fan
Mounting Frame (BBC5200D/
BBC5300D)
● 1.5.26.2.3 Replacing a TEC
(BBC5200T/BBC5300T)
● 1.5.27.4 Replacing a Temperature
Sensor at the Air Intake Vent of
the BBU (IBC10(DC) (Ver.B))
● 1.5.29.1 Replacing an ELU (DC
IBC10 (Ver.B) Cabinet)

● 1.4.1 Powering On and Powering Modified the following topics:

Off a DBS5900 Powering On and Powering Off a
● 1.4.3 Powering On and Powering DBS5900, Powering On and Powering
Off a BTS5900A Off a BTS5900A, Replacing an
EPU02D or EPU02D-02, Replacing a
● 1.5.25.1.9 Replacing an EPU02D or Fuse, Replacing an HAU01A-01,
EPU02D-02 Replacing an AC Heater, Replacing a
● 1.5.25.12 Replacing a Fuse CMUH, Replacing a CCU01D-03, and
(EPU05A/DCDU) Replacing an ELU. Added the
● 1.5.26.14 Replacing an HAU01A-01 description of APM5930 series
(BBC5200D/BBC5300D/IBBS300D/ cabinets.
IBBS700D)
● 1.5.26.17 Replacing an AC Heater
BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L
IBBS200T (Ver.E))
● 1.5.27.3 Replacing a CCU01D-03
(BBC5300D/BBC5300T/IBBS300D/
IBBS300T)
(APM5930/APM30H/RFC/TMC11H/
BTS3900/BTS3900L/OMB (Ver.C)/
MRE1000/BTS3900AL)
IBBS300T)
08 (2018-07-30)
This is the eighth commercial release.
Compared with Issue 07 (2018-02-05), this issue includes the following changes:
Combined 3900 Series Base Station Maintenance Guide and 5900 Series Base
Station Maintenance Guide as 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Maintenance
Guide.

Before the combination, compared with Issue 01 (2017-12-28), Issue 02

(2018-02-05) of 5900 Series Base Station Maintenance Guide does not include any
changes or exclude any topics.
Compared with Issue 01 (2017-12-28), Issue 02 (2018-02-05) of 5900 Series Base
Station Maintenance Guide includes the following new topics.
● 1.5.2 Replacing Components in a Added scenarios of the following

BTS5900A cabinets: RFC (Ver.E), APM30H (Ver.E),
● 1.5.5.1 Replacing Components in TMC11H (Ver.E), IBBS200T (Ver.E),
APM/TMC/IBBS Series Cabinets IBBS200D (Ver.E), IBBS300D, and
IBBS300T.
● 1.5.3 Replacing Components in a Added the scenario of the BTS5900

BTS5900 (Ver.A)/BTS3900 (Ver.A) cabinet.
(Ver.E_A~D)
● 1.4.4.1 Powering On a BTS5900
(Ver.A)
● 1.4.5.1 Powering On a BTS5900L Added the scenario of the BTS5900L

(Ver.A) (Ver.A) cabinet.
● 1.4.4.1 Powering On a BTS5900
(Ver.A)
Compared with Draft A (2017-09-30), Issue 01 (2017-12-28) of 5900 Series Base

Station Maintenance Guide does not include any new topics or changes, or
exclude any topics.
07 (2018-02-05)
This is the seventh commercial release.
Compared with Issue 06 (2017-10-27), this issue does not include any changes or
exclude any topics.
1.5.24.4 Replacing an RFU Added the steps of replacing an RF

module in a GBTS when the model of
the replaced RF module is different
from that of the new RF module.

● 1.5.29.2 Replacing an ELU Added the description that the ELU

(APM5930/APM30H/RFC/ and its connected upper-level device
TMC11H/BTS3900/BTS3900L/OMB cannot be replaced at the same time.
(Ver.C)/MRE1000/BTS3900AL)
IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E)/
IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E)/
BBC5200D/BBC5200T/IBBS200D/
IBBS200T)
IBBS300T)
(IBBS20D)
● 1.5.29.6 Replacing an ELU (IBC10)
● 1.5.29.10 Replacing an ELU (RFC
(Ver.D_A)/RFC (Ver.E_A))
● 1.5.29.9 Replacing an ELU (APM30
(Ver.D_A1)/TMC (Ver.D_A1))
● 1.5.29.8 Replacing an ELU (APM30
(Ver.E_A1)/TMC (Ver.E_A1))
(BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z))
● 1.5.29.5 Replacing an ELU (ILC29)
06 (2017-10-27)
This is the sixth commercial release.
exclude any topics.
1.5.5.11 Replacing Components in an Added the scenario of the IMB05.

IMB05
1.5.5.12 Replacing Components in an Added the scenario of the ILC29

ILC29 (Ver.E) (Ver.E).
1.5.5.10 Replacing Components in an Added the 225–400 V DC scenarios.

MRE1000

05 (2017-05-30)
This is the fifth commercial release.
exclude any topics.
1.5.25.1.9 Replacing an EPU02D or Added the steps of replacing an

EPU02D-02 EPU02D-02.
04 (2017-04-20)
This is the fourth commercial release.
exclude any topics.
1.5.5.10 Replacing Components in an Added the scenario of the MRE1000.

MRE1000
1.5.26.1.19 Replacing an FAU01D-05 Added the steps of replacing an

FAU01D-05.
1.5.28.3 Replacing an AC Surge Added the steps of replacing an AC

Protector (MRE1000) surge protector in an MRE1000.
1.5.25.1.6 Replacing an EPU03A-21 Added the steps of replacing an

Subrack EPU03A-21 subrack.
1.5.25.2.8 Replacing a PMIU Added the steps of replacing a PMIU

(EPU03A-21) (EPU03A-21).
1.5.25.3.2 Replacing a PSU Added the steps of replacing a PSU

(R4850G2) (IBC10/IMB03/IMB05/ (R4850G2) in an MRE1000.
MRE1000)
1.5.26.29 Replacing a Heat Added the steps of replacing the heat

Exchanger (MRE1000) exchanger in an MRE1000.
1.5.25.6.15 Replacing Storage Added the steps of replacing storage

Batteries (MRE1000) batteries in an MRE1000.
1.5.26.16 Replacing an HAU01A-01 Added the steps of replacing an

(MRE1000) HAU01A-01 in an MRE1000.

03 (2016-12-31)
This is the third commercial release.
exclude any topics.
1.5.25.1.9 Replacing an EPU02D or Added the steps of replacing an

EPU02D-02 EPU02D.
1.5.25.10 Replacing a BDU65-03 Added the steps of replacing a

BDU65-03.
1.5.25.2.3 Replacing a PMU 12A Added the steps of replacing a PMU

12A.
02 (2016-09-02)
This is the second commercial release.
Compared with Issue 01 (2016-03-07), this issue does not include any new topics
or exclude any topics.
1.5.24.1 High-Risk Operations for ● Added the description that the RF

Replacing Main Devices module must be powered off before
an external device is installed
between the RF module and the
antenna system.
● Added the description that the
connectors for the RRUs or RFUs
and their antenna system cannot be
rotated when the RRUs or RFUs are
powered on.
01 (2016-03-07)
This is the first commercial release.
Compared with Draft A (2015-12-30), this issue does not include any new topics
or exclude any topics.
Compared with Draft A (2015-12-30), this issue includes the following changes.

Entire document Changed the content structure.
Replacing the Fan in the Front Door Changed the non-modular heat
(Ver.B) and its child topics exchanger to Panasonic heat
exchanger. Changed the modular heat
exchanger to Huawei heat exchanger.
1.5.27.13 Replacing a CMUA Modified the steps of replacing a

(APM30H/RFC/TMC11H/IBBS200D/ CMUA.
IBBS200T (Ver.B))
Draft A (2015-12-30)
This is a draft.
This document includes the routine maintenance items, power-on and power-off
operations, and component replacement in cabinets described in site maintenance
guides for 3900 series base stations in 3900 Series Base Station Maintenance
Guide. The information about how to replace and add BBU components is moved
from 3900 Series Base Station Maintenance Guide to BBU Hardware Maintenance
Guide.
Before the combination, the site maintenance guides for 3900 series base stations
are as follows:
● BTS3900 (Ver.B) Site Maintenance Guide, BTS3900 (Ver.C) Site Maintenance
Guide, and BTS3900 (Ver.D) Site Maintenance Guide
● BTS3900L (Ver.B) Site Maintenance Guide, BTS3900L (Ver.C) Site Maintenance
Guide, and BTS3900L (Ver.D) Site Maintenance Guide
● BTS3900A (Ver.B) Site Maintenance Guide, BTS3900A (Ver.C) Site
Maintenance Guide, and BTS3900A (Ver.D) Site Maintenance Guide
● BTS3900AL (Ver.A) Hardware Description
● BTS3900C (Ver.C) Site Maintenance Guide and BTS3900C WCDMA Site
Maintenance Guide
● DBS3900 Site Maintenance Guide
● BTS3900A and DBS3900 Site Maintenance Guide for Enhanced Cabinets
● BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) Site Maintenance Guide
Before the combination, the mapping between the site maintenance guides for
3900 series base stations and the product versions is listed as follows:
● SRAN8.0: V100R008C00
● SRAN8.1: V100R008C01
● SRAN9.0: V100R009C00
● SRAN10.0: V100R010C00
● SRAN10.1: V100R010C10
● SRAN11.0: V100R011C00
The following topics were added in earlier versions before the incorporation:

● Risky Hardware Operations

● Boards Operation Regulations
● 1.5.11.6 Replacing Components in an IBBS700D/IBBS700T and its child
topics
● 1.5.11.5 Replacing Components in an IBBS300D/IBBS300T and its child
topics
The following topics were modified in earlier versions before the incorporation.
1.3.3 Maintenance Items for Added the descriptions of how to use a

Cabinets or Racks vacuum cleaner to clean cabinets.
1.5.24.4 Replacing an RFU ● Added the description of a CRFUe

in the background information.
● Provided both local and remote
operations of replacing an RFU.
No topics were excluded from earlier versions before the incorporation.
1.2 Preparations for Site Maintenance

This section describes preparations for site maintenance, including the acquisition
of site information, selection of maintenance items, and collection of maintenance
tools and spare parts.
Site Information Acquisition

Before maintaining a site, obtain the following site information:
● Faults and alarms remaining at the site
● Onsite hardware configurations
● Local environment
● Available spare parts
Maintenance Item Selection

Select the maintenance items based on site conditions. The maintenance items
consist of:
● Routine maintenance preparations items
● Site power-on and power-off
● Component replacement
Maintenance Tools and Spare Parts

Select maintenance tools and spare parts based on the site information and
maintenance items.

The following lists commonly used maintenance tools.
● Frequency test devices, including the frequency generator and spectrum

analyzer
● Power test device which is used to measure and analyze the output power of
a base station. A power meter is a commonly used power test device.
● Antenna test device, which is used to test the voltage standing wave ratio
(VSWR) or return loss and cable insertion loss, and locate faults. The
SiteMaster is a commonly used antenna test device.
● Other devices, such as the multimeter, maintenance and test diagnosis tool or
BTS health check tool, local maintenance terminal (LMT), rubidium clock (for
correcting the clock of a base station), spare parts, and ground resistance
tester.
NOTE
When a component at the site is faulty and needs to be replaced, prepare auxiliary
tools and new spare parts according to the actual situation.
1.3 Routine Hardware Maintenance Items

The routine hardware maintenance items include the equipment room
environment, power and grounding system, cabinets or racks, and charging.
1.3.1 Maintenance Items for the Equipment Room

This section describes the items, maintenance period, operational guidelines, and
reference standards for maintenance of the equipment room.
The following table lists maintenance items for the equipment room.
Table 1-1 Maintenance items for the equipment room
Item Maintena Operation Reference Standard

nce Period
Alarms in the Daily Check whether power ● No power supply

equipment supply alarms, fire alarm, fire alarm, or
room alarms, and smoke smoke alarm is
alarms are reported. reported.
● No dust or fog in
the air
● No organic
substances such as
alcohol, ether, or
ketone in the air
● No corrosive gas in
the air
● No smoke stain in
normal conditions


nce Period
Temperature Weekly Record the temperature The temperature

in the on the equipment room. ranges from –20°C to
equipment +55°C.
room
Humidity in Weekly Record the humidity in The humidity ranges

the the equipment room. from 5% RH to 95%
equipment RH.
room
Illumination Every two Check whether the -

in the months routine and emergency
equipment illumination in the
room equipment room is
normal.
Air Every two Check whether the air -

conditioners months conditioners are working
in the properly.
equipment
room
Protective Every two Check whether anti- ● The foam

devices months disaster devices, extinguisher or dry
equipment protection powder fire
devices, and fire- extinguisher is
protection devices are in installed in the
good condition. equipment room.
The pressure and
validity period of the
extinguisher meet
the requirements.
● There are no rats,
ants, flying insects,
snakes, and other
creatures in
equipment rooms. If
any creatures are
found in an
equipment room,
spray against the
creatures and better
seal the equipment
room.


nce Period
Cleanness of Every two Check whether the All the items in the
the months following items in the equipment room must
equipment equipment room are be neat, clean, and
room clean: the cabinet, clear of obvious dust.
equipment shell,
equipment interior,
tables, floor, doors, and
windows.
1.3.2 Maintenance Items for the Power Supply and Grounding

Systems
reference standards for maintenance of the power supply and grounding systems.
The following table lists the maintenance items for the power supply and
grounding systems.
Table 1-2 Maintenance items for the power supply and grounding systems
Item Maintenance Operation Reference Standard
Period
Power cables Monthly Check the power The power cables are
cable connections. securely connected.
The power cables are
not deteriorating and
their connection
points are not
corroded.
Voltage Monthly Use a multimeter to The voltage must be

measure the voltage within the standard
of the power supply. voltage range.
PGND cables Monthly Check whether the The PGND cables are
PGND cables and securely connected.
ground bars in the The power cables are
equipment room are not deteriorating and
securely connected. their connection
points are not
corroded. The ground
bars are not corroded
and proper anti-
corrosion measures
are taken.

Item Maintenance Operation Reference Standard

Period
Ground Monthly Measure the ground The ground resistance

resistance resistance by using a of the cabinet must
ground resistance be less than 10 Ω.
meter and record it.
Storage Yearly Check the storage The capacity of the

batteries and batteries and storage batteries
rectifier rectifier of the meets the
power supply system requirements and
in each equipment these storage
room. batteries are securely
connected. The
specifications of the
rectifier meet the
requirements.
1.3.3 Maintenance Items for Cabinets or Racks

reference standards for maintenance of cabinets or racks.
The following table lists maintenance items for cabinets or racks.
Table 1-3 Maintenance items for cabinets or racks

Item Mainten Operation Reference
ance Standard
Period
Lock and door Monthly Check whether the lock of the -

of the cabinet cabinet works properly and
whether the doors can be
opened and closed smoothly.
Fans Monthly Check whether the fans are The fans are
or working properly. working properly
quarterly without any
abnormal smell or
sound.
Indicators on Monthly Check whether the indicators For details about

boards or on the modules and boards in the status of the
quarterly the cabinet are normal. indicators, see the
related hardware
description.


ance Standard
Period
Cables Quarterly Check whether the signal The connectors of

cables and transmission each cable are
cables in the cabinet are intact and
properly connected. properly
connected without
corrosion or rust.
The connectors
are waterproofed
without
condensation. The
ambient
temperature
should not be
higher than 65°C
(149°F). The
power cables are
not deteriorating
and their sheaths
are intact.
ESD wrist Quarterly Take either of the following ● If you use an

strap measures: ESD wrist strap
● Use an ESD wrist strap tester, the
tester. GOOD
indicator
● Use a multimeter to test should be on.
the ground resistance of
the ESD wrist strap. ● If you use a
multimeter, the
ground
resistance
should be
within the
range from
0.75 MΩ to 10
MΩ.
Dust filters in Quarterly Clear dust on the dust filters. -

the cabinet
(only
applicable to
the indoor
cabinet)
Output Every six Use a multimeter to check The output

voltage months whether the output voltage voltage of the
of the power component is power component
normal. should be within
the normal range.


ance Standard
Period
Exterior of the Every six Check whether there is a -

cabinet months dent, crack, hole, or corrosion
on the cabinet surface, and
whether the labels are legible.
Cleanness of Every six ● Use a vacuum cleaner to The cabinet

the cabinet months clear dust off the base of surface is clean,
the cabinet and in the grid and the inside of
holes on the outer surface the cabinet is not
of the cabinet, as shown in dusty.
Figure 1-1.
● Remove baffle plates from
the base of the cabinet,
use a long handle brush to
remove dust from the grid
holes at the bottom of the
cabinet, and then use a
vacuum cleaner to clear
the remaining dust, as
shown in Figure 1-2.
● Periodically clear branches
and leaves from the top of
the cabinet.
● Each time before you open
the cabinet door for
maintenance, use a long-
handle brush to clear
foreign matters from the
top of the cabinet and
cracks between the door
and its frame. You can
open the cabinet door
after the foreign matters
are completely cleared.
● When the maintenance is
complete, close the cabinet
door after ensuring that
there are no foreign
matters on the waterproof
blocks of the cabinet door.
If there are foreign
matters, clear them.


ance Standard
Period
Cleanness of Yearly 1. Close the door of the The cabinet

the cabinet APM5930 cabinet, and use surface is clean,
a brush to clean air intake and the inside of
grid holes on the front the cabinet is not
door and at the rear of the dusty.
cabinet. See illustration "1"
in Figure 1-3.
2. Open the door of the
APM5930 cabinet. Use a
brush and a piece of wet
clotha to clear the dust
from the grid holes in the
outer air circulation
assembly and on the
landscaping cover. See
illustration "2" in Figure
1-3.
3. Close the door of the
APM5930 cabinet, and use
a water gun to clean the
surface of the radiator in
the outer air circulation
assembly through the grid
holes on the cabinet door
from top to bottom and
from left to right. See
illustration "3" in Figure
1-3.
4. Open the door of the
APM5930 cabinet, and use
a piece of wet cloth to
clear the water and dust
from the outer air
circulation assembly in the
upper part of the cabinet.
See illustration "4" in
Figure 1-3.
Paint or Every six Visual inspection There should be

electroplated months no flake or
coating of the scratch.
cabinet or rack
Smoke sensorb Every Clean the entire smoke -

three sensor, check its threshold,
years and test its functions.


ance Standard
Period
a: The wet cloth is required to prevent the dust from falling into the cabinet.
b: The smoke sensor is optional. If it is not configured, skip this item.
Figure 1-1 Clearing dust from the base and the outer surface of the cabinet
Figure 1-2 Clearing dust from the grid holes at the bottom of the cabinet

Figure 1-3 Clearing dust from the outer air circulation assembly in the APM5930
cabinet
1.3.4 Charging During Site Maintenance

This section describes how to charge different power equipment during site
maintenance. Currently, only the lithium-ion ferrous battery IBBS20L is involved in
charging during site maintenance.
Context
The following table lists charging-related parameters when an OPM50M is used to
charge an IBBS20L.

Table 1-4 Charging-related parameters

Charging-related Parameter Value
Average charging voltage 54.5 V.
Charging current Default charging current of the system,

less than or equal to 0.3 C in most cases.
Charging termination condition The system charging current is less than

0.05 C or the battery protection
mechanism is automatically started. The
charging duration is at least two hours.
NOTICE
● Charging operations must be performed by trained professionals.

● The charging procedure must be monitored. A thermometer or thermal imager
is recommended to test the battery temperature in real time to prevent any
exception, such as bulging or smoking. If any exception occurs during charging,
the charging must be immediately terminated and the battery must be
discarded.
Prerequisite
Identify the lithium-ion ferrous battery IBBS20L qualified for recharge.
Procedure
1. Install an IBBS20L in the corresponding battery compartment. Connect power
cables from the positive and negative power output terminals on the
OPM50M to the positive and negative terminals on the IBBS20L. Connect
signal cables from the communication ports on the OPM50M to those on the
IBBS20L. Use screws to secure the cables. For detailed operations, see
DBS3900 (BBU3910A) Installation Guide.
2. Perform subsequent operations for charged batteries. The subsequent
operations are listed in the following table.
– Remove the cables from the charged and qualified batteries, and place
them into the original packing cases. Modify the latest charging date and
the date for next charging on the packing cases. Then, store or deliver the
batteries as required.
– Recharge unqualified batteries and the batteries in the same pack
according to the preceding operations. If the recharged batteries are still
unqualified, discard the batteries.

Table 1-5 Charging acceptance criteria
Type of a Single Required Voltage Voltage Required for a

Battery When Charging Stops Battery in the Open-
Circuit State for 8
Hours
48 V ≥ 52.0 V ≥ 51.2 V
1.4 Powering On and Powering Off a Base Station

This section describes how to power on and power off 3900 and 5900 series base
stations.
1.4.1 Powering On and Powering Off a DBS5900

This section describes how to power on and power off a base station when you
maintain it. When powering on a base station, you need to operate according to
the procedure and requirements. When powering off a base station, you can
perform either a normal or emergency power-off based on the site conditions.
1.4.1.1 Powering On a Base Station

The following table describes how to power on a DBS5900 in different scenarios.
Application Scenario Reference
Outdoor AC scenario where the BBU is Powering On a Base Station

installed in an APM5930(AC)
Outdoor AC scenario where the BBU is Powering On a Base Station

installed in an APM30H (Ver.E)
Outdoor DC scenario where the BBU is Powering On a Base Station

installed in an APM5930(DC)
Indoor scenario where the BBU is Powering On a Base Station

installed in an IMB05
Indoor scenario where the BBU is Powering On a Base Station

installed in an ILC29 (Ver.E)
Indoor DC scenario where the BBU is Powering On a Base Station

installed on a wall

installed in a 19-inch rack

installed in an IBC10 (Ver.B)

Application Scenario Reference
Outdoor DC scenario where the BBU is Powering On a Base Station

installed in a TMC11H (Ver.E)
1.4.1.2 Powering Off a Base Station

This section describes how to power off a base station.
A base station can be powered off in either of the following ways:
● In scenarios such as an equipment swap or an anticipated regional blackout,
you must perform a normal power-off.
● In scenarios such as a fire, smoke, or water damage in the equipment room,
you must perform an emergency power-off.
The normal and emergency power-offs are performed with the procedures in the
following table.
Power-Off Method Procedure
Normal power-off Remove connectors from the output power cables for
all power components and then turn off the switch on
the external power equipment for the DBS5900.
Emergency power-off Turn off the switch on the external power equipment
for the DBS5900. If time permits, remove the
connectors from the output power cables for all power
components.
1.4.2 Powering On and Powering Off a DBS5900A


This chapter describes how to power on a base station and handle a failure in the
power supply to the components in a cabinet.
Prerequisites
● Input power cables for the OPM200 have been correctly connected.
● The power supply to the OPM200 meets the requirements of the power
system.
● The external power supply to the OPM200 has been shut off.
● Boards, modules, and cables have been installed in the cabinet.

Context
DANGER
● Before the power-on operation, check that all power cables are correctly
connected. Any reverse power cable connection or short circuit of the positive
and negative poles may cause damage to equipment or unexpected injuries of
human body.
● Exercise caution when performing a power-on check, which involves high
voltage operations. Direct contact with the input voltage or indirect contact
with the input voltage using a damp object may be fatal.
● During maintenance, hold the front panel of a service board to prevent it from
falling because the surface temperature of running service boards in the
BBU5900A is rather high.
NOTICE
Power on a BBU5900A/RRU/OPM200 within 24 hours after unpacking it. If you

power off an OPM200 for maintenance, restore power to it within 24 hours.
Process
The following figure shows the power-on check process.

Figure 1-4 Power-on check process
Procedure
Step 1 Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between the input/output terminal
and the ground, and ensure that there is no short circuit.
Step 2 Optional: If a site is configured with battery cabinets, turn on the circuit breakers
or switches on the power distribution boxes in the battery cabinets. Otherwise,
skip this step.
Step 3 Turn on the circuit breaker on external power equipment to power on the
OPM200.
Step 4 Check the power supply to components in the cabinet according to the following
table.

Table 1-6 Normal power supply status of each module

Module Normal Power Supply Status
BBU5900A ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 0.125s and off for
0.125s, or on for 1s and off for 1s).
● The ALM indicator is steady off.
RRU ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 0.125s and off for
NOTE
Indicator status meanings in the preceding table are provided as examples. For the meaning of
status of other indicators, see BBU5900 Hardware Description and 3900 & 5900 Series Base
Station Hardware Description.
Step 5 Optional: If the power supply to a component fails after the cabinet is powered
on, handle the fault according to the instructions in the following table.
Table 1-7 Troubleshooting

Failure Type Handling Measure
Failure in the power Check whether the power cables are correctly connected.
supply to all ● If the power cables are incorrectly connected, turn off
components in the all circuit breakers, and then reconnect the power
module cables.
● If the power cables are correctly connected, replace
the power device.
Failure in the power Perform the following operations:

supply to a board 1. Remove the board and check whether the pins in the
backplane socket of the slot are distorted, broken, or
missing. If so, replace the subrack.
2. Reinstall the board, and observe the indicators on the
board panel.
3. If the indicator does not work properly, remove the
board and reinstall it in a vacant slot that can house
a board of the same type. Then, observe the
corresponding indicator on the board.
– If the board works properly, the original slot is
faulty. In this case, replace the subrack.
– If the fault persists, the board is faulty. In this case,
replace the board.


supply to other 1. Check whether the indicator on the fuse terminal
components in the block that connects power supply to the component
module is on. (Skip this step and go to step 2 if this
component does not use any fuse terminal block.)
– If the indicator on the fuse terminal block is on,
the fuse is faulty. In this case, replace the fuse
according to the instructions in "Replacing a Fuse".
– If the indicator on the fuse terminal block is off,
go to step 2.
2. Use a multimeter to measure the input power of the
component.
– If the input power is normal, replace the
component.
– If the input power is abnormal, check whether the
power cable for the component is connected
securely. If the power cable is not connected
securely, turn off the circuit breaker for the
component (if there is no circuit breaker for the
component, remove the connector on the power
cable) and reconnect the power cable. If the
power cable is connected securely, the circuit
breaker or fuse for the component may be faulty.
In this case, replace the circuit breaker or fuse.
----End

following table.
Normal power-off Remove connectors from the output power cables for
all power components and then turn off the switch on
the external power equipment for the DBS5900A.

for the DBS5900A. If time permits, remove the
connectors from the output power cables for all power
components.
1.4.3 Powering On and Powering Off a BTS5900A

the specific procedure and requirements. When powering off a base station, you
can perform either a normal or emergency power-off based on the site conditions.

This section describes how to power on a base station and handle a failure in the
Prerequisites
● Input power cables for the BTS3900A or BTS5900A have been correctly
connected.
● The power supply to the BTS3900A or BTS5900A meets the requirements of
the power system.
● The external power supply to the BTS3900A or BTS5900A has been shut off.
● All circuit breakers or power switches in the APM30H have been turned off.
● All circuit breakers (if any) on the DCDUs in the RFC and TMC11H have been
turned off.
● All circuit breakers on the power distribution box in the IBBS200D, IBBS200T,
or BBC5200T-L have been turned off.
● All circuit breakers in the IBBS300D or IBBS300T have been turned off.
● All switches on the power distribution box in the IBBS700D or IBBS700T have
been turned off.
● The circuit breaker on the BBU has been turned off.
Context
The following table lists circuit breakers used in a BTS3900A/BTS5900A.

Table 1-8 Circuit breakers in a BTS3900A/BTS5900A

Base Power Devicea Circuit Breaker
Station
Type
BTS3900 EPS 01A/EPS 01C, ● Circuit breakers on the EPS 01A/EPS 01C
A (Ver.B) DCDU-01, ● "BAT_SW0", "BAT_SW1", and "FAN/
DCDU-03B, TEC_SW2" circuit breakers on the power
DCDU-03C, and distribution box in the IBBS200D, IBBS200T,
power distribution or BBC5200T-L
box
● SPARE2, SPARE1, BBU, FAN, and RFU0 to
RFU5 circuit breakers on the DCDU-01
(These circuit breakers control power inputs
to the BBU, fan assembly, and RFUs,
respectively.)
● "SW0" to "SW9" circuit breakers on the
DCDU-03B (The circuit breakers control
power inputs to RRU 0 to RRU 5, BBU, fan
assembly, and customer transmission
equipment.)
DCDU-03C (The circuit breakers control
power inputs to the BBU, fan assembly, and
customer transmission equipment.)
BTS3900 EPU03A-02/ ● Circuit breakers on the EPU03A-02/

A (Ver.C) EPU03A-04, EPU03A-04
DCDU-11A, ● "BAT_SW0", "BAT_SW1", and "FAN/
box
DCDU-11A ("SW0" to "SW8" circuit breakers
control power inputs to RFU 0 to RFU 5, FAN
01B, BBU 0, and BBU 1. The "SW9" circuit
breaker is reserved.)
power inputs to RRU 0 to RRU 5, BBU 0,
BBU 1, EMUA, and FAN 02B.)
DCDU-11C ("SW0" to "SW5" circuit breakers
control power inputs to transmission
equipment. "SW6" to "SW9" circuit breakers
control power inputs to BBU 0, BBU 1,
EMUA, and FAN 02B.)


Station
Type
● BTS39 EPU05A-02/ ● Circuit breakers on the EPU05A-02/

00A EPU05A-04, EPU05A-04
(Ver.D DCDU-12A, ● "BAT_SW0" and "BAT_SW1" circuit breakers
) DCDU-12B, on the power distribution box in the
● BTS39 DCDU-12C, IBBS200D, IBBS200T, or BBC5200T-L
00A DCDU16D,
EPU02D, ● Circuit breaker on the inner right wall of the
(Ver.D IBBS300D or IBBS300T
_A2) EPU02D-02,
EPU02B, EPU02S, ● Switch on the power distribution box in the
● BTS39 EPU02S-02, and IBBS700D or IBBS700T
00A power distribution
(Ver.D box
_A1)

00A EPU05A-08, EPU05A-08
(Ver.E) DCDU-12A, ● Circuit breaker on the PDU01D-01
● BTS39 DCDU-12B,
DCDU-12C, ● "BAT" circuit breaker on the power
00A distribution box in the top of the IBBS200D,
(Ver.E_ DCDU16D,
EPU02D, IBBS200T, or BBC5200T-L
A2)
EPU02D-02, ● Circuit breaker on the inner right wall of the
● BTS39 EPU02B, EPU02S, IBBS300D or IBBS300T
00A EPU02S-02, and
(Ver.E_ power distribution
A1) box
● BTS59
00A
a: In this document, EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08, EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04,

EPU03A-02, and EPU03A-04 are shortened to EPU; EPS 01A and EPS 01C are
shortened to EPS; and DCDUs of all types are shortened to DCDU.
NOTE
The EPU02B, EPU02D, EPU02D-02, EPU02S-02, and EPU02S are used to provide voltage
boosting power distribution for high-power RRUs. The procedures for powering on a DCDU and
an EPU02B, EPU02D, EPU02D-02, EPU02S-02, and EPU02S are the same. This section describes
the procedure for powering on a DCDU as an example.

DANGER
human body.
NOTICE
● Power on a cabinet or case-structured BBU within 7 days after unpacking it. If

you power off a cabinet or BBU case for maintenance, restore power to the
cabinet or BBU case within 48 hours. Otherwise, device damage may occur.
● Power on a BBU3910A/BBU3910C/BBU5900A within 24 hours after unpacking
it. If you power it off for maintenance, restore power to it within 24 hours.
Otherwise, device damage may occur.
● After unpacking an RRU, you must power it on within 24 hours. If you power
off the RRU for maintenance, you must restore power to the RRU within 24
hours. Otherwise, device damage may occur.
● After unpacking an IBBS20D, you must power it on within 7 days. If you power
off the IBBS20D for maintenance, you must restore power to the IBBS20D
within 48 hours. Otherwise, device damage may occur.
● After unpacking an IBBS20L, you must power it on within 24 hours. If you
power off the IBBS20L for maintenance, you must restore power to the IBBS20L
Process
Figure 1-5 and Figure 1-6 show the process for powering on a base station.

Figure 1-5 Power-on process in an AC scenario

Figure 1-6 Power-on process in a DC scenario
Procedure
● Powering on an AC base station

a. Use a multimeter to measure the resistance between the input/output

terminal and the ground, and ensure that there is no short circuit.
b. Optional: If a site is configured with battery cabinets, turn on the "BAT"
circuit breakers on the EPU or EPS and circuit breakers or switches on the
power distribution box in the battery cabinets. Otherwise, skip this step.
c. Turn on the external power circuit breaker to power on the APM30H or
APM30 and battery cabinet.
d. Turn on the power circuit breakers on the EPU or EPS, and check the
power supply to components in the cabinet according to the following
table.
Table 1-9 Normal status of the components powered by the EPU/EPS
Cabinet Component Normal Power Supply Status
APM30H PMU ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for

0.125s and off for 0.125s, or on for 1s
and off for 1s).
PSU ● The power indicator is steady green.

● The fault indicator is steady off.
FAN ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for

02A/FAN 0.125s and off for 0.125s, or on for 1s
02B/FAN and off for 1s).
02D/FAN ● The ALM indicator is steady off.
02E/FAN02H
Fan in the The fan is working properly.

front door
PMIU The STATE indicator is steady green.
APM30 PMU ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for

and off for 1s).

Fan The fan is working properly.

assembly

front door
IBBS200D Fan or TEC The fan or TEC is working properly, and the
or in the front RUN indicator on the CMUA, CMUE,
IBBS200T door CMUEA, or CMUH is blinking (on for 0.125s
and off for 0.125s, or on for 1s and off for
1s).

or in the front RUN indicator on the CCU01D-03 is
IBBS300T door blinking (on for 0.125s and off for 0.125s,
or on for 1s and off for 1s).
e. Optional: Turn on the power circuit breakers with loads on each DCDU in
the RFC, TMC11H, or TMC. If the DCDU does not provide any power
circuit breaker (for example, DCDU-12A, DCDU-12B, or DCDU-12C), skip
this step.
f. Turn on the power switches on the UPEU in the BBU.
g. Check the power supply to each component according to the following
table.
Table 1-10 Normal status of components in the cabinet
APM30H/ BBU ● UPEU: The RUN indicator is steady on.

APM30 ● FAN: The STATE indicator is blinking (on
for 1s and off for 1s).
● Other boards: The RUN indicator is
blinking (on for 0.125s and off for
0.125s or on for 1s and off for 1s). The
CPRI indicator is not steady reda.
TMC11H FAN ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for

02E/FAN02H

front door
RFC RFU ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for

and off for 1s).

01C/FAN ● The ALM indicator is steady off.
01D
TMC Fan The fan is working properly.

assembly

front door

- RRU ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for

and off for 1s).
a: If the CPRI indicator is steady red, the optical module may be faulty
or the optical fiber may be broken. In this case, check the optical
module or optical fiber.
NOTE
The indicators in the preceding table are only examples. For the status of other
indicators, see BBU Hardware Description.
h. Optional: If the power supply to a component fails after the cabinet is
powered on, handle the fault according to the instructions in the
following table.

Failure in the Check whether the power cables are connected

power supply to correctly:
all components in ● If the cables are incorrectly connected, turn off
the cabinet all circuit breakers, and then reconnect the
power cables.
● If the cables are connected correctly, replace
the power device.
Failure in the Perform the following operations:

power supply to a 1. Remove the board, and check whether any pin
board in the BBU of the slot on the backplane is bent, broken, or
missing. Replace the subrack if necessary.
2. Insert the board into the subrack, and check
the status of indicators on the board.
3. If the indicators indicate an exception, remove
the board, insert it into a vacant slot holding
the boards of the same type, and check the
status of the indicators.
● If the board works properly, the original slot
is faulty. In this case, replace the subrack.
● If the fault persists, the board is faulty. In
this case, replace the board.


power supply to 1. Check whether the indicator on the fuse
other components terminal block that connects power supply to
in the cabinet the component is on. Skip this step and go to
step 2 if this component does not use any fuse
terminal block.
● If the indicator on the fuse terminal block is
on, the fuse is faulty. In this case, replace
the fuse according to the instructions in
1.5.25.12 Replacing a Fuse (EPU05A/
DCDU) or 1.5.25.13 Replacing a Fuse
(EPU03A/EPS).
off, go to step 2.
2. Use a multimeter to measure the input power
to the component.
● If the input power is normal, replace the
component.
● If the input power is abnormal, check
whether the power cable for the component
is securely connected. If the power cable is
not connected securely, turn off the circuit
breaker for the component (if there is no
circuit breaker for the component, remove
the connector on the power cable) and
reconnect the power cable. If the power
cable is connected securely, the circuit
breaker or fuse for the component may be
faulty. In this case, replace the circuit
breaker or fuse.
● Powering on a DC base station

b. Turn on the external power switch to power on the RFC. If a TMC11H or
TMC is configured as the transmission cabinet, power on the TMC11H or
TMC.
c. Optional: Turn on the circuit breakers with loads on the DCDU in the
RFC. If the DCDU does not provide any circuit breaker (for example,
DCDU-12A or DCDU-12B), skip this step.
d. Optional: Turn on the circuit breakers with loads on the DCDU in the
TMC11H or TMC. If the DCDU does not provide any circuit breakers (for
example, DCDU-12C), skip this step.
e. Turn on the power switches on the UPEU in the BBU.
f. Check the power supply to each component according to the following
table.


Cabinet Componen Normal Power Supply Status
t
TMC11H BBU ● UPEU: The RUN indicator is steady on.

● FAN: The STATE indicator is blinking (on
blinking (on for 0.125s and off for 0.125s
or on for 1s and off for 1s). The CPRI
indicator is not steady reda.

02E/
FAN02H

front door

and off for 1s).

01D
TMC BBU ● UPEU: The RUN indicator is steady on.


assembly

front door

and off for 1s).


t
g. Optional: If the power supply to a component fails after the cabinet is

powered on, handle the fault according to the following table.


power cables.
the power device.



terminal block.
(EPU03A/EPS).
off, go to step 2.
to the component.
component.
breaker or fuse.
----End

Context
Perform a normal power-off in scenarios such as equipment swap and foreseeable
regional blackout.
Perform an emergency power-off in emergencies such as a fire, smoke, or water

damage.
Procedure
● Normal power-off

a. Ask the MAE administrator to block all cells served by the base station.
b. Modify the management status and block all RFUs in the RFC.
NOTE
● The blocking operation can be performed either remotely or locally, and

remote operation is recommended. For detailed operations, see 1.5.24.4
Replacing an RFU.
● If the RF modules work in dual modes, block the RF modules in both modes.
● GSM RF modules cannot be blocked, and you can block only the carriers of
the GSM RF modules.
c. If there are any circuit breakers on the DCDU in the RFC, turn off the
circuit breakers. If there is no circuit breaker on the DCDU in the RFC,
remove the connector on the DC output power cable from the DCDU.
d. If there are any circuit breakers on the DCDU in the TMC11H, turn off the
circuit breakers. If there is no circuit breaker, remove the connector on the
DC output power cable from the DCDU.
e. Turn off all the circuit breakers on the power distribution box in the
battery cabinet.
f. Turn off the circuit breaker on the EPU or EPS.
g. Turn off the power switch on the external power equipment connecting
to the BTS3900A/BTS5900A cabinet.
● Emergency power-off
a. Turn off the power switch on the external power equipment connecting
b. If time permits, turn off all DC power switches of the BTS3900A/
BTS5900A cabinet.
NOTICE
An emergency power-off for a base station may damage its boards or

components. Therefore, do not perform emergency power-off in non-
emergency cases.
----End
1.4.4 Powering On and Powering Off a BTS5900

1.4.4.1 Powering On a BTS5900 (Ver.A)

This section describes the procedure for powering on a BTS5900 (Ver.A) and
handling failures in the power supply to components in the cabinet.

Prerequisites
● Input power cables for the cabinet are correctly connected.
● BTS5900 power supply has met the requirements. For details, see Power
Requirements of a BTS5900.
● The external power supply to the BTS5900 has been shut off.
NOTICE
After unpacking a cabinet, power it on within 7 days. If you power off the cabinet
for maintenance, restore power to it within 48 hours.
Process
Figure 1-7 shows the process for powering on a BTS5900 in a DC scenario.

Figure 1-7 Power-on process for a BTS5900 in a DC scenario

Indicator Status and Voltage Output Range Check

● The DC output voltage of the DCDU-12A/DCDU-12B/DCDU16D ranges from –
38.4 V DC to –57 V DC.
● UPEU: The RUN indicator is steady on.
● FAN: The STATE indicator is blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s).
● The normal status of the indicators on other boards in a BBU is as follows:
– RUN indicator: blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s)
– ALM indicator: steady off
– ACT indicator: steady on
● The RFU indicators are in the normal state. For details, see the section about
RFUs in RFU Hardware Description.
● The RRU indicators are in the normal state. For details, see the section about
RRU power-on check in RRU Installation Guide.
Power-on Check of BBU5900 Power Cables

1. Remove one connector on a BBU power cable from the power equipment and
check whether the power supply of the BBU is normal.
2. Reinstall the connector removed in 1, and remove another connector on the
other BBU power cable from the power equipment. Then, check whether the
power supply of the BBU is normal.
3. Ensure that two BBU power cables are properly connected. Then, reinstall the
connector removed in 2.
If the power supply to a component fails after the cabinet is powered on, handle
the fault according to the instructions in Table 1-14.

Failure in the Shut off external power supply, and check whether the
power supply to all RTN(+) and NEG(-) cables are inversely connected.
components in the ● If the cables are incorrectly connected, turn off all the
cabinet circuit breakers, and then reconnect the power cables.
● If the cables are correctly connected, replace the DCDU
and power subrack.


power supply to a 1. Remove the board and check whether the pins in the
board backplane socket of the slot are distorted, broken, or
missing. If so, replace the subrack.
2. Reinstall the board, and observe the indicators on the
board panel.
3. If any indicator does not work properly, remove the
board and reinstall it in a vacant slot that can house a
board of the same type. Then, observe the
corresponding indicator on the board.
● If the board works properly, the original slot is
● If the board does not work properly, the board is
faulty. In this case, replace the board.
Failure in the Use a multimeter to measure the input voltage of the

power supply to component.
other components ● If the input power is normal, replace the component.
in the cabinet
● If the input power is abnormal, check whether the
power cables for the component are connected
securely.
– If the cable connections are not secure, turn off all
the circuit breakers on the power subrack, and then
reconnect the power cables.
– If the cable connections are secure, the power
switches on the power subrack or power cables may
be damaged. In this case, replace the power subrack
or power cables.
1.4.4.2 Powering On a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D)

This section describes how to power on a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) and handle
failures in power supply to the components in the cabinet.
Context
● The power supply to the BTS3900 meets the specifications listed in Power
Requirements of a BTS3900.
● All power switches on the BBU have been turned off.

NOTICE
Power-on Check of a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) Cabinet in DC Scenarios

Figure 1-8 shows the process of the power-on check of a BTS3900 in DC
scenarios.

Figure 1-8 Power-on check of a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) in DC scenarios

Indicator Status and Voltage Output Scope Check

38.4 V DC to –57 V DC.
– The RUN indicator is blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s).
– The ALM indicator is steady off.
– The ACT indicator is steady on.
● The RFU indicators are in the normal states. For details, see RFU Hardware
Description.
● The RRU indicators are in the normal states. For details, see RRU Hardware
Description.

Troubleshooting
Table 1-15 Handling measures

Fault Handling Measure
Failure in the power Shut off external power supply, and check whether the
supply to all RTN(+) and NEG(-) cables are inversely connected.
components in the ● If the cables are incorrectly connected, turn off all
cabinet the circuit breakers, and then reconnect the power
cables.
● If the cables are correctly connected, replace the
DCDU and power subrack.


supply to a board 1. Remove the board, and check whether any pin of
the slot on the backplane is bent, broken, or
2. Insert the board into the subrack, and check the
status of indicators on the board.
3. If the indicators indicate an exception, remove the
board, insert it into a vacant slot holding the boards
of the same type, and check the status of the
indicators on the board.
● If the board works properly, the original slot is
● If the fault persists, the board is faulty. In this
case, replace the board.
Failure in the power Use a multimeter to measure the input voltage of the
supply to other component.
components in the ● If the input power is normal, replace the
cabinet component.
● If the input power is abnormal, check whether the
power cables for the component are connected
securely.
– If the cable connections are not secure, turn off
all the circuit breakers on the power subrack,
and then reconnect the power cables.
– If the cable connections are secure, the power
switches on the power subrack or power cables
may be damaged. In this case, replace the power
subrack or power cables.
1.4.4.3 Powering Off a BTS5900/BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D)

following table.

Normal power-off Remove power cable connectors from all power

components and then turn off the switch on the
external power equipment for the BTS5900/BTS3900
(Ver.E_A~D).
for the BTS5900/BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D). If time permits,
remove the power cable connectors from all power
components.
1.4.5 Powering On and Powering Off a BTS5900L

1.4.5.1 Powering On a BTS5900L (Ver.A)

This section describes how to power on a BTS5900L (Ver.A) and handle failures in
power supply to the components in the cabinet.
Context
● The power supply to the BTS5900L (Ver.A) cabinet meets the specifications
listed in Power Requirements of a BTS5900L (Ver.A).
● The external power supply to the BTS5900L (Ver.A) cabinet has been shut off.
NOTICE
Power-On Check in the BTS5900L (Ver.A) DC Scenario

Figure 1-9 shows the power-on check process of a BTS5900L (Ver.A) cabinet in a
DC scenario.

Figure 1-9 Power-on check in the BTS5900L (Ver.A) DC scenario

Indicator Status and Voltage Output Range Check

38.4 V DC to –57 V DC.
– RUN indicator: blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s)
● The RFU indicators are in the normal state. For details, see the corresponding
section in "RFU Hardware Description".
● The RRU indicators are in the normal state. For the normal states of the
indicators on an RRU, see the section about power-on check in the RRU
installation guide.

Troubleshooting

Failure in the power supply to Check whether the –48 V and RTN power
all components in the cabinet cables are inversely connected.
● If the cables are incorrectly connected,
disconnect the components from the
external power equipment, and reconnect
the power cables.
● If the cables are correctly connected, replace
the DCDU-12A.

Failure in the power supply to Perform the following operations:

a board 1. Remove the board, and check whether any
pin of the slot on the backplane is bent,
broken, or missing. Replace the subrack if
necessary.
3. If the indicators indicate an exception,
remove the board, insert it into a vacant slot
holding the boards of the same type, and
check the status of the indicators on the
board.
● If the board works properly, the original
slot is faulty. In this case, replace the
subrack.
Failure in the power supply to Use a multimeter to measure the input voltage
other components in the of the component.
cabinet ● If the input power is normal (–38.4 V DC to
–57 V DC), replace the component.
whether the power cables for the
component are connected securely.
– If the cable connections are not secure,
remove the connectors on all power
cables from the DCDU-12A, and
– If the cable connections are secure, the
fuses or power cables on the DCDU-12A
may be damaged. In this case, replace the
fuses or power cables.
1.4.5.2 Powering On a BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D)

This section describes how to power on a BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) and handle
failures in power supply to the components in the cabinet.
Context
● The power supply to the BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) cabinet meets the
specifications listed in Power Requirements of a BTS3900L.

● All power switches on the BBU have been turned off.

● The external power supply to the BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) cabinet has been
shut off.
NOTICE
Power-on Check of a BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) Cabinet in DC Scenarios

Figure 1-10 shows the power-on check process of a BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) cabinet
in DC scenarios.

Figure 1-10 Power-on check process of a BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) cabinet in DC

scenarios

Indicator Status and Voltage Output Scope Check

38.4 V DC to –57 V DC.
– The RUN indicator is blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s).
– The ALM indicator is steady off.
– The ACT indicator is steady on.
● The RFU indicators are in the normal state. For details, see the corresponding
section in "RFU Hardware Description".
● The RRU indicators are in the normal state. For the normal states of the
indicators on an RRU, see the chapter about power-on check in the RRU
installation guide.

Troubleshooting

Failure in the power supply to Check whether the –48 V and RTN power
all components in the cabinet cables are inversely connected.
● If the cables are incorrectly connected,
disconnect the components from the
external power equipment, and reconnect
the power cables.
● If the cables are correctly connected, replace
the DCDU-12A.

Failure in the power supply to Perform the following operations:

a board 1. Remove the board, and check whether any
pin of the slot on the backplane is bent,
broken, or missing. Replace the subrack if
necessary.
3. If the indicators indicate an exception,
remove the board, insert it into a vacant slot
holding the boards of the same type, and
check the status of the indicators on the
board.
● If the board works properly, the original
slot is faulty. In this case, replace the
subrack.
Failure in the power supply to Use a multimeter to measure the input voltage
other components in the of the component.
cabinet ● If the input power is normal (–38.4 V DC to
–57 V DC), replace the component.
whether the power cables for the
component are connected securely.
– If the cable connections are not secure,
remove the connectors on all power
cables from the DCDU-12A, and
– If the cable connections are secure, the
fuses or power cables on the DCDU-12A
may be damaged. In this case, replace the
fuses or power cables.
1.4.5.3 Powering Off a BTS5900L/BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D)


following table.

Normal power-off Remove power cable connectors from all

power components and then turn off the
switch on the external power equipment for
the BTS5900L/BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D).
Emergency power-off Turn off the switch on the external power

equipment for the BTS5900L/BTS3900L
(Ver.E_B~D). If time permits, remove the power
cable connectors from all power components.
1.4.6 Powering On and Powering Off a DBS3900

NOTICE


The following table describes how to power on a DBS3900 in different scenarios.
BBU Application Scenario Reference
BBU3900 Outdoor AC scenario where the Powering On a Base Station

and BBU is installed in an
BBU3910 APM5930(AC)

BBU Application Scenario Reference
Outdoor DC scenario where the Powering On a Base Station

BBU is installed in an
APM5930(DC)
Outdoor AC scenario where the Powering On a Base Station

BBU is installed in an APM30H
(Ver.B/Ver.C/Ver.D/Ver.E)

BBU is installed in a TMC11H
(Ver.B/Ver.C/Ver.D/Ver.E)

BBU is installed in a +24 V
APM30H (Ver.B)
Outdoor scenario where the BBU 1.4.11.1 Powering On a Base

is installed in an OMB/OMB Station
(Ver.C)
Indoor DC scenario where the Powering On a Base Station

BBU is installed on a wall or in a
19-inch rack
Indoor scenario where the BBU Powering On a Base Station

is installed in an IMB03

BBU is installed in a TP48600A

is installed in an IBC10

BBU is installed in an MRE1000

is installed in an IMB05

is installed in an ILC29 (Ver.E)
BBU3910 Outdoor AC scenario Powering On a Base Station

A
BBU3900 Outdoor AC scenario Powering On a Base Station

C



The following table describes the normal power-off and emergency power-off for
a BBU3900/BBU3910.
Normal power-off Turn off the power switch on the BBU, and then
set circuit breakers on all power components to
OFF. Last, turn off the power switch on the
external power equipment connecting to the
cabinet in a DBS3900.
Emergency power-off Turn off the power switch on the external

power equipment connecting to the cabinet in a
DBS3900 and then the power switches on the
BBU and power devices if time permits.
The following table describes the normal power-off and emergency power-off for
a BBU3910A/BBU3910C.
NOTICE
Emergency power-off is not recommended in normal cases because it may lead to

damage to the BBU3910A/BBU3910C.
Normal power-off Turn off the circuit breakers on the auxiliary

power equipment for the BBU3910A/BBU3910C.
Emergency power-off Cut off the external input power of the auxiliary
power equipment for the BBU3910A/BBU3910C.
If time permits, turn off the circuit breakers on
the equipment.
1.4.7 Powering On and Powering Off a BTS3900A



Prerequisites
● Input power cables for the BTS3900A or BTS5900A have been correctly
connected.
● The power supply to the BTS3900A or BTS5900A meets the requirements of
the power system.
● The external power supply to the BTS3900A or BTS5900A has been shut off.
● All circuit breakers or power switches in the APM30H have been turned off.
● All circuit breakers (if any) on the DCDUs in the RFC and TMC11H have been
turned off.
● All circuit breakers on the power distribution box in the IBBS200D, IBBS200T,
or BBC5200T-L have been turned off.
● All circuit breakers in the IBBS300D or IBBS300T have been turned off.
● All switches on the power distribution box in the IBBS700D or IBBS700T have
been turned off.
Context
The following table lists circuit breakers used in a BTS3900A/BTS5900A.

Table 1-18 Circuit breakers in a BTS3900A/BTS5900A

Station
Type
BTS3900 EPS 01A/EPS 01C, ● Circuit breakers on the EPS 01A/EPS 01C
A (Ver.B) DCDU-01, ● "BAT_SW0", "BAT_SW1", and "FAN/
box
● SPARE2, SPARE1, BBU, FAN, and RFU0 to
RFU5 circuit breakers on the DCDU-01
respectively.)
power inputs to RRU 0 to RRU 5, BBU, fan
assembly, and customer transmission
equipment.)
DCDU-03C (The circuit breakers control
power inputs to the BBU, fan assembly, and
customer transmission equipment.)
BTS3900 EPU03A-02/ ● Circuit breakers on the EPU03A-02/

A (Ver.C) EPU03A-04, EPU03A-04
DCDU-11A, ● "BAT_SW0", "BAT_SW1", and "FAN/
box
DCDU-11A ("SW0" to "SW8" circuit breakers
control power inputs to RFU 0 to RFU 5, FAN
01B, BBU 0, and BBU 1. The "SW9" circuit
breaker is reserved.)
power inputs to RRU 0 to RRU 5, BBU 0,
BBU 1, EMUA, and FAN 02B.)
DCDU-11C ("SW0" to "SW5" circuit breakers
control power inputs to transmission
equipment. "SW6" to "SW9" circuit breakers
control power inputs to BBU 0, BBU 1,
EMUA, and FAN 02B.)


Station
Type

00A EPU05A-04, EPU05A-04
(Ver.D DCDU-12A, ● "BAT_SW0" and "BAT_SW1" circuit breakers
) DCDU-12B, on the power distribution box in the
● BTS39 DCDU-12C, IBBS200D, IBBS200T, or BBC5200T-L
00A DCDU16D,
EPU02D, ● Circuit breaker on the inner right wall of the
(Ver.D IBBS300D or IBBS300T
_A2) EPU02D-02,
EPU02B, EPU02S, ● Switch on the power distribution box in the
● BTS39 EPU02S-02, and IBBS700D or IBBS700T
00A power distribution
(Ver.D box
_A1)

00A EPU05A-08, EPU05A-08
(Ver.E) DCDU-12A, ● Circuit breaker on the PDU01D-01
● BTS39 DCDU-12B,
DCDU-12C, ● "BAT" circuit breaker on the power
00A distribution box in the top of the IBBS200D,
(Ver.E_ DCDU16D,
EPU02D, IBBS200T, or BBC5200T-L
A2)
EPU02D-02, ● Circuit breaker on the inner right wall of the
● BTS39 EPU02B, EPU02S, IBBS300D or IBBS300T
00A EPU02S-02, and
(Ver.E_ power distribution
A1) box
● BTS59
00A
a: In this document, EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08, EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04,

EPU03A-02, and EPU03A-04 are shortened to EPU; EPS 01A and EPS 01C are
shortened to EPS; and DCDUs of all types are shortened to DCDU.
NOTE

DANGER
human body.
NOTICE

Process


Procedure


b. Optional: If a site is configured with battery cabinets, turn on the "BAT"
circuit breakers on the EPU or EPS and circuit breakers or switches on the
power distribution box in the battery cabinets. Otherwise, skip this step.
c. Turn on the external power circuit breaker to power on the APM30H or
APM30 and battery cabinet.
d. Turn on the power circuit breakers on the EPU or EPS, and check the
power supply to components in the cabinet according to the following
table.
Table 1-19 Normal status of the components powered by the EPU/EPS
APM30H PMU ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for

and off for 1s).


02E/FAN02H

front door
PMIU The STATE indicator is steady green.
APM30 PMU ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for

and off for 1s).


assembly

front door
or in the front RUN indicator on the CMUA, CMUE,
IBBS200T door CMUEA, or CMUH is blinking (on for 0.125s
and off for 0.125s, or on for 1s and off for
1s).

or in the front RUN indicator on the CCU01D-03 is
IBBS300T door blinking (on for 0.125s and off for 0.125s,
e. Optional: Turn on the power circuit breakers with loads on each DCDU in
the RFC, TMC11H, or TMC. If the DCDU does not provide any power
circuit breaker (for example, DCDU-12A, DCDU-12B, or DCDU-12C), skip
this step.
f. Turn on the power switches on the UPEU in the BBU.
g. Check the power supply to each component according to the following
table.
APM30H/ BBU ● UPEU: The RUN indicator is steady on.

APM30 ● FAN: The STATE indicator is blinking (on
CPRI indicator is not steady reda.
TMC11H FAN ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for

02E/FAN02H

front door

and off for 1s).

01D
TMC Fan The fan is working properly.

assembly

front door


and off for 1s).
NOTE
h. Optional: If the power supply to a component fails after the cabinet is
following table.


power cables.
the power device.



terminal block.
(EPU03A/EPS).
off, go to step 2.
to the component.
component.
breaker or fuse.

b. Turn on the external power switch to power on the RFC. If a TMC11H or
TMC is configured as the transmission cabinet, power on the TMC11H or
TMC.
c. Optional: Turn on the circuit breakers with loads on the DCDU in the
RFC. If the DCDU does not provide any circuit breaker (for example,
DCDU-12A or DCDU-12B), skip this step.
d. Optional: Turn on the circuit breakers with loads on the DCDU in the
TMC11H or TMC. If the DCDU does not provide any circuit breakers (for
example, DCDU-12C), skip this step.
e. Turn on the power switches on the UPEU in the BBU.
f. Check the power supply to each component according to the following
table.


t
TMC11H BBU ● UPEU: The RUN indicator is steady on.

or on for 1s and off for 1s). The CPRI

02E/
FAN02H

front door

and off for 1s).

01D
TMC BBU ● UPEU: The RUN indicator is steady on.


assembly

front door

and off for 1s).


t
g. Optional: If the power supply to a component fails after the cabinet is

powered on, handle the fault according to the following table.


power cables.
the power device.



terminal block.
(EPU03A/EPS).
off, go to step 2.
to the component.
component.
breaker or fuse.
----End

Context
regional blackout.

damage.
Procedure

b. Modify the management status and block all RFUs in the RFC.
NOTE

Replacing an RFU.
the GSM RF modules.
c. If there are any circuit breakers on the DCDU in the RFC, turn off the
circuit breakers. If there is no circuit breaker on the DCDU in the RFC,
remove the connector on the DC output power cable from the DCDU.
d. If there are any circuit breakers on the DCDU in the TMC11H, turn off the
circuit breakers. If there is no circuit breaker, remove the connector on the
DC output power cable from the DCDU.
e. Turn off all the circuit breakers on the power distribution box in the
battery cabinet.
f. Turn off the circuit breaker on the EPU or EPS.
b. If time permits, turn off all DC power switches of the BTS3900A/
BTS5900A cabinet.
NOTICE

emergency cases.
----End
1.4.8 Powering On and Powering Off a BTS3900


This section describes the procedure for powering on a base station and handling
failures in the power supply to components in the cabinet.

Prerequisites
● Input power cables for the BTS3900 have been correctly connected.
● The power supply to the BTS3900 meets the requirements for the power
system, which are described in Power Requirements of a BTS3900.
● All corresponding circuit breakers listed in Table 1-24 have been turned off.
Context
DANGER
human body.
NOTICE

The following table lists circuit breakers used in a BTS3900.

Table 1-24 Circuit breakers in BTS3900 base stations

Station
Type
BTS3900 DCDU-01, EPS4890, ● SPARE2, SPARE1, BBU, FAN, and RFU0 to

(Ver.B) EPS24S48100DC, RFU5 circuit breakers on the DCDU-01
and DCDU-03B (These circuit breakers control power
inputs to the BBU, fan assembly, and
RFUs, respectively)
● Circuit breakers for storage batteries on
the EPS4890
● Circuit breakers on the DCDU-03B
BTS3900 DCDU-11A, ● SW0 to SW9 on the DCDU-11A (The

(Ver.C) ETP48150-A3, and switches SW0 to SW8 control power
DCDU-11B inputs to RFU 0 to RFU 5, FAN 01B, BBU
0, and BBU 1, respectively. The switch
SW9 is reserved.)
● Circuit breakers on the ETP48150-A3
BTS3900 DCDU-12A, Circuit breakers on the EPU05A-02

(Ver.D) EPU05A-02,
DCDU-12B,
DCDU16D, EPU02D,
EPU02D-02, EPU02B,
EPU02S-02, and
EPU02S
a: For ease of description in this section, EPU05A-02 is referred to as EPU,

EPS4890 or EPS24S48100DC is referred to as EPS, ETP48150-A3 is referred to as
ETP, and a DCDU of any model is referred to as DCDU.
NOTE
Process


Procedure
Step 2 Turn on the external circuit breaker to power on the BTS3900.
Step 3 Optional: Turn on all the circuit breakers with loads on the EPU/ETP/EPS, and
check the power supply status of each component according to the following
table. Skip this step for the BTS3900 DC scenario.

Table 1-25 Normal status of the components powered by the EPU/ETP/EPS
Cabinet Compone Normal Power Supply Status

nt
BTS3900 PMU ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 1s and

off for 1s).

Step 4 Optional: Turn on all circuit breakers with loads on each DCDU in the BTS3900
cabinet. If the DCDU does not provide any circuit breaker (for example, DCDU-12A
or DCDU-12B), skip this step.
Step 5 Turn on the power circuit breaker on the UPEU in the BBU.
Step 6 Check the power supply to each component according to the following table.
Component Normal Status of Indicators
BBU ● UPEU: The RUN indicator is steady on.

● FAN: The STATE indicator is blinking (on for 1s and off for
1s).
● Other boards: The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 0.125s
and off for 0.125s or on for 1s and off for 1s). The CPRI
indicator is steady reda.
RFU ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 0.125s and off for
Fan assembly ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 0.125s and off for
a: If the indicator indicating the status of the CPRI port is steady red, check
whether the optical module is faulty or the optical fiber is broken.
NOTE
The indicators in the preceding table are only examples. For the status of other indicators,
see BBU Hardware Description.


Failure in the power Check whether the power cables are connected correctly:
supply to all ● If the cables are incorrectly connected, turn off all
components in the circuit breakers, and then reconnect the power cables.
cabinet
● If the cables are connected correctly, replace the
power device.

supply to a board in 1. Remove the board, and check whether any pin of the
the BBU slot on the backplane is bent, broken, or missing.
Replace the subrack if necessary.
indicators.
replace the board.


cabinet is on. Skip this step and go to step b if this
component does not use any fuse terminal block.
the fuse is faulty. In this case, replace the fuse by
following the instructions in Replacing a Fuse in
an EPU05A or DCDU.
go to step b.
2. Use a multimeter to measure the input power to the
component.
component.
power cable for the component is securely
connected. If the power cable is not connected
----End

Context
regional blackout.

damage.
Procedure
b. Modify the management status to block all RFUs in the cabinet.

NOTE

Replacing an RFU.
the GSM RF modules.
c. Turn off the circuit breakers on the BBU.
d. If there are any circuit breakers on the DCDU, turn off all circuit breakers.
e. Turn off all circuit breakers on the EPU, ETP, or EPS subrack.
f. Turn off the external power switch for the BTS3900.
NOTICE

emergency cases.
a. Turn off the external power switch for the BTS3900.

b. If time permits, turn off all circuit breakers on the EPU, ETP, or EPS
subrack.
----End
1.4.9 Powering On and Powering Off a BTS3900L


Prerequisites
● Input power cables for the BTS3900L have been correctly connected.
● The power supply to the BTS3900L meets the requirements for the power
system, which are described in Power Requirements of a BTS3900L.
● The external power supply to the BTS3900L has been shut off.
● All corresponding circuit breakers listed in Table 1-28 have been turned off.

Context
DANGER
human body.
NOTICE

The following table lists circuit breakers used in a BTS3900L.
Table 1-28 Circuit breakers in a BTS3900L

Station
Type
BTS3900L DCDU-01 SPARE2, SPARE1, BBU, FAN, and RFU0 to

(Ver.B) RFU5 circuit breakers on the DCDU-01
respectively.)


Station
Type
BTS3900L DCDU-11A and ● "SW0" to "SW9" circuit breakers on the

(Ver.C) DCDU-11B DCDU-11A ("SW0" to "SW8" circuit
breakers control power inputs to RFU 0
to RFU 5, FAN 01B, BBU 0, and BBU 1.
The "SW9" circuit breaker is reserved.)
BTS3900L ● DC cabinet: ● DC cabinet: None

(Ver.D) DCDU-12A, ● AC cabinet: circuit breakers on the
DCDU-12B, EPU05A-02
DCDU16D,
EPU02D,
EPU02D-02,
EPU02B, and
EPU02S
● AC cabinet:
EPU05A-02,
DCDU-12A,
DCDU-12B, and
DCDU16D
a: In this document, EPU refers to EPU05A-02, and DCDU refers to different

types of DCDUs.
NOTE
The EPU02D, EPU02B, EPU02S, and EPU02D-02 are used to provide voltage boosting power
distribution for high-power RRUs. The procedures for powering on a DCDU and an EPU02D/
EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S are the same. This section describes the procedure for powering on
a DCDU as an example.
Process


Procedure
Step 2 Turn on the external circuit breaker to power on the BTS3900L.
Step 3 Optional: For a BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet that uses AC power, turn on the circuit
breakers with loads on the EPU and then check the power supply status of
different components according to the following table. For a base station that
uses DC power, skip this step.

Table 1-29 Normal status of the components powered by the EPU
Cabinet Compone Normal Power Supply Status

nt
IMS06 in a PMU ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 0.125s

BTS3900L and off for 0.125s, or on for 1s and off for 1s).
(Ver.D) AC ● The ALM indicator is steady off.
cabinet
PSU ● The power indicator (green) is steady on.
● The fault indicator (red) is steady off.
Step 4 Optional: Turn on circuit breakers with loads on each DCDU in the BTS3900L. Skip
this step if there is no circuit breaker on the DCDU (such as the DCDU-12A/12B).
Step 5 Turn on the circuit breaker on the UPEU in the BBU.
Step 6 Check the power supply to each component according to the following table.
Component Normal Status of Indicators

● FAN: The STATE indicator is blinking (on for 1s and off for
1s).
● Other boards: The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 0.125s
and off for 0.125s or on for 1s and off for 1s). The CPRI
RFU ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 0.125s and off for
Fan assembly ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 0.125s and off for
a: If the CPRI indicator is steady red, the optical module may be faulty or the
optical fiber may be broken. In this case, check the optical module or optical
fiber.
NOTE


cabinet
power device.

indicators.
replace the board.


an EPU05A or DCDU.
go to step b.
component.
component.
----End

Context
regional blackout.

damage.
Procedure

NOTE

Replacing an RFU.
the GSM RF modules.
c. If there are any circuit breakers on the DCDU, turn off all circuit breakers.
d. Turn off the circuit breakers on the BBU.
e. Turn off the external power switch for the BTS3900L.
NOTICE

emergency cases.
a. Turn off the external power switch for the BTS3900L.

b. If there are any circuit breakers on the DCDU and time permits, turn off
all circuit breakers.
----End
1.4.10 Powering On and Powering Off a BTS3900AL


Prerequisites
● Input power cables for the BTS3900AL have been correctly connected.
● The power supply to the BTS3900AL meets the requirements of the power
system.
● The external power supply to the BTS3900AL has been shut off.
● All circuit breakers in the BTS3900AL have been turned off.
● The circuit breaker "BAT" on the IBBS300D/IBBS300T or the power switch on
the power distribution box in the IBBS700D/IBBS700T has been turned off.

Context
DANGER
human body.
NOTICE

The following table lists circuit breakers used in a BTS3900AL.

Table 1-32 Circuit breakers in a BTS3900AL

Cabinet Power Device Circuit Breaker
BTS3900A DCDU16D, ● Circuit breakers "PSU1/5", "PSU2/6", and

L AC PDU05A-01, "PSU3/4/7" on the PDU05A-01: control
ETP48400, EPU02D, the power supply to the PSUs.
EPU02D-02, EPU02B, ● Circuit breaker "HEATER" on the
EPU02S-02, and PDU05A-01: controls the power supply
EPU02S to the heater assembly units (HAUs) in
the BTS3900AL cabinet, TMC11H
(Ver.D), or battery cabinet.
● Circuit breaker "SERVICE OUTLET 10A
MAX" on the PDU05A-01: controls the
power supply from the service outlet
unit (SOU).
● Circuit breakers "LOAD0" to "LOAD5" on
the ETP48400: control the power supply
to cabinets such as the BTS3900AL DC
cabinet and TMC11H (Ver.D), and the
DCDU in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet.
● Circuit breaker "BAT" on the ETP48400:
controls the power supply from storage
batteries in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet
or battery cabinet.
IBBS300D/ Circuit breaker Circuit breaker "BAT": controls the power

IBBS300T supply from storage batteries in the battery
cabinet.
IBBS700D/ Power distribution Circuit breaker "FAN/CCU/TEC-SW":

IBBS700T box controls the power supply to the cabinet
control unit (CCU) and central monitoring
unit type F (CMUF).
NOTE
The EPU02D, EPU02B, EPU02S, EPU02S-02, and EPU02D-02 are used to provide voltage
an EPU02D, EPU02B, EPU02S, EPU02S-02, or EPU02D-02 are the same. This section describes
Process


Procedure
b. Optional: If a base station is configured with a battery cabinet, turn on
the circuit breaker "BAT" on the ETP48400 and the circuit breaker or
power switch on the power distribution box in the battery cabinet. If a
base station is not configured with a battery cabinet, skip this step.
c. Turn on the external circuit breaker to power on the BTS3900AL AC
cabinet.
d. Turn on all the circuit breakers with loads on the PDU05A-01, and check
the power supply status of each component according to the following
table.

Table 1-33 Normal status of the components powered by the PDU05A-01

BTS3900A PMU ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 1s

L AC and off for 1s).

HAU The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 1s

and off for 1s).
BTS3900A HAU The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 1s

L DC and off for 1s).
Battery HAU The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 1s

cabinet and off for 1s).
e. Turn on the power switches with loads on the ETP48400.

f. Optional: If there are circuit breakers on the DCDU, turn on the power
switches with loads on each DCDU in the BTS3900AL.
g. Turn on the circuit breaker on the UPEU in the BBU.
h. Check the power supply to each component according to the following
table.

BTS3900A BBU ● UPEU: The RUN indicator is steady on.

L AC ● FAN: The STATE indicator is blinking (on
BTS3900A for 1s and off for 1s).
L DC ● Other boards: The RUN indicator is
CPRI indicator is steady reda.

front door
CMUF The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 1s

and off for 1s).
CCU The RUN indicator is steady on or is

blinking (on for 1s and off for 1s).
RFU ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 1s

and off for 1s).

FAU The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 1s

and off for 1s).
Battery Fan or TEC The fan or TEC is working properly.

cabinet in the front
door
CMUF/ The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 1s

CMUEA/ and off for 1s).
CCU01D-03

TMC11H Fan in the The fan is working properly.

(Ver.D) front door
FAN 02D The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 1s

and off for 1s).
- RRU ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 1s

and off for 1s).
NOTE
i. Optional: If the power supply to a component fails after the cabinet is
following table.


power cables.
the power device.



terminal block.
(EPU03A/EPS).
off, go to step 2.
to the component.
component.
breaker or fuse.


b. Turn on the external circuit breaker to power on the BTS3900AL DC
cabinet.
c. Optional: If there are circuit breakers on the DCDU, turn on the power
switches with loads on each DCDU in the BTS3900AL.
d. Turn on the circuit breaker on the UPEU in the BBU.
e. Check the power supply to each component according to the following
table.

BTS3900A BBU ● UPEU: The RUN indicator is steady on.

L DC ● FAN: The STATE indicator is blinking (on

front door
CMUF The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 1s

and off for 1s).

RFU ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 1s

and off for 1s).
FAU The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 1s

and off for 1s).
HAU The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 1s

and off for 1s).
- RRU ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 1s

and off for 1s).
f. Optional: If the power supply to a component fails after the cabinet is

following table.



power cables.
the power device.



terminal block.
(EPU03A/EPS).
off, go to step 2.
to the component.
component.
breaker or fuse.
----End

Context
regional blackout.

damage.
Procedure

NOTE

Replacing an RFU.
the GSM RF modules.
c. Turn off all the power switches in the IBBS700D or IBBS700T.
d. Turn off circuit breakers on the UPEU in the BBU.
e. Turn off circuit breakers on the ETP48400 in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet.
f. Turn off circuit breakers on the PDU05A-01 in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet.
to the BTS3900AL cabinet.
to the BTS3900AL cabinet.
b. If time permits, turn off the AC and DC power distribution circuit breakers
for all cabinets.
NOTICE

emergency cases.
----End
1.4.11 Powering On and Powering Off a BTS3900C


Prerequisites
● Input power cables for the OMB (Ver.C) have been correctly connected.
● The power supply to the OMB (Ver.C) meets the power system requirements.
● The external power supply to the OMB (Ver.C) has been shut off.

● All circuit breakers in the OMB (Ver.C) have been turned off.
● All circuit breakers on the power distribution box in the IBBS20D have been
turned off.
Context
DANGER
human body.
NOTICE

The following table lists the circuit breaker in an OMB (Ver.C).
Table 1-38 Circuit breaker in an OMB (Ver.C)
Cabinet Power Device Circuit Breaker
OMB ETP48100-A1/ LOAD0/LOAD1 on the ETP48100-A1

(Ver.C) PDU10D-01/ controls power outputs.
DCDU16D/EPU02D/
EPU02D-02/EPU02B/
EPU02S

NOTE
The EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/EPU02S is used to provide voltage boosting power distribution

for high-power RRUs, and the DCDU16D is used to supply power for high-power RRUs. The
procedures for powering on a PDU10D-01 and a DCDU16D/EPU02D/EPU02D-02/EPU02B/
EPU02S are the same. This section describes the procedure for powering on a PDU10D-01 as an
example.
Process
The following figure shows the power-on process of a base station using the DC
OMB (Ver.C).
Figure 1-19 Power-on process of a base station using the DC OMB (Ver.C)

The following figure shows the power-on process of a base station using the AC
OMB (Ver.C).
Figure 1-20 Power-on process of a base station using the AC OMB (Ver.C)
Procedure

Step 2 Turn on the external power circuit breaker to power on the OMB (Ver.C).
Step 3 Turn on the circuit breaker on the ETP48100-A1.
Step 4 Turn on the circuit breaker on the UPEU in the BBU, and check the power supply
status of each component according to the following table.
Table 1-39 Normal power supply status of each component

OMB (Ver.C) PMU ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 0.125s
and off for 0.125s, or on for 1s and off for 1s).

Fan assembly The fan is working properly.

● FAN: The STATE indicator is blinking (on for 1s
and off for 1s).
● Other boards: The RUN indicator is blinking
(on for 0.125s and off for 0.125s or on for 1s
and off for 1s). The CPRI indicator is not
steady reda.
RRU subrack RRU ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for 1s and
off for 1s).
a: If the CPRI indicator is steady red, the optical module may be faulty or the
optical fiber may be broken. In this case, check the optical module or optical
fiber.
NOTE

cabinet
power device.

indicators.
replace the board.

an EPU05A or DCDU.
go to step b.
component.
component.

----End

Context
regional blackout.

damage.
Procedure
a. Turn off the power switch on the BBU.
b. Turn off the external power switch for the BTS3900C.
a. Turn off the external power switch for the BTS3900C.
NOTICE

emergency cases.
----End
1.5 Replacing Components

This section describes how to replace components used in 3900 and 5900 series
base stations.
1.5.1 Replacing Components in a DBS5900

This section describes how to replace components in the APM series cabinets, TMC
series cabinets, battery cabinets, IBC10, IMB05, ILC29 (Ver.E), or 19-inch rack used
by a DBS5900.
For details about how to replace a BBU case and BBU boards, see BBU Hardware
Maintenance Guide.

1.5.1.1 Replacing Components in an APM5930(AC)/APM5930(DC)/APM30H

(Ver.F_B~E)
This section describes how to replace components in an APM5930(AC)/
APM5930(DC)/APM30H (Ver.F_B~E).
The procedures for replacing components in APM30H (Ver.F_B~E) cabinets are the
same as those in APM5930 series cabinets. This section uses the APM5930 series
cabinets as an example.
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for APM5930(AC)/APM5930(DC)/APM30H

(Ver.F_B~E) component maintenance, you must restore power to the base station
Replacing Components in an APM5930(AC) Cabinet

If a component in an APM5930(AC) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,
click the corresponding component in the following figure and view the methods
for replacement.

Replacing Components in an APM5930(DC) Cabinet

If a component in an APM5930(DC) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,
click the corresponding component in the following figure and view the methods
for replacement.
1.5.1.2 Replacing Components in a BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/BBC5200D-L

(Ver.A_Lead)/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-L
(Ver.F_D~E)
This section describes how to replace components in a BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/
BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E)/
IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E).
The procedure for replacing components in a BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L is the same

as that in a BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L
(Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E). This section uses a BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L
as an example.

NOTICE
If you power off a base station for BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/BBC5200D-L

(Ver.F_D~E) component maintenance, you must restore power to the base station
Replacing Components in a BBC5200D-L

If a component in a BBC5200D-L becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click
the corresponding component in the following figure and follow the instructions
to replace the component.
Replacing Components in a BBC5200T-L

If a component in a BBC5200T-L becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click

1.5.1.3 Replacing Components in a BBC5200D/BBC5200T/IBBS200D

This section describes how to replace components in a BBC5200D/BBC5200T/
IBBS200D (Ver.F_B~E)/IBBS200T (Ver.F_B~E).
The procedures for replacing components in IBBS200D (Ver.F_B~E)/IBBS200T
(Ver.F_B~E) cabinets are the same as those in BBC5200D/BBC5200T cabinets. This
section uses the BBC5200D/BBC5200T cabinets as an example.
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for BBC5200D/BBC5200T/IBBS200D (Ver.F_B~E)/

IBBS200T (Ver.F_B~E) component maintenance, you must restore power to the
base station within 48 hours. Otherwise, device damage may occur.
Replacing Components in a BBC5200D

If a component in a BBC5200D becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click the
corresponding component in the following figure and follow the instructions to
replace the component.

Replacing Components in a BBC5200T

If a component in a BBC5200T becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click the


This section describes how to replace components in a BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
IBBS300D (Ver.F_B~E)/IBBS300T (Ver.F_B~E).
The procedures for replacing components in IBBS300D (Ver.F_B~E)/IBBS300T
(Ver.F_B~E) cabinets are the same as those in BBC5300D/BBC5300T cabinets. This
section uses the BBC5300D/BBC5300T cabinets as an example.
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for BBC5300D/BBC5300T/IBBS300D (Ver.F_B~E)/

IBBS300T (Ver.F_B~E) component maintenance, you must restore power to the
Replacing Components in a BBC5300D

If a component in a BBC5300D becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click the

Replacing Components in a BBC5300T

If a component in a BBC5300T becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click the


1.5.1.5 Replacing Components in an IBC10 (Ver.B)

This section describes how to replace components in an IBC10 (Ver.B).
If a component in an IBC10 (Ver.B) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click

1.5.1.6 Replacing Components in APM30H/TMC11H/IBBS Series Cabinets

This section describes how to replace components in APM30H/TMC11H/IBBS
series cabinets.
The procedures for replacing components in APM30H/TMC11H/IBBS series
cabinets in a DBS are the same as those in a BTS. The following table lists the
reference links.

Table 1-41 Mapping between cabinet types and components to be replaced in the
cabinet
Cabinet Type Replacing Components in the
Cabinet
APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E) 1.5.2.2 Replacing Components in an

APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E)
IBBS200D (Ver.E)/IBBS200T (Ver.E) 1.5.2.4 Replacing Components in an

IBBS200D (Ver.E)/IBBS200T (Ver.E)
IBBS300D/IBBS300T used together 1.5.2.5 Replacing Components in an

with Ver.E series cabinets IBBS300D/IBBS300T
1.5.1.7 Replacing Components in an IMB05

This section describes how to replace components in an IMB05.
If a component in an IMB05 becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click the
corresponding component in the following figure and view the methods for
replacement.

1.5.1.8 Replacing Components in an ILC29 (Ver.E)

This section describes how to replace components in an ILC29 (Ver.E).
If a component in an ILC29 (Ver.E) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click
the corresponding component in the following figure and view the methods for
replacement.
1.5.1.9 Replacing Components in a 19-Inch Rack

This section describes how to replace components in a 19-inch rack.

If a component in a 19-inch rack becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click

replacement.
1.5.2 Replacing Components in a BTS5900A

This section describes how to replace components in the RFC (Ver.E), APM30H
(Ver.E), TMC11H (Ver.E), BBC5200D-L, IBBS200D (Ver.E), IBBS200T (Ver.E),
IBBS300D, and IBBS300T used by a BTS5900A.
When reusing the BTS3900A (Ver.F_B~E), the procedures for replacing components
in the APM30H (Ver.F_B~E) are the same as those in the APM5930 series cabinets.
For details, see 1.5.1.1 Replacing Components in an APM5930(AC)/
APM5930(DC)/APM30H (Ver.F_B~E). The procedures for replacing components in
the IBBS200D (Ver.F_B~E)/IBBS200T (Ver.F_B~E) are the same as those in the
BBC5200D/BBC5200T. For details, see 1.5.1.3 Replacing Components in a
BBC5200D/BBC5200T/IBBS200D (Ver.F_B~E)/IBBS200T (Ver.F_B~E). The
procedures for replacing components in the IBBS300D (Ver.F_B~E)/IBBS300T
(Ver.F_B~E) are the same as those in the BBC5300D/BBC5300T. For details, see
(Ver.F_B~E)/IBBS300T (Ver.F_B~E).

1.5.2.1 Replacing Components in an RFC (Ver.E)

This section describes how to replace components in an RFC (Ver.E).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for RFC component maintenance, you must restore
power to the base station within 48 hours. Otherwise, device damage may occur.
If a component in an RFC (Ver.E) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click

1.5.2.2 Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E)

This section describes how to replace components in an APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H
(Ver.E).
Maintenance Guide.
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E) component
maintenance, you must restore power to the base station within 48 hours.
Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.E)

If a component in an APM30H (Ver.E) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,
click the corresponding component in the following figure and follow the
instructions to replace the component.

Replacing Components in a TMC11H (Ver.E)

If a component in a TMC11H (Ver.E) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,


(Ver.F_D~E)
NOTICE





1.5.2.4 Replacing Components in an IBBS200D (Ver.E)/IBBS200T (Ver.E)

This section describes how to replace components in an IBBS200D (Ver.E)/
IBBS200T (Ver.E).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for IBBS200D/IBBS200T component maintenance,

you must restore power to the base station within 48 hours. Otherwise, device
damage may occur.
Replacing Components in an IBBS200D (Ver.E)

If a component in an IBBS200D (Ver.E) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,

Replacing Components in an IBBS200T (Ver.E)

If a component in an IBBS200T (Ver.E) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,
1.5.2.5 Replacing Components in an IBBS300D/IBBS300T

This section describes how to replace components in an IBBS300D/IBBS300T.
NOTICE

damage may occur.

Replacing Components in an IBBS300D

If a component in an IBBS300D becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click the
component in the following figure and follow the instructions to replace the
component.
Replacing Components in an IBBS300T

If a component in an IBBS300T becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click the
component.

1.5.3 Replacing Components in a BTS5900 (Ver.A)/BTS3900

(Ver.E_A~D)
This section describes how to replace components in a BTS5900 (Ver.A)/BTS3900
(Ver.E_A~D).
Maintenance Guide.
If a component in a BTS5900 (Ver.A)/BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) becomes faulty and
needs to be replaced, click the component in the following figure and follow the
1.5.4 Replacing Components in a BTS5900L (Ver.A)/BTS3900L

(Ver.E_B~D)
This section describes how to replace components in a BTS5900L (Ver.A)/BTS3900L
(Ver.E_B~D).

Maintenance Guide.
If a component in a BTS5900L (Ver.A)/BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) becomes faulty and
needs to be replaced, click the component in the following figure and follow the
1.5.5 Replacing Components in a DBS3900

This section describes how to replace components in the APM/TMC series cabinets,
battery cabinets, OMB/OMB (Ver.C), IMB03, 19-inch rack, IBC10, IBBS20D, and
TP48600A used by a DBS3900.
For details about how to replace a BBU3900 or BBU3910 case and boards, see
BBU Hardware Maintenance Guide.
1.5.5.1 Replacing Components in APM/TMC/IBBS Series Cabinets

This section describes the procedures and precautions for replacing components in
APM/TMC/IBBS series cabinets.

The procedures for replacing components in APM/TMC/IBBS series cabinets in a

distributed base station are the same as those in a macro base station. The
following table lists the reference links.
● The procedures for replacing components in APM30H (Ver.E_B~D) series
cabinets are the same as those in APM30H (Ver.E) series cabinets. This section
uses the APM30H (Ver.E) series cabinets as an example.
● The procedures for replacing components in APM30H (Ver.D_B)/APM30H
(Ver.D_C) series cabinets are the same as those in APM30H (Ver.D) series
cabinets. This section uses the APM30H (Ver.D) series cabinets as an example.
Table 1-42 Mapping between cabinet types and components to be replaced

in the cabinet
Cabinet
APM5930(AC)/APM5930(DC) 1.5.1.1 Replacing Components in

an APM5930(AC)/APM5930(DC)/
APM30H (Ver.F_B~E)
APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E) 1.5.2.2 Replacing Components in

(Ver.E)
IBBS200D (Ver.E)/IBBS200T (Ver.E) 1.5.2.4 Replacing Components in

an IBBS200D (Ver.E)/IBBS200T
(Ver.E)
IBBS300D/IBBS300T used together 1.5.2.5 Replacing Components in

with Ver.E series cabinets an IBBS300D/IBBS300T
APM30H (Ver.B)/TMC11H (Ver.B) 1.5.13.2 Replacing Components in

an APM30H (Ver.B)/TMC11H
(Ver.B)
IBBS200D (Ver.B)/IBBS200T (Ver.B) 1.5.13.3 Replacing Components in

an IBBS200D (Ver.B)/IBBS200T
(Ver.B)
APM30H (Ver.C)/TMC11H (Ver.C) 1.5.12.2 Replacing Components in

an APM30H (Ver.C)/TMC11H
(Ver.C)
IBBS200D (Ver.C)/IBBS200T (Ver.C) 1.5.12.3 Replacing Components in

an IBBS200T (Ver.C)/IBBS200D
(Ver.C)
APM30H (Ver.D)/TMC11H (Ver.D) 1.5.11.2 Replacing Components in

(Ver.D)
IBBS200D (Ver.D)/IBBS200T (Ver.D) 1.5.11.4 Replacing Components in

an IBBS200T (Ver.D)/IBBS200D
(Ver.D)


Cabinet
IBBS300D/IBBS300T used together 1.5.11.5 Replacing Components in

with Ver.D series cabinets an IBBS300D/IBBS300T
IBBS700D/IBBS700T 1.5.11.6 Replacing Components in

an IBBS700D/IBBS700T
1.5.5.2 Replacing Components in an OMB

This section describes how to replace components in an OMB.
If a component in an OMB becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click the
component.
1.5.5.3 Replacing Components in an OMB (Ver.C)

This section describes how to replace components in an OMB (Ver.C).
If a component in an OMB (Ver.C) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click
replacement.


NOTE
An IMB03 can be installed independently or installed together with an IFS06 to form an

indoor centralized rack (ICR).

replacement.

1.5.5.5 Replacing Components in a 19-Inch Rack

This section describes how to replace components in a 19-inch rack.
If a component in a 19-inch rack becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click
replacement.

1.5.5.6 Replacing Components in an IBC10

This section describes how to replace components in an IBC10.
If a component in an IBC10 becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click the
component.


(Ver.F_D~E)
as an example.
NOTICE





1.5.5.8 Replacing Components in an IBBS20D

This section describes how to replace components in an IBBS20D.
component.
1.5.5.9 Replacing Components in a TP48600A

For details about the procedure and precautions for replacing the components in
the TP48600A, see TP48600A-H17B1 User Guide.

1.5.5.10 Replacing Components in an MRE1000

This section describes how to replace components in an MRE1000.
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for MRE1000 component maintenance, you must
restore power to the base station within 48 hours. Otherwise, device damage may
occur.
Replacing Components in an MRE1000

If a component in an MRE1000 becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click the
replacement.


replacement.

1.5.5.12 Replacing Components in an ILC29 (Ver.E)

This section describes how to replace components in an ILC29 (Ver.E).
If a component in an ILC29 (Ver.E) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click
replacement.

1.5.6 Replacing Components in a BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2)/

DBS3900 (Ver.E_A2)
This section describes how to replace components in the RFC (Ver.E_A2), APM30H
(Ver.E_A2), TMC11H (Ver.E_A2), and IBBS200T (Ver.E_A2) used by a BTS3900A
(Ver.E_A2). This section describes how to replace components in the RFC
(Ver.E_A2), APM30H (Ver.E_A2), TMC11H (Ver.E_A2), and IBBS200T (Ver.E_A2)
used by a DBS3900 (Ver.E_A2).

1.5.6.1 Replacing Components in an RFC (Ver.E_A2)

This section describes how to replace components in an RFC (Ver.E_A2).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for RFC (Ver.E_A2) component maintenance, you
must restore power to the base station within 48 hours. Otherwise, device damage
may occur.
If a component in an RFC (Ver.E_A2) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,

1.5.6.2 Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.E_A2)

This section describes how to replace components in an APM30H (Ver.E_A2).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for APM30H (Ver.E_A2) component maintenance,
damage may occur.
Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.E_A2)

If a component in an APM30H (Ver.E_A2) becomes faulty and needs to be
replaced, click the component in the following figure and follow the instructions

1.5.6.3 Replacing Components in a TMC11H (Ver.E_A2)

This section describes how to replace components in a TMC11H (Ver.E_A2).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for TMC11H (Ver.E_A2) component maintenance,
damage may occur.
Replacing Components in a TMC11H (Ver.E_A2)

If a component in a TMC11H (Ver.E_A2) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,
click the component in the following figure and follow the instructions to replace
the component.

1.5.6.4 Replacing Components in an IBBS200T (Ver.E_A2)

This section describes how to replace components in an IBBS200T (Ver.E_A2).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for IBBS200T (Ver.E_A2) component maintenance,
damage may occur.
Replacing Components in an IBBS200T (Ver.E_A2)

If a component in an IBBS200T (Ver.E_A2) becomes faulty and needs to be

1.5.7 Replacing Components in a BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1)/

DBS3900 (Ver.E_A1)
This section describes how to replace components in the RFC (Ver.E_A1), APM30
(Ver.E_A1), and TMC (Ver.E_A1) used by a BTS3900A (Ver.E_A1). This section
describes how to replace components in the RFC (Ver.E_A1), APM30 (Ver.E_A1),
and TMC (Ver.E_A1) used by a DBS3900 (Ver.E_A1).
1.5.7.1 Replacing Components in an RFC (Ver.E_A1)

This section describes how to replace components in an RFC (Ver.E_A1).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for RFC (Ver.E_A1) component maintenance, you
may occur.
If a component in an RFC (Ver.E_A1) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,

1.5.7.2 Replacing Components in an APM30 (Ver.E_A1)

This section describes how to replace components in an APM30 (Ver.E_A1).

NOTICE
If you power off a base station for APM30 (Ver.E_A1) component maintenance,
damage may occur.
Replacing Components in an APM30 (Ver.E_A1)

If a component in an APM30 (Ver.E_A1) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,
1.5.7.3 Replacing Components in a TMC (Ver.E_A1)

This section describes how to replace components in a TMC (Ver.E_A1).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for TMC (Ver.E_A1) component maintenance, you
may occur.
Replacing Components in a TMC (Ver.E_A1)

If a component in a TMC (Ver.E_A1) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,
the component.

1.5.8 Replacing Components in a BTS3900A (Ver.D_A2)/

DBS3900 (Ver.D_A2)
This section describes how to replace components in the RFC (Ver.D_A2), APM30H
(Ver.D_A2), TMC11H (Ver.D_A2), and IBBS200T (Ver.D_A2) used by a BTS3900A
(Ver.D_A2). This section describes how to replace components in the RFC
(Ver.D_A2), APM30H (Ver.D_A2), TMC11H (Ver.D_A2), and IBBS200T (Ver.D_A2)
used by a DBS3900 (Ver.D_A2).
1.5.8.1 Replacing Components in an RFC (Ver.D_A2)

This section describes how to replace components in an RFC (Ver.D_A2).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for RFC (Ver.D_A2) component maintenance, you
may occur.
If a component in an RFC (Ver.D_A2) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,


1.5.8.2 Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.D_A2)

This section describes how to replace components in an APM30H (Ver.D_A2).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for APM30H (Ver.D_A2) component maintenance,
damage may occur.
If a component in an APM30H (Ver.D_A2) becomes faulty and needs to be


1.5.8.3 Replacing Components in a TMC11H (Ver.D_A2)

This section describes how to replace components in a TMC11H (Ver.D_A2).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for TMC11H (Ver.D_A2) component maintenance,
damage may occur.
If a component in a TMC11H (Ver.D_A2) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,

the component.

1.5.8.4 Replacing Components in an IBBS200T (Ver.D_A2)

This section describes how to replace components in an IBBS200T (Ver.D_A2).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for IBBS200T (Ver.D_A2) component maintenance,
damage may occur.
If a component in an IBBS200T (Ver.D_A2) becomes faulty and needs to be


1.5.9 Replacing Components in a BTS3900A (Ver.D_A1)/

DBS3900 (Ver.D_A1)
This section describes how to replace components in the RFC (Ver.D_A2), RFC
(Ver.D_A1), APM30 (Ver.D_A1), and TMC (Ver.D_A1) used by a BTS3900A
(Ver.D_A1). This section describes how to replace components in the RFC
(Ver.D_A2), RFC (Ver.D_A1), APM30 (Ver.D_A1), and TMC (Ver.D_A1) used by a
DBS3900 (Ver.D_A1).
1.5.9.1 Replacing Components in an RFC (Ver.D_A1)

This section describes how to replace components in an RFC (Ver.D_A1).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for RFC (Ver.D_A1) component maintenance, you
may occur.
If a component in an RFC (Ver.D_A1) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,

1.5.9.2 Replacing Components in an APM30 (Ver.D_A1)

This section describes how to replace components in an APM30 (Ver.D_A1).

NOTICE
If you power off a base station for APM30 (Ver.D_A1) component maintenance,
damage may occur.
If a component in an APM30 (Ver.D_A1) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,

the component.
1.5.9.3 Replacing Components in a TMC (Ver.D_A1)

This section describes how to replace components in a TMC (Ver.D_A1).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for TMC (Ver.D_A1) component maintenance, you
may occur.
If a component in a TMC (Ver.D_A1) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,

the component.

1.5.10 Replacing Components in a BTS3900A (Ver.E)

This section describes how to replace components in the RFC (Ver.E), APM30H
(Ver.E), TMC11H (Ver.E), BBC5200D-L, IBBS200D (Ver.E), IBBS200T (Ver.E),
IBBS300D, and IBBS300T used by a BTS3900A (Ver.E).
● The procedures for replacing components in the BTS3900A (Ver.E_B~D) are
the same as those in the BTS3900A (Ver.E). This section uses the BTS3900A
(Ver.E) as an example.
● For details about how to replace a BBU3900 or BBU3910 case and BBU
boards, see BBU Hardware Maintenance Guide.
1.5.10.1 Replacing Components in an RFC (Ver.E)

This section describes how to replace components in an RFC (Ver.E).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for RFC (Ver.E) component maintenance, you must
occur.
If a component in an RFC (Ver.E) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click


1.5.10.2 Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E)

This section describes how to replace components in an APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H
(Ver.E).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H (Ver.E) component
Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.E)

If a component in an APM30H (Ver.E) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,

Replacing Components in a TMC11H (Ver.E)

If a component in a TMC11H (Ver.E) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,


(Ver.F_D~E)

as an example.
NOTICE





1.5.10.4 Replacing Components in an IBBS200T (Ver.E)/IBBS200D (Ver.E)

This section describes how to replace components in an IBBS200T (Ver.E)/
IBBS200D (Ver.E).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for IBBS200T (Ver.E)/IBBS200D (Ver.E) component
Replacing Components in an IBBS200D (Ver.E)

If a component in an IBBS200D (Ver.E) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,

Replacing Components in an IBBS200T (Ver.E)

If a component in an IBBS200T (Ver.E) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,

NOTICE

damage may occur.


component.

component.

1.5.11 Replacing Components in a BTS3900A (Ver.D)

This section describes how to replace components in the RFC (Ver.D), APM30H
(Ver.D), TMC11H (Ver.D), IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T (Ver.D), IBBS300D,
IBBS300T, IBBS700D, and IBBS700T used by a BTS3900A (Ver.D).
The procedures for replacing components in the BTS3900A (Ver.D_B) and
BTS3900A (Ver.D_C) are the same as those in the BTS3900A (Ver.D). This section
uses the BTS3900A (Ver.D) as an example.
1.5.11.1 Replacing Components in an RFC (Ver.D)

This section describes how to replace components in an RFC (Ver.D).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for RFC (Ver.D) component maintenance, you must
occur.
If a component in an RFC (Ver.D) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click

the component in the following figure and follow the instructions to replace the
component.
1.5.11.2 Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.D)/TMC11H (Ver.D)

This section describes how to replace components in an APM30H (Ver.D)/TMC11H
(Ver.D).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for APM30H (Ver.D)/TMC11H (Ver.D) component

Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.D)

If a component in an APM30H (Ver.D) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,
Replacing Components in a TMC11H (Ver.D)

If a component in a TMC11H (Ver.D) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,

1.5.11.3 Replacing Components in a BBC5200T-L/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/

IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E)
This section describes how to replace components in a BBC5200T-L/BBC5200T-L
(Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E).
The procedure for replacing components in a BBC5200T-L is the same as that in a
BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E). This section uses a BBC5200T-L
as an example.
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for BBC5200T-L/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/

IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E) component maintenance, you must restore power to the


1.5.11.4 Replacing Components in an IBBS200T (Ver.D)/IBBS200D (Ver.D)

This section describes how to replace components in an IBBS200T (Ver.D)/
IBBS200D (Ver.D).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for IBBS200T (Ver.D)/IBBS200D (Ver.D) component
Replacing Components in an IBBS200D (Ver.D)

If a component in an IBBS200D (Ver.D) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,
the component.

Replacing Components in an IBBS200T (Ver.D)

If a component in an IBBS200T (Ver.D) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,
the component.


NOTICE

damage may occur.

component.

component.


NOTICE

damage may occur.

component.


component.

1.5.12 Replacing Components in a BTS3900A (Ver.C)

This section describes how to replace components in the RFC (Ver.C), APM30H
(Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.C), IBBS200D (Ver.C), and IBBS200T (Ver.C) in a BTS3900A
(Ver.C).
1.5.12.1 Replacing Components in an RFC (Ver.C)

This section describes how to replace components in an RFC (Ver.C).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for RFC (Ver.C) component maintenance, you must
occur.
If a component in an RFC (Ver.C) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click

component.

1.5.12.2 Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.C)/TMC11H (Ver.C)

This section describes how to replace components in an APM30H (Ver.C)/TMC11H
(Ver.C).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for APM30H (Ver.C)/TMC11H (Ver.C) component
Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.C)

If a component in an APM30H (Ver.C) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,

Replacing Components in a TMC11H (Ver.C)

If a component in a TMC11H (Ver.C) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,

1.5.12.3 Replacing Components in an IBBS200T (Ver.C)/IBBS200D (Ver.C)

This section describes how to replace components in an IBBS200T (Ver.C)/
IBBS200D (Ver.C).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for IBBS200T (Ver.C)/IBBS200D (Ver.C) component
Replacing Components in an IBBS200D (Ver.C)

If a component in an IBBS200D (Ver.C) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,
Replacing Components in an IBBS200T (Ver.C)

If a component in an IBBS200T (Ver.C) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,

1.5.13 Replacing Components in a BTS3900A (Ver.B)

This section describes how to replace components in the RFC (Ver.B), APM30H
(Ver.B), TMC11H (Ver.B), IBBS200D (Ver.B), and IBBS200T (Ver.B) used by a
BTS3900A (Ver.B).
1.5.13.1 Replacing Components in an RFC (Ver.B)

This section describes how to replace components in an RFC (Ver.B).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for maintaining components in an RFC, you must
restore power to the base station within 48 hours.
If a component in an RFC (Ver.B) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced, click

component.

1.5.13.2 Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.B)/TMC11H (Ver.B)

This section describes how to replace components in an APM30H (Ver.B)/TMC11H
(Ver.B).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for APM30H (Ver.B)/TMC11H (Ver.B) component
Replacing Components in an APM30H (Ver.B)

If a component in an APM30H (Ver.B) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,

Replacing Components in a TMC11H (Ver.B)

If a component in a TMC11H (Ver.B) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,

1.5.13.3 Replacing Components in an IBBS200D (Ver.B)/IBBS200T (Ver.B)

This section describes how to replace components in an IBBS200T (Ver.B)/
IBBS200D (Ver.B).
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for IBBS200T (Ver.B)/IBBS200D (Ver.B) component
Replacing Components in an IBBS200D (Ver.B)

If a component in an IBBS200D (Ver.B) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,
the component.
Replacing Components in an IBBS200T (Ver.B)

If a component in an IBBS200T (Ver.B) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,
the component.

1.5.14 Replacing Components in a BTS3900 (Ver.D)

This section describes how to replace components in BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinets.
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for BTS3900 (Ver.D) component maintenance, you
may occur.
Replacing Components in an AC BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cabinet

If a component in an AC BTS3900 (Ver.D) becomes faulty and needs to be

Replacing Components in a -48 V DC BTS3900 (Ver.D) Cabinet

If a component in a -48 V DC BTS3900 (Ver.D) becomes faulty and needs to be

1.5.15 Replacing Components in a BTS3900 (Ver.C)

This section describes how to replace components in BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinets.
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for BTS3900 (Ver.C) component maintenance, you
may occur.

Replacing Components in an AC BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cabinet

If a component in an AC BTS3900 (Ver.C) becomes faulty and needs to be
Replacing Components in a -48 V DC BTS3900 (Ver.C) Cabinet

If a component in a -48 V DC BTS3900 (Ver.C) becomes faulty and needs to be
NOTE
When a -48 V DC BTS3900 (Ver.C) is configured with RFUs and RRUs, a DCDU-11B can be
installed on a wall close to the cabinet to supply power to RRUs because the space in the
cabinet is insufficient.

1.5.16 Replacing Components in a BTS3900 (Ver.B)

This section describes how to replace components in BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinets.
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for BTS3900 (Ver.B) component maintenance, you
may occur.
Replacing Components in an AC BTS3900 (Ver.B) Cabinet

If a component in an AC BTS3900 (Ver.B) becomes faulty and needs to be

Replacing Components in a -48 V DC BTS3900 (Ver.B) Cabinet

If a component in a -48 V DC BTS3900 (Ver.B) becomes faulty and needs to be
NOTE
When a -48 V DC BTS3900 (Ver.B) is configured with RFUs and RRUs, a DCDU-03B can be
installed on a wall close to the cabinet to supply power to RRUs because the space in the
cabinet is insufficient.

Replacing Components in a +24 V DC BTS3900 (Ver.B) Cabinet

If a component in a +24 V DC BTS3900 (Ver.B) becomes faulty and needs to be
1.5.17 Replacing Components in a BTS3900L (Ver.D)

This section describes how to replace components in BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinets.
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for BTS3900L (Ver.D) component maintenance, you
may occur.
Replacing Components in an AC BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cabinet

If a component in an AC BTS3900L (Ver.D) becomes faulty and needs to be

Replacing Components in a DC BTS3900L (Ver.D) Cabinet

If a component in a DC BTS3900L (Ver.D) becomes faulty and needs to be

1.5.18 Replacing Components in a BTS3900L (Ver.C)

This section describes how to replace components in a BTS3900L (Ver.C) cabinet.
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for BTS3900L (Ver.C) component maintenance, you
may occur.
Replacing Components in a BTS3900L (Ver.C) Cabinet

If a component in a BTS3900L (Ver.C) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,

NOTE
When a BTS3900L (Ver.C) is configured with RFUs and RRUs, a DCDU-11B can be installed
on a wall close to the cabinet to supply power to RRUs because the space in the cabinet is
insufficient.
1.5.19 Replacing Components in a BTS3900L (Ver.B)

This section describes how to replace components in a BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet.
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for BTS3900L (Ver.B) component maintenance, you
may occur.
Replacing Components in a BTS3900L (Ver.B) Cabinet

If a component in a BTS3900L (Ver.B) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,

NOTE
When a BTS3900L (Ver.B) is configured with RFUs and RRUs, a DCDU-03B can be installed
on a wall close to the cabinet to supply power to RRUs because the space in the cabinet is
insufficient.
1.5.20 Replacing Components in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A)

This section describes how to replace components in the BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
cabinet, IBBS300D, IBBS300T, IBBS700D, and IBBS700T used by a BTS3900AL
(Ver.A).
1.5.20.1 Replacing Components in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A)

This section describes how to replace components in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet.
NOTICE
If you power off a base station for BTS3900AL (Ver.A) component maintenance,
damage may occur.

The procedures for replacing components in a DC BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet are

the same as those for replacing components in an AC BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet.
This section uses the AC BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet as an example.
If a component in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,


NOTICE

damage may occur.


component.

component.


NOTICE

damage may occur.

component.

component.

1.5.21 Replacing Components in a BTS3900C (Ver.C)

This section describes how to replace components in a BTS3900C (Ver.C) cabinet.
If a component in a BTS3900C (Ver.C) becomes faulty and needs to be replaced,
the component.

1.5.22 Replacing Components in a WCDMA BTS3900C

This section describes how to replace components in a WCDMA BTS3900C cabinet.
If a component in a WCDMA BTS3900C cabinet becomes faulty and needs to be
1.5.23 Replacing Components in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)

This section describes how to replace components in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)
cabinet.
If a component in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) becomes faulty and needs to be

1.5.24 Replacing Main Devices

This section describes how to replace the main devices of 3900 and 5900 series
base stations, such as the BBU (BBU3900/BBU3910/BBU3910A/BBU3910C/
BBU5900/BBU5900A), boards, AAUs, and RRUs.
Main Device Replacement Method
BBU (BBU3900/BBU3910/BBU3910A/ For details, see BBU Hardware

BBU3910C/BBU5900/BBU5900A) and Maintenance Guide.
its boards
AAU For details, see AAU Hardware

Maintenance Guide.
RRU (DBS3900&DBS5900) For details, see RRU Hardware
Maintenance Guide.
1.5.24.1 High-Risk Operations for Replacing Main Devices

The operations of replacing main devices may affect the normal system operation,
and therefore are called high-risk operations for replacing main devices. To reduce
the impact of high-risk operations on the system, operators need to know the
impacts and perform the replacement at proper time.

The following table describes the impact of replacing different main devices.
Hardware Operation Impact
Replacing a BBU (BBU3900/BBU3910/ For details, see BBU Hardware

BBU3910A/BBU3910C/BBU5900/ Maintenance Guide.
BBU5900A) and its boards
Replacing an RRU Replacing an RRU interrupts the

services carried on the RRU. For
details, see section "Replacing an RRU"
in RRU Hardware Maintenance Guide.
Replacing an AAU Replacing an AAU interrupts all the

services carried on the AAU. In this
case, an alarm is reported. For details,
see section "Replacing an AAU" in
AAU Hardware Maintenance Guide.
DANGER
● While working at heights, be careful not to drop any tools, equipment, or other
objects. Falling objects may cause serious injury or death. The maintenance
personnel must always wear helmets in the working area and avoid dangerous
areas.
● If a device needs to be installed between an RF module and the antenna,
ensure that the RF module has been powered off before installing the device to
avoid personal injury and damage to the RF devices.
● Do not rotate the connectors for the RRUs and their antenna system when the
RRUs are powered on, which may cause damage to the equipment.
● When an AAU is to be replaced on the tower and there is not sufficient space
to ensure secure operations, move the entire AAU to the ground before
performing the maintenance.
1.5.24.2 Replacing an RRU (BTS3900C (Ver.C))

The RRU is a remote radio unit. The RRU works with the BBU and other modules
to form a BTS3900C, which is used outdoors. Replacing an RRU interrupts the
services carried on the RRU.
Prerequisites
● The quantity and model of the faulty RRUs are determined, and new RRUs
are ready.
● Tools and materials, such as an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves, a hex
screwdriver, an ESD box or bag, and a key to the cabinet door, are available.

Context
Replacing an RRU takes about 20 minutes, which involves removing cables from
the faulty RRU, connecting cables for the new RRU, and waiting for the services to
resume.
NOTICE
Take proper ESD protection measures, for example, put on an ESD wrist strap or a
pair of ESD gloves, to prevent electrostatic damage to the boards, modules, or
electronic components.
NOTE
This section uses an RRU3929 as an example to describe how to replace an RRU.
Procedure
Step 1 Remove the cable on the PDU10D-01 supplying power to the RRU to power off
the RRU.
Step 2 Remove the two M6 screws on the RRU subrack and remove the RRU, as shown in
the following figure.
Figure 1-21 Removing an RRU subrack
Step 3 Record the RRU cable connections, label the cables, and then remove them.
Step 4 Use a hex screwdriver to remove the two M6 screws on the RRU rack and remove
the RRU, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-22 Removing an RRU
Step 5 Take out a new RRU.

Step 6 Use an M6 hex screwdriver to install the mounting brackets on the new RRU, and
tighten the screws to 4.8 N·m (42.48 lbf·in.), as shown in the following figure.
NOTE
Align the holes on the mounting brackets with the holes on the RRU when installing the
brackets.

Figure 1-23 Installing mounting brackets on the RRU
Step 7 Hook the RRU3929 onto the RRU rack, and tighten two M6 screws to 4.8 N·m
(42.48 lbf·in.), as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-24 Installing the RRU3929 onto the RRU rack

Step 8 Reconnect all related cables to the RRU.

Step 9 Connect the cable on the PDU10D-01 supplying power to the RRU to power on
the RRU.
Step 10 Install the RRU subrack onto the RRU rack, and use an M6 hex screwdriver to
tighten the two M6 screws to 4.8 N·m (42.48 lbf·in.), as shown in the following
figure.

Figure 1-25 Installing and tightening the RRU subrack onto the RRU rack

Step 11 Check indicator status to determine whether the RRU is working properly. When
the RRU is working properly, the RUN indicator is blinking (on for 1s and off for
1s), and the ALM indicator is steady off.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
After replacing the RRU, check the following items:
● The RRU is correctly installed.
● All the cables on the new RRU are properly connected.
● The mounting brackets fastening the RRU are correctly installed and the
screws on the mounting brackets are tightened.
● The RRU runs normally after being powered on.
Record the bar code of the replaced module.
Contact the local Huawei office to handle the faulty RRU.
1.5.24.3 Replacing an RRU (BTS3900C WCDMA)

The RRU is a remote radio unit. The RRU works with the BBU and other modules
to form a BTS3900C, which is used outdoors. Replacing an RRU interrupts the
services carried on the RRU.
Prerequisites
● The quantity and model of the faulty RRUs are determined, and new RRUs
are ready.
● The tools and materials, such as the ESD wrist strap or gloves, Phillips
screwdriver, ESD box or bag, and key to the cabinet door are ready.
Context
Replacing an RRU takes about 20 minutes, which involves removing cables from
the faulty RRU, connecting cables for the new RRU, and waiting for the services to
resume.
NOTICE
Procedure
Step 1 Turn off the switch of the external power supply to power off the RRU.
Step 2 Record the RRU cable connections, label the cables, and then remove them.

Step 3 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the fixing piece from the RRU, as shown in
Figure 1-26.
Figure 1-26 Removing the fixing piece from the RRU
Step 4 Slide the faulty RRU outwards from the subrack in the cabinet.
Step 5 Take out a new RRU.
Step 6 Remove the fixing piece from the new RRU.
Step 7 Slide the new RRU into the subrack of the cabinet, and then secure the RRU in the
cabinet by tightening the screws on the fixing piece, as shown in Figure 1-27.
Figure 1-27 Installing the new RRU

Step 8 Connect all the cables to the RRU.
Step 9 Turn on the switch of the external power supply to power on the RRU.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
After replacing the RRU, check the following items:
● The RRU is correctly installed.

● All the cables on the new RRU are properly connected.
● The mounting brackets fastening the RRU are correctly installed and the
screws on the mounting brackets are tightened.
● The RRU works properly after it is powered on.
Record the bar code of the replaced module.
Contact the local Huawei office to handle the faulty RRU.
1.5.24.4 Replacing an RFU

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a radio
frequency unit (RFU).
Prerequisites
● The type of a faulty board has been confirmed by performing the following
operations:
– If a board can be queried online, run an MML command online to query
the board by following the instructions in Querying the Electronic Label.
– If a board is faulty and cannot be queried online, query information
about the board offline on the MAE-Access by following the instructions
in Querying Inventory Data.
● An ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves and an M3 Phillips screwdriver are
available.
● Associated personnel have gained permission to access the site and have
obtained the required key.
Context
● The RFUs are classified into MRFU, MRFUc, MRFUd, MRFUe, DRFU, GRFU,
WRFU, WRFUa, WRFUd, WRFUe, LRFU, LRFUe, CRFUd, and CRFUe.
● Replacing an RFU interrupts the services carried on the RFU.
● It takes about 6 to 10 minutes to replace an RFU.
● A handle is used to replace an RFU. The handle is placed in the cabinet, as
shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-28 Positions of the RFUs and handles

(1) Handle (2) RFU


(1) RFU (2) Fuse terminal block for (3) Handle

the power cable of the RFU
NOTE
The handle can be used only for pulling an RFU or a fan assembly outwards
horizontally.
Process
The following figure shows the process for replacing an RFU.

Figure 1-29 Process for replacing an RFU
Procedure
● Perform the following operations remotely.

a. Optional: If a functional RFU is to be replaced, disable its maximum

output power locking for TX channels before storing it in the spare parts
inventory.
NOTE
● If an RFU to be replaced is faulty, you do not need to disable its maximum

output power locking for TX channels.
● If the maximum output power locking has not been enabled for TX channels
of the RF module, the maximum output power for TX channels is the
maximum hardware output power.
● The following RFUs support the maximum output power locking function:
MRFU V2 (P900M), MRFUd, MRFUe, WRFUa, WRFUd, WRFUe, LRFUe, and
CRFUd.
i. Query whether the maximum output power locking for TX channels

of the RFU has been enabled and record the results.
○ On the GBTS SMT, in the left pane of the Site Maintenance
Terminal System window, click Site. In the right pane of the
window, double-click Lock RXU Traffic Capability. In the
displayed Lock RXU Traffic Capability window, click the Query
Config tab. Select the target RFU.
○ On the eGBTS, run the DSP RRU command to query the cabinet
number, subrack number, slot number, and TX channel number
of the RFU. Run the DSP TXBRANCH command with the cabinet
set to the values of the queried RFU to check the maximum
hardware output power for TX channels of the RFU and whether
the maximum output power locking has been enabled.
○ On the NodeB, run the DSP RRU command to query the cabinet
of the RFU. Run the DSP TXBRANCH command with the cabinet
set to the values of the queried RFU to check the maximum
hardware output power for TX channels of the RFU and whether
the maximum output power locking has been enabled.
○ On the eNodeB, run the DSP RRU command to query the
cabinet number, subrack number, slot number, and TX channel
number of the RFU. Run the DSP TXBRANCH command with
the cabinet number, subrack number, slot number, and TX
channel number set to the values of the queried RFU to check
the maximum hardware output power for TX channels of the
RFU and whether the maximum output power locking has been
enabled.
If... Then...
The maximum output power Go to step a.ii.

locking is enabled for TX
channels
The maximum output power Go to step 2.

locking is disabled for TX
channels

NOTE
The maximum output power of some RFUs cannot be queried by running

the DSP TXBRANCH command. If the query results show that the maximum
output power is an invalid value, the RFU does not support the maximum
output power locking.
ii. Disable the maximum output power locking by setting the maximum
output power of the RFU to 0.
○ On the GBTS, in the left pane of the Site Maintenance Terminal
System window, click Site. In the right pane of the window,
double-click Lock RXU Traffic Capability. In the displayed Lock
RXU Traffic Capability window, click the Config tab. On the
displayed tab page, set the parameters to disable the maximum
output power locking for TX channels, and click Set. Reset the
RFU to make the configuration take effect.
○ On the eGBTS, run the LOC RRUTC command to disable the
maximum output power locking for TX channels. Run the RST
BRD command to reset the RFU. Run the DSP TXBRANCH
command to check whether the maximum output power of each
RFU is set successfully.
○ On the NodeB, run the LOC RRUTC command to disable the
○ On the eNodeB, run the LOC RRUTC command to disable the
NOTE
If the maximum output power locking for the TX channels of multiple RFUs
needs to be disabled, perform the same operations separately for each RFU.
If the RF modules are cascaded, perform the operations from the lowest-
level RF module to the highest-level RF module to minimize the impact on
the services carried on the RF modules.
b. Instruct the administrator to block the RFU.
▪ On the BSC serving the GBTS, run the SET GTRXADMSTAT command
with the parameter ADMSTAT set to LOCK to block the TRX of the
RFU.
▪ On the eGBTS, run the BLK BRD command to block the RFU.
▪ On the NodeB, run the BLK BRD command to block the RFU.
▪ On the eNodeB, run the BLK BRD command to block the RFU.

NOTE
● You must block an RFU before replacing the RFU or its RF jumper.
● If the RFU to be replaced works in multiple modes, you must block the RFU
in each mode.
● GSM RF modules cannot be blocked, and therefore you can block only the
TRXs of the GSM RF modules.
● After the TX channels of an RFU are disabled, the ACT indicator on the RFU
panel is blinking (on for 1s and off for 1s).
c. Ask field engineers to replace the RFU locally.
d. Optional: Optional: For a GBTS, if the type of the RF module to be
replaced is different from that of the new RF module, run the MOD
BTSRXUBRDQUICK command on the BSC to modify the values of the
Board Type and RXU Specification parameters so that the configured RF
module is consistent with the actual one. For a NodeB or eNodeB, skip
this step.
NOTE
If the base station software version is earlier than BTS3900 V100R009C00SPC160, the
MML command MOD BTSRXUBRDQUICK is unavailable. In this case, remove the
replaced RF module and add a new RF module. For detailed operations, see sections
"Removing an RF Module" and "Adding an RF Module" of section "Reconfiguring a
GBTS" in GBSS Reconfiguration Guide.
e. Optional: Enable the maximum output power locking for TX channels of
the RFU.
▪ On a GBTS, in the left pane of the Site Maintenance Terminal

System window, click Site. In the right pane of the window, double-
click Lock RXU Traffic Capability. In the displayed Lock RXU Traffic
Capability window, click the Config tab. On the displayed tab page,
select the target RFU, set the maximum output power for TX
channels, and click Set. Reset the RFU to make the configuration
take effect.
▪ On an eGBTS, run the LOC RRUTC command to set the maximum

output power for TX channels of the RFU. Run the RST BRD
command to reset the RFU. Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to
check whether the maximum output power of each RFU is set
successfully.
▪ On a NodeB, run the LOC RRUTC command to set the maximum

successfully.
▪ On an eNodeB, run the LOC RRUTC command to set the maximum

successfully.

NOTE
● The maximum output power for TX channels of an RFU does not need to be
set if the maximum output power is beyond the output power range
supported by the RFU hardware.
● If there are multiple RFUs, configure and reset each RFU separately.
f. Unblock the RFU.
▪ On the BSC serving the GBTS, run the SET GTRXADMSTAT command
with the ADMSTAT parameter set to UNLOCK to unblock the
carriers of the RFU.
▪ On the eGBTS, run the UBL BRD command to unblock the RFU.
▪ On the NodeB, run the UBL BRD command to unblock the RFU.
▪ On the eNodeB, run the UBL BRD command to unblock the RFU.
g. Perform the operation of Monitoring and Viewing Current Alarms to
compare the alarms queried with the alarms queried before the
replacement. Then handle the new alarms according to the instructions in
3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Alarm Reference.
h. Perform manual synchronization according to the instructions in
Synchronizing Inventory Data.
NOTE
After replacing the RFU, determine whether to immediately add new TRXs to the
hopping set as required. For details, see section "Configuring TRX Mutual Aid" in
GBSS&RAN Feature Activation Guide.
● Local operations
a. Put on an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
NOTICE
Take proper ESD protection measures, for example, put on an ESD wrist
strap or a pair of ESD gloves, to prevent electrostatic damage to the
boards, modules, or electronic components.
b. Remove the EPC4 connector corresponding to the RFU from the power
equipment to power off the RFU.
c. Remove cables from the faulty RFU.
▪ Label the power cable for the faulty RFU, and disconnect the cable.
▪ Label the RF jumper for the faulty RFU, loosen the DIN male elbow
connector on the RF jumper, and disconnect the RF jumper.
▪ Label the CPRI electrical cable for the faulty RFU, and disconnect the
cable.
NOTE
For details about how to connect and disconnect CPRI cables, see Inserting
and Removing CPRI Cables.

d. Use a Phillips screwdriver to loosen the captive screws on the four corners
of the RFU, and use the handle to pull the RFU outwards for 50 mm to
100 mm (1.97 in. to 3.94 in.), as shown in the following figure. Use one
hand to support the RFU and the other hand to pull it out of the cabinet.
CAUTION
An RFU is heavy. Therefore, handle it with caution.
Figure 1-30 Removing an RFU
e. Place the new RFU on guide rails, and slide it along the rails until it snaps
into place. Tighten the captive screws on the four corners of the RFU to
secure the RFU to the subrack, and the recommended torque is 0.6 N·m
(5.31 lbf·in.).
f. Connect the removed cables to the new RFU.
▪ Connect the CPRI electrical cable to the new RFU according to the
label.
▪ Connect the RF jumper to the new RFU according to the label, and
use a torque wrench to tighten the DIN male elbow connector to 25
N·m (221.25 lbf·in.) to 35 N·m (309.75 lbf·in.).
▪ Connect the power cable to the new RFU according to the label and
tighten it.
g. Reconnect the corresponding connector for the power cable to the DCDU
panel to power on the RFU.
h. After the RFU is powered on, check the status of indicators on the RFU
panel to determine whether the new RFU is working properly.

▪ When the RFU is loading software, the RUN indicator is blinking (off
for 0.125s and on for 0.125s).
▪ When the RFU is working properly, the RUN indicator is blinking (on
i. Take off the ESD wrist strap or ESD gloves, and pack up all tools.
j. Inform remote engineers that the RFU replacement is complete.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
● Place the replaced component into an ESD box or bag. Then, place the ESD
box or bag into a foam-padded carton or the packing box of the new
component.
● Complete the fault form with detailed information about the replaced
component.
● Contact the local Huawei office to handle the faulty component.
1.5.25 Replacing Power Equipment

This section describes how to replace different power equipment used in 3900
series and 5900 series base stations.
1.5.25.1 Replacing Power Subracks

This section describes how to replace different power subracks in 3900 and 5900
series base stations.
1.5.25.1.1 Replacing an EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 Subrack

This section describes the procedure for replacing an EPU05A-11 or EPU05A-12
(shortened to EPU in this section) subrack in an APM5930(AC) cabinet.
Prerequisites
● The following tools and materials are available: an ESD wrist strap or a pair of
ESD gloves, a flat-head screwdriver, a Phillips screwdriver, a torque
screwdriver, and an ESD box or bag.
● The type of a component to be replaced is confirmed by following the
instructions in 1.6.1 Querying the Electronic Label of a Cabinet, and a new
component is available.
● The new component is intact, and its hardware version is the same as that of
the component to be replaced.
● Associated personnel have gained permission to access a site and have
Context
● Replacing an EPU subrack interrupts the services carried on a base station.

● It takes about 30 minutes to replace an EPU subrack, and you must restore
power supply to the base station within 48 hours.
● The following figure shows the position of the EPU subrack in an
APM5930(AC).
Figure 1-31 Position of the EPU subrack in an APM5930(AC)
Procedure
Step 1 Put on an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
NOTICE
Step 2 Switch off the external AC power supply to the APM5930(AC).

Step 3 Turn off all the circuit breakers on the EPU subrack.
Step 4 Optional: Turn off the circuit breakers on the power distribution box in the
BBC5200D or BBC5200T, or turn off the circuit breaker at the right side of the
BBC5300D or BBC5300T.
Step 5 Record the installation slots of the PSUs, PMID, and PDU in the EPU subrack as
well as cable connections to them, and remove the PSUs, PMID, PDU, and cables
connected to these modules. For detailed operations, see 1.5.25.3.1 Replacing a

PSU (R4875G1) (EPU05A-11/12), 1.5.25.2.2 Replacing a PMID, and 1.5.25.4.1

Replacing a PDU01D-02/PDU06D-01.
Step 6 Remove cables from the EPU subrack.
1. Use a Phillips screwdriver to loosen the M3 screws on the plastic protective
covers for the AC input and output wiring terminal blocks on the left side of
the EPU subrack, for the DC output wiring terminal blocks on the right side of
the EPU subrack, and for the power output terminal block of storage
batteries. Open the protective covers.
2. Record the connections of AC input or output power cables and DC output
power cables, and remove the cables. Reinstall the removed screws and
tighten them to 4.8 N·m (42.48 lbf·in.).
3. Reinstall the three plastic protective covers, and use a Phillips screwdriver to
tighten the M3 screws to 0.6 N·m (5.31 lbf·in.).
4. Record the connections of the DC power cables connected to the EPU subrack,
and remove the connectors and OT terminals on the DC power cables.
5. Record the connection of the equipotential cable on the ground bar, and
remove this cable. The equipotential cable is connected to the ground bar on
the left wall of the cabinet.
NOTE
The PE wire of the AC input power cable is connected to a hex head screw on a
mounting ear of the EPU subrack. The screw must be reserved properly after the PE
wire is disconnected.
Step 7 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the remaining seven screws from both sides
of the EPU subrack, and gently pull the EPU subrack out of the cabinet along the
guide rails, as shown in the following figure.
CAUTION
The EPU subrack is heavy. Therefore, you need to hold the subrack with one hand
and support the bottom with the other hand to slowly pull the subrack out of the
cabinet. This prevents the subrack from falling and ensures personal safety.

Figure 1-32 Removing an EPU subrack
Step 8 Install a new EPU subrack.

1. Slide the new EPU subrack into the installation position slowly along the
guide rails and use a torque screwdriver to tighten the seven panel screws
and one hex head screw. The recommended torques are 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.)
and 3 N·m (26.55 lbf·in.), respectively.
2. Reinstall the equipotential cable removed in Step 6.5.
NOTICE
The PE wire of the AC input power cable must be connected to the hex head
screw removed in Step 6.5. Otherwise, the EPU may be damaged due to
improper grounding after being powered on.
3. Reinstall the DC power cables and OT terminals of the DC power cables

removed in Step 6.4. And tighten them to 4.8 N·m (42.48 lbf·in.).
4. Reconnect the AC power cables removed in Step 6.2.
5. Optional: If the replaced EPU subrack uses 220 V AC three-phase input
power, the short-circuiting bars at the "AC INPUT" terminals on the new EPU
subrack must be removed.
6. Reinstall the removed PSUs, PMID, PDU, and related cables.
Step 9 Power on the new EPU subrack.

1. Restore the external AC power supply to the APM5930(AC).

2. Turn on circuit breakers that were turned off in Step 4.

3. Turn on circuit breakers that were turned off in Step 3 according to the load
configuration of the APM5930(AC).
4. Observe the status of indicators on the PSUs and PMID to determine whether
the new EPU subrack is working properly.
– When the PSUs are working properly, the power indicators are steady
green, and the protection indicators and alarm indicators are steady off.
– When the PMID is working properly, the STATE indicator is steady green.
Step 10 Remove the ESD wrist strap or ESD gloves and pack up all tools.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.1.2 Replacing an EPU05A-06/EPU05A-07/EPU05A-08/EPU05A-09 Subrack

This section describes the procedure for replacing an EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07,
EPU05A-08, or EPU05A-09 (shortened to EPU in this section) subrack in an
APM30H cabinet.
Prerequisites
● The type of the component to be replaced is confirmed by following the
Context
● The following figure shows the position of the EPU subrack in an APM30H.

Figure 1-33 Position of the EPU subrack in an APM30H
Procedure
NOTICE
other electronic components.
Step 2 Switch off the external AC power supply to the APM30H.

Step 4 Optional: Turn off the circuit breakers on the power distribution box in the
IBBS200D or IBBS200T, or turn off the circuit breaker at the right side of the
IBBS300D or IBBS300T.
Step 5 Record the installation slots of the PSUs, PMIU, PDUs, and PMU 11B in the EPU
subrack as well as cable connections to them, and remove the PSUs, PMIU, PDUs,
PMU 11B and cables connected to these modules. For detailed operations, see

1.5.25.3.2 Replacing a PSU (R4850G2) (IBC10/IMB03/IMB05/MRE1000),

1.5.25.2.7 Replacing a PMIU (EPU05A-06/07/08/09), 1.5.25.2.5 Replacing a
PMU 11B, 1.5.25.7 Replacing a BDU70-03, and 1.5.25.4.2 Replacing a
PDU01D-01/PDU03D-02.
1. Use a Phillips screwdriver to loosen the M3 screws on the plastic protective
covers for the AC input and output wiring terminal blocks on the left side of
the EPU subrack, for the DC output wiring terminal blocks on the right side of
the EPU subrack, and for the power output terminal block of storage
batteries. Open the protective covers.
2. Record the connections of AC input or output power cables and DC output
power cables, and remove the cables. Reinstall the removed screws and
tighten them to 4.8 N·m (42.48 lbf·in.).
3. Reinstall the three plastic protective covers, and use a Phillips screwdriver to
4. Record the connections of the DC power cables connected to the EPU subrack,
and remove the connectors and OT terminals on the DC power cables.
5. Record the connection of the equipotential cable on the ground bar, and
remove this cable. The equipotential cable is connected to the ground bar on
the left wall of the cabinet.
NOTE
CAUTION

Step 8 Install the new EPU subrack.

2. Reinstall the equipotential cable removed in Step 6.5.
NOTICE
3. Reinstall the DC power cables and OT terminals of the DC power cables

removed in Step 6.4. And tighten them to 4.8 N·m (42.48 lbf·in.).
6. Reinstall the PSUs, PMIU, PDUs, PMU 11B, and related cables.
1. Restore the external AC power supply to the APM30H.
3. Turn on circuit breakers that were turned off in Step 3 according to the load
configuration of the APM30H.
4. Observe the status of indicators on the PSUs, PMIU, and PMU 11B to
determine whether the new EPU subrack is working properly.

– When the PMIU is working properly, the STATE indicator is steady green.
– When the PMU 11B is working properly, the RUN indicator is blinking
green (on for 1s and off for 1s, or on for 0.125s and off for 0.125s), and
the ALM indicator is steady off.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.1.3 Replacing an EPU05A-02/03/04/05 Subrack (BTS3900A/DBS3900)

APM30H (Ver.D) cabinet.
Prerequisites
Context
● An EPU05A-02, EPU05A-03, EPU05A-04, EPU05A-05, EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07,
EPU05A-08, or EPU05A-09 subrack can be used as a replacement for an
EPU05A-02, EPU05A-03, EPU05A-04, or EPU05A-05 subrack.
● The following figure shows the position of the EPU subrack in an APM30H
(Ver.D).

Figure 1-35 Position of the EPU subrack in an APM30H (Ver.D)
Procedure
NOTICE

Step 4 Turn off the "BAT_SW0" and "BAT_SW1" circuit breakers on the power distribution
box in the IBBS200D or IBBS200T.

Step 5 Record the slot assignment of the PMU and PSUs in the EPU subrack, and remove
the PMU and all PSUs. For detailed operations, see 1.5.25.2.4 Replacing a PMU
11A and 1.5.25.3.2 Replacing a PSU (R4850G2) (IBC10/IMB03/IMB05/
MRE1000).

1. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the plastic protective covers for the AC
input terminals and AC output terminals from the left side of the EPU subrack
and remove the plastic protective covers for the DC output terminals from the
right side.
2. Record the cable connections, and remove the cables.
NOTE
3. Reinstall the four plastic protective covers, and use a Phillips screwdriver to
CAUTION

If You Need to... Then...
Install a new EPU05A-02, EPU05A-03, Go to Step 9.

EPU05A-04, or EPU05A-05 subrack

Step 9 Optional: Install a new EPU05A-02, EPU05A-03, EPU05A-04, or EPU05A-05

subrack.
2. Use the M6x12 screw to secure the PGND cable for the new power system to
the ground bar. The recommended torque is 4.8 N·m (42.48 lbf·in.).
3. Reinstall the cables on the EPU.
5. Reinstall the removed PMU and PSUs into the corresponding slots in a new
EPU subrack. For detailed operations, see 1.5.25.2.4 Replacing a PMU 11A
and 1.5.25.3.2 Replacing a PSU (R4850G2) (IBC10/IMB03/IMB05/
MRE1000).
subrack.
3. Install the PSUs, PMU, and PDUs into the corresponding slots, as shown in the
following table.

Faulty New Change Type Operation

EPU05A-02/ EPU05A-06/ Reference
EPU05A-03/ EPU05A-07/
EPU05A-04/ EPU05A-08/
EPU05A-05 EPU05A-09
Subrack and Its Subrack and Its
Component Component
PSU PSU To be reused 1.5.25.3.2

(PSU4850G2) (PSU4850G2) Replacing a PSU
(R4850G2)
(IBC10/IMB03/
IMB05/
MRE1000)
PMU PMU 11Ba To be replaced 1.5.25.2.5

Replacing a
PMU 11B
- PDU01D-01 (Optional) To be 1.5.25.4.2

added Replacing a
PDU01D-01/
PDU03D-02

added Replacing a
PDU01D-01/
PDU03D-02
a: A PMU 11B is installed in slot 6 of the new EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07,

EPU05A-08, or EPU05A-09 subrack.
4. Reinstall all cables, as listed in the following table.

Cable on the Whether Cable on the One End The

Faulty to New Oth
EPU05A-02/ Replace EPU05A-06/ Port on Port on er
EPU05A-03/ the Cable EPU05A-07/ the the New End
EPU05A-04/ EPU05A-08/ Faulty EPU05A-
EPU05A-05 EPU05A-09 EPU05A- 06,
Subrack Subrack 02, EPU05A-
EPU05A- 07,
03, EPU05A-
EPU05A- 08, or
04, or EPU05A-
EPU05A- 09
05 Subrack
Subrack
Fan power Yes Fan power LOAD2 LOAD2 PW

cable cable port on port on R
the EPU the EPU port
on
the
FAN
02D
BBU power Yes BBU power LOAD0 LOAD0 PW

cable cable port on port on R
the EPU the EPU port
on
the
BBU
EMUA power No EMUA power LOAD5 LOAD5 Not

cable cable port on port on rem
the EPU the EPU ove
d
Power cable No Power cable RFC1 or RFC1 or Not

between an between an RFC2 RFC2 rem
APM30H and APM30H and terminal terminal ove
an RFC an RFC on the on the d
EPU EPU
Power cable No Power cable BAT BAT Not

between an between an terminal terminal rem
APM30H and a APM30H and on the on the ove
battery cabinet a battery EPU EPU d
cabinet


Faulty to New Oth
EPU05A-05 EPU05A-09 EPU05A- 06,
EPU05A- 07,
03, EPU05A-
EPU05A- 08, or
04, or EPU05A-
EPU05A- 09
05 Subrack
Subrack
Fan power Yes (The Fan power LOAD8 LOAD8 INP

cables in an cable is to cables in an port on port on UT
IBBS200D be IBBS200D the EPU the EPU port
prepared for
onsite.) the
FAN
on
the
pow
er
distr
ibuti
on
box
in
the
IBBS
200
D


Faulty to New Oth
EPU05A-05 EPU05A-09 EPU05A- 06,
EPU05A- 07,
03, EPU05A-
EPU05A- 08, or
04, or EPU05A-
EPU05A- 09
05 Subrack
Subrack
TEC power Yes (The TEC power LOAD8 LOAD8 INP

cables in an cable is to cables in an port on port on UT
IBBS200T be IBBS200T the EPU the EPU port
prepared for
onsite.) the
TEC
on
the
pow
er
distr
ibuti
on
box
in
the
IBBS
200
T
PMU-CMUEA No PMU 11B- COM_IN COM_IN Not

monitoring CMUEA port on port on rem
signal cable monitoring the PMU the PMU ove
signal cable 11B d
Monitoring No Monitoring GATE port GATE Not

signal cable for signal cable on the port on rem
the door status for the door PMU the PMU ove
sensor status sensor 11B d
IBBS200D or No IBBS200D or COM_485 COM_48 Not

IBBS200T IBBS200T port on 5 port on rem
monitoring monitoring the PMU the PMU ove
signal cable signal cable 11B d


2. Turn on the circuit breakers for storage batteries and turn on the switch for
the storage battery circuit on the EPU.
3. Turn on circuit breakers that were turned off according to the load
configuration of the APM30H.
4. Observe the status of the indicators to determine whether the new EPU is
working properly.
– When the PMU is working properly, the RUN indicator is blinking green
(on for 1s and off for 1s, or on for 0.125s and off for 0.125s), and the
ALM indicator is steady off.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.1.4 Replacing an EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04 Subrack (BTS3012AE)

This section describes the procedure for replacing an EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04
(shortened to EPU in this section) subrack in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet.
Prerequisites
Context
● Replacing an EPU interrupts all the services carried on the base station.
● It takes about 30 minutes to replace an EPU, and you must restore power
supply to the base station within 48 hours.
● The following figure shows the position of the EPU in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)
cabinet.

Figure 1-37 Position of the EPU in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet
Procedure
Step 1 Wear an ESD wrist strap or ESD gloves.
NOTICE
Take proper ESD protection measures, for example, wear an ESD wrist strap or
ESD gloves, to prevent electrostatic damage to the boards, modules, or other
Step 2 Switch off the external AC power supply to the BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z).
Step 3 Turn off all the circuit breakers on the EPU panel.
Step 4 Turn off the "BAT" circuit breaker on the power distribution box in the IBBS.
NOTE
If built-in storage batteries are used, remove the positive (red) and negative (black) battery
power cables. During the process of removing the power cables from storage batteries:
● Disconnect the power cable on the positive pole of the storage batteries first and then
disconnect the power cable on the negative pole of the storage batteries.
● After removing the power cables from the storage batteries, insulate the power cables
to prevent short circuits.

Step 5 Record the slot assignment of the PMU and PSUs in the EPU, and remove the
PMU and all PSUs. For detailed operations, see 1.5.25.2.4 Replacing a PMU 11A
and 1.5.25.3.2 Replacing a PSU (R4850G2) (IBC10/IMB03/IMB05/MRE1000).
Step 6 Remove cables from the EPU.
1. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the plastic protective cover for the AC
input or output wiring terminal block on the left side of the EPU and that for
the DC output wiring terminal blocks on the right side of the EPU.
2. Record the connections of the AC input or output and DC output power
cables, and remove the cables.
4. Record the connections of the DC power cables connected to the EPU panel,
and remove the connectors for power cables.
5. Record the connections of the DC power cables connected to the EPU panel,
and remove the OT terminals for power cables.
6. Record the connection of the PGND cable on the EPU, and remove this cable.
The PGND cable is connected to the ground bar on the left wall of the
cabinet.
NOTICE
The PE wire of the AC input power cable is connected to a hexagonal screw

on a mounting ear of the EPU. The hexagonal screw must be stored properly
after the PE wire is disconnected.
of the EPU, and gently pull the EPU out of the cabinet along the guide rails, as
NOTICE

Step 8 Install a new EPU.

1. Place the new EPU in the installation position and slowly slide it into the
cabinet along the guide rails. Tighten the seven panel screws to 2 N·m (17.70
lbf·in.) and the hex head screw on the mounting ear to 3 N·m (26.55 lbf·in.).
2. Reconnect the PGND cable removed in Step 6.6.
NOTICE
3. Reconnect the DC power cables removed in Step 6.4 and Step 6.5.
NOTICE
The short-circuiting bars at the "AC INPUT" wiring terminals of the new EPU
must be removed if the replaced EPU uses the 220 V AC three-phase input
power.
5. Reinstall the removed PMU and PSUs into the corresponding slots in the new
EPU. For details, see 1.5.25.2.4 Replacing a PMU 11A and 1.5.25.3.2
Replacing a PSU (R4850G2) (IBC10/IMB03/IMB05/MRE1000).

Step 9 Power on the new EPU.

1. Restore the external AC power supply to the BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z).
3. Turn on the circuit breaker that was turned off in Step 4 according to the load
configuration of the BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z).
4. Observe the status of indicators on the PMU and PSUs to determine whether
the EPU is working properly. For details about the status of the indicators, see
PMU 11A or PMU 11B and PSU (R4850G2).
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.1.5 Replacing an EPU05A-02 Subrack (BTS3900/BTS3900L)

This section describes the procedure for replacing an EPU05A-02 (shortened to
EPU in this section) subrack in a BTS3900 (Ver.D) or BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet.
Prerequisites
Context
● An EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-06 subrack can be used as a replacement for an
EPU05A-02 subrack.
● The position of an EPU subrack in a BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet is different from
that in a BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-39 Position of the EPU subrack in a BTS3900 (Ver.D) cabinet and
BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 3 Switch off the external AC power supply to the cabinet.
Step 4 Record the slot assignment of the PMU and PSUs in the EPU subrack, and remove
the PMU and all PSUs. For detailed operations, see 1.5.25.2.4 Replacing a PMU
11A and 1.5.25.3.2 Replacing a PSU (R4850G2) (IBC10/IMB03/IMB05/
MRE1000).
1. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the plastic protective covers for the AC
input terminals and AC output terminals from the left side of the EPU subrack
and remove the plastic protective covers for the DC output terminals from the
right side.
2. Record the cable connections, and remove the cables.
Step 6 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the six M6 screws from both sides of the EPU
subrack, and pull the EPU subrack out of the cabinet along the guide rails, as
NOTICE

Install a new EPU05A-02 subrack Go to Step 8.
Install a new EPU05A-06 subrack Go to Step 9.
Step 8 Optional: Install a new EPU05A-02 subrack.

1. Push the new EPU subrack into the cabinet along the guide rails, and use a
torque screwdriver to tighten the six panel screws to 3 N·m (26.55 lbf·in.).
EPU. For details, see 1.5.25.2.4 Replacing a PMU 11A and 1.5.25.3.2
Replacing a PSU (R4850G2) (IBC10/IMB03/IMB05/MRE1000).
Step 9 Optional: Install a new EPU05A-06 subrack.

3. Install the PSUs, PMU 11B, and PDUs into the corresponding slots, as shown
in the following table.

Faulty New EPU05A-06 Change Type Operation

EPU05A-02 Subrack and Its Reference
Subrack and Its Component
Component
PSU PSU To be reused 1.5.25.3.2

(PSU4850G2) (PSU4850G2) Replacing a PSU
(R4850G2)
(IBC10/IMB03/
IMB05/
MRE1000)
PMU PMU 11B To be replaced 1.5.25.2.5

Replacing a
PMU 11Ba

added Replacing a
PDU01D-01/
PDU03D-02

added Replacing a
PDU01D-01/
PDU03D-02
a: A PMU 11B is installed in slot 6 of the new EPU05A-06 subrack.

Base Cable Whethe Cable One End The
Station on the r to on the Other
Type Faulty Replace New Port on Port on End
EPU05A the EPU05A the the
-02 Cable -06 Faulty New
Subrack Subrack EPU05A EPU05A
-02 -06
Subrack Subrack
BTS3900 PMU- No PMU COM_IN COM_IN Not

(Ver.D) BBU 11B-BBU port on port on removed
monitori monitori the PMU the PMU
ng ng signal 11B
signal cable
cable
DCDU-1 No RFC RFC2 RFC2 Not

2A power terminal terminal removed
power cable on the on the
cable EPU EPU

Base Cable Whethe Cable One End The

Station on the r to on the Other
Type Faulty Replace New Port on Port on End
EPU05A the EPU05A the the
-02 Cable -06 Faulty New
Subrack Subrack EPU05A EPU05A
-02 -06
Subrack Subrack
Power No Power BAT BAT Not

cables cables terminal terminal removed
for for on the on the
storage storage EPU EPU
batteries batteries
BTS3900 PMU- No PMU COM_IN COM_IN Not

L (Ver.D) BBU 11B-BBU port on port on removed
monitori monitori the PMU the PMU
ng ng signal 11B
signal cable
cable
Power No RFC RFC1 RFC1 Not

cable for power terminal terminal removed
the cable on the on the
upper EPU EPU
DCDU-1
2A
(upper)
Power Yes RFC RFC2 RFC2 RTN(+)

cable for power terminal terminal and
the cable on the on the NEG(-)
lower EPU EPU terminal
DCDU-1 s on the
2A DCDU-1
(lower) 2A
Power No Power BAT BAT Not

cables cables terminal terminal removed
for for on the on the
storage storage EPU EPU
batteries batteries
Step 10 Power on the new EPU.

1. Switch on the external AC power supply to the cabinet.
2. Turn on circuit breakers that were turned off according to the load
configuration of the EPU.
3. Observe the status of indicators on the PMU and PSUs to determine whether
the new EPU subrack is working properly.
(on for 1s and off for 1s), and the ALM indicator is steady off.

----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.1.6 Replacing an EPU03A-21 Subrack

This section describes the procedure for replacing an EPU03A-21 (shortened to
EPU in this section) subrack in an MRE1000 cabinet.
Prerequisites
Context
● Replacing an EPU03A-21 subrack interrupts the services carried on a base
station.
● It takes about 30 minutes to replace an EPU03A-21 subrack, and you must
restore power supply to the base station within 48 hours.
● The following figure shows the position of the EPU03A-21 subrack in an
MRE1000.

Figure 1-41 Position of the EPU03A-21 subrack in an MRE1000
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Power off the EPU03A-21 subrack.

1. Turn off the "BAT" circuit breaker on the EPU03A-21 subrack.
2. Turn off all circuit breakers on the AC power distribution box in the MRE1000.
3. Switch off the external AC power supply to the MRE1000.
Step 3 Record the installation slots of the PSU, PMIU, BDU, and HSU in the EPU03A-21
subrack as well as cable connections to them, and remove the PSU, PMIU, BDU,
and HSU, and cables connected to these modules. For details, see 1.5.25.3.2
Replacing a PSU (R4850G2) (IBC10/IMB03/IMB05/MRE1000), 1.5.25.2.8
Replacing a PMIU (EPU03A-21), 1.5.25.10 Replacing a BDU65-03, and
"Replacing an HSU (C28005G1)."
Step 4 Record the cable connections on the panel of the EPU03A-21 subrack, and remove
the cables.

Step 5 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from both mounting ears of
the EPU03A-21 subrack, and pull the EPU03A-21 subrack out of the cabinet along
the guide rails, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-42 Removing the EPU03A-21 subrack
Step 6 Slide the new EPU03A-21 subrack into the installation position slowly and tighten
the four screws on both mounting ears of the EPU03A-21 with a recommended
torque of 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
Step 7 Reconnect cables to the EPU03A-21 subrack.

1. Open the plastic cover of the AC INPUT port and reinstall the OT terminals on
the input power cable to the EPU03A-21 subrack. Then tighten the OT
terminals to 4.8 N·m (42.48 lbf·in.), and reinstall the plastic protective cover
for the AC INPUT port.
2. Open the plastic cover of the BAT port and reinstall the OT terminals on the
battery power cable. Then tighten the OT terminals to 4.8 N·m (42.48 lbf·in.),
and reinstall the plastic protective cover for the BAT port.
3. Reconnect cables to the LOAD0 to LOAD5 ports.

4. Reinstall the PSU, PMIU, BDU, HSU, and their cables.

Step 8 Power on the new EPU03A-21 subrack.
1. Restore external AC power supply to the MRE1000.
2. According to the load configuration of the MRE1000, turn on the circuit
breakers on the AC power distribution box in an MRE1000 that were turned
off.
3. Turn on the "BAT" circuit breaker on the EPU03A-21 subrack.
4. Observe the status of the indicators on the PSUs and PMIU to determine
whether the new EPU03A-21 subrack is working properly.
– When the PMIU is working properly, the STATE indicator is steady green.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.1.7 Replacing an EPU03A-02/EPU03A-03/EPU03A-04/EPU03A-05 Subrack

APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet.
Prerequisites
Context
● An EPU03A-02, EPU03A-03, EPU03A-04, or EPU03A-05 subrack can be used
as a replacement for an EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07, EPU05A-08, or EPU05A-09
subrack.

● It takes about 30 minutes to replace an EPU subrack.

● The following figure shows the position of the EPU subrack in an APM30H
(Ver.C).
Figure 1-43 Position of the EPU subrack in an APM30H (Ver.C)
Procedure
NOTICE

Step 4 Remove the PMU and all PSUs from the EPU subrack. For details, see 1.5.25.2.6
Replacing a PMU 01B and 1.5.25.3.5 Replacing a PSU (PSU4850A).
Step 5 Record the cable connections, and remove the cables.
NOTE
The PE wire of the AC input power cable is connected to a hex head screw on a mounting
ear of the EPU subrack. The screw must be reserved properly after the PE wire is
disconnected.
CAUTION

Step 7 Install a new EPU03A-02/EPU03A-03/EPU03A-04/EPU03A-05 or EPU05A-06/

EPU05A-07/EPU05A-08/EPU05A-09 subrack.


Step 8 Optional: Install an EPU03A-02, EPU03A-03, EPU03A-04, or EPU03A-05 subrack.

guide rails and tighten the seven screws and one hex head screw on both
sides of the EPU. The recommended torques are 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.) and 3
N·m (26.55 lbf·in.), respectively.
EPU subrack. For details, see 1.5.25.2.6 Replacing a PMU 01B and 1.5.25.3.5
Replacing a PSU (PSU4850A).


subrack.
Faulty New Change Type Operation
EPU03A-02/ EPU05A-06/ Reference
EPU03A-03/ EPU05A-07/
EPU03A-04/ EPU05A-08/
EPU03A-05 EPU05A-09
Subrack and Its Subrack and Its
Component Component
PSU (PSU4850A) PSU To be replaced 1.5.25.3.2

(PSU4850G2) Replacing a PSU
(R4850G2)
(IBC10/IMB03/
IMB05/
MRE1000)
PMU 01B PMU 11Ba To be replaced 1.5.25.2.5

Replacing a
PMU 11B

added Replacing a
PDU01D-01/
PDU03D-02

added Replacing a
PDU01D-01/
PDU03D-02


Cable on Whet Cable on the One End The

the Faulty her to New Other
EPU03A Repla EPU05A-06/ Port on the Port on End
Subrack ce the EPU05A-07/ Faulty the New
Cable EPU05A-08/ EPU03A EPU05A-
EPU05A-09 Subrack 06,
Subrack EPU05A-
07,
EPU05A-
08, or
EPU05A-
09
Subrack
Fan power Yes Fan power LOAD5 port LOAD2 PWR

cable cable on the EPU port on port
the EPU on the
FAN
02B
BBU power Yes BBU power LOAD0 or LOAD0 PWR

cable cable LOAD1 port port on port
on the EPU the EPU on the
BBU
EMUA To be EMUA power LOAD4 port LOAD5 Not

power cable reused cable on the EPU port on remov
. The the EPU ed
conne
ctor at
one
end
needs
to be
replac
ed.
Power cable Yes Power cable Power BAT Interco

between an between an terminal for terminal nnecte
APM30H APM30H and a storage on the d with
and a battery cabinet batteries on EPU the
battery the inner existin
cabinet right wall of g
the EPU power
cable


Subrack EPU05A-
07,
EPU05A-
08, or
EPU05A-
09
Subrack
Fan power Yes Fan power LOAD3 port LOAD8 INPUT

cable in an (The cable in an on the EPU port on port
IBBS200D cable IBBS200D the EPU for the
is to FAN
be on the
prepar power
ed distrib
onsite. ution
) box in
the
IBBS20
0D
TEC power Yes TEC power LOAD3 port LOAD8 INPUT

cables in an (The cables in an on the EPU port on port
IBBS200T cable IBBS200T the EPU for the
is to TEC
be on the
prepar power
ed distrib
onsite. ution
) box in
the
IBBS20
0T
Power cable Yes Power cable EPU RFC1 or Interco

between an between an RFC2 nnecte
APM30H APM30H and terminal d with
and an RFC an RFC on the the
EPU existin
g
power
cable
HPMI-PMU To be - COM port on - To be

monitoring remov the PMU remov
signal cable ed ed


Subrack EPU05A-
07,
EPU05A-
08, or
EPU05A-
09
Subrack
PMU-CMUE No PMU-CMUE COM_IN port COM_IN Not

monitoring monitoring on the PMU port on remov
signal cable signal cable the PMU ed
11B
Monitoring No Monitoring GATE port GATE Not

signal cable signal cable for on the FAN port on remov
for the door the door status 02B the PMU ed
status sensor 11B
sensor
IBBS200D No IBBS200D or COM_485 COM_485 Not

or IBBS200T IBBS200T port on the port on remov
monitoring monitoring PMU the PMU ed
signal cable signal cable 11B
NOTICE
● After an EPS 01 or EPU03A subrack is replaced with an EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07,

EPU05A-08, or EPU05A-09, all functions of the HPMI board in the fan assembly
are unavailable.
● The monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor that is connected to the
GATE port on the HPMI board needs to be reconnected to the GATE port on
the PMU 11B.
● If other monitoring functions of the HPMI board need to be used, contact
Huawei engineers or install an EMUB. For details about how to install an
EMUB, see Installing an EMUA/EMUB.

2. Turn on the circuit breakers of the APM30H.
3. Check the status of the indicators to determine whether the new EPU is
working properly.

----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.1.8 Replacing an EPU02B or EPU02S

This section describes the procedure for replacing an EPU02B or EPU02S.
Prerequisites
Context
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace an EPU02B or EPU02S.
● Replacing an EPU02B or EPU02S interrupts all the services carried by the
devices that are powered by the EPU02B or EPU02S.
● The following figures show the installation positions of an EPU02B or EPU02S
in different cabinets.

Figure 1-45 Installation positions of an EPU02B or EPU02S in different cabinets

(1) EPU02B or EPU02S
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the corresponding switch on the power equipment for the EPU02B or
EPU02S to power off the EPU02B or EPU02S.
Step 3 Record the positions of connectors connected to the DC output ports of the
EPU02B or EPU02S, and remove the connectors from the EPU02B or EPU02S.

NOTE
To remove an EPC4/EPC5/EPC11 connector, drag the puller on the connector to unlock the
latch and pull the connector out from the socket.
Step 4 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the protective cover for the DC input wiring
terminal block from the EPU02B or EPU02S, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-46 Removing the protective cover for the DC input wiring terminal block
from an EPU02B
Figure 1-47 Removing the protective cover for the DC input wiring terminal block
from an EPU02S
Step 5 Record the connections of the DC input power cables, and disconnect the power
cables.
Step 6 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from both sides of the
EPU02B or EPU02S, and gently pull the EPU02B or EPU02S out of the cabinet
along the guide rails, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-48 Removing an EPU02B
Figure 1-49 Removing an EPU02S
Step 7 Place a new EPU02B or EPU02S in the installation position, and gently slide it into
the cabinet along the guide rails. Tighten the four M6 screws on both sides of the
EPU02B or EPU02S. The recommended tightening torque is 3 N·m (26.55 lbf·in.).
Step 8 Optional: If a second BDU is required, install the second BDU in slot 2 of the
EPU02B.
1. Remove the corresponding filler panel.
2. Release the buckle on the upper right corner of the BDU, and rotate the
handle outwards.
3. Gently slide the BDU into the corresponding slot along the guide rails.
4. Rotate the handle inwards, and fasten the buckle.

Figure 1-50 Installing a BDU
Step 9 Remove the protective cover for the DC input wiring terminal block from the new
EPU02B or EPU02S, reconnect the removed power cables to the new EPU02B or
EPU02S according to the recorded cable connections, and then reinstall the
protective cover.
Step 10 Reinstall the removed cable connectors to the new EPU02B or EPU02S according
to the recorded installation positions.
Step 11 Turn on the corresponding switch on the power equipment for the EPU02B or
EPU02S to power on the EPU02B or EPU02S.
Step 12 Check whether the EPU02B or EPU02S is providing power properly by observing
the indicator status according to the following checklist.
Table 1-43 Maintenance checklist

Check Item Normal Status
Indicators on an RRU panel ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for

and off for 1s).

Indicators on a BBU ● The RUN indicator on a UPEU is steady

on.
● The STATE indicator on a FAN is
blinking green (on for 1s and off for
1s).
● The normal status of the indicators on
other boards in a BBU is as follows:
RUN indicator: blinking green (on for 1s
and off for 1s)
ALM indicator: steady off
ACT indicator: steady on
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.1.9 Replacing an EPU02D or EPU02D-02

This section describes the procedure for replacing an EPU02D or EPU02D-02.
Prerequisites
Context
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace an EPU02D or EPU02D-02.
● Replacing an EPU02D or EPU02D-02 interrupts all the services carried by the
devices that are powered by the EPU02D or EPU02D-02.

● The EPU02D and EPU02D-02 installation positions and installation methods

are the same in different cabinets. This section uses the EPU02D-02 as an
example.
● The following figures show the installation positions of an EPU02D-02 in
different cabinets.
Figure 1-51 Positions for installing an EPU02D-02 in different cabinets

(1) EPU02D-02
Procedure
NOTICE

Step 2 Turn off the corresponding switch on the power equipment for the EPU02D-02 to
power off the EPU02D-02.
Step 3 Record the positions of connectors connected to the DC output ports of the
EPU02D-02, and remove the connectors from the EPU02D-02.
NOTE
Step 4 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the protective cover for the DC input terminal
block from the EPU02D-02, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-52 Removing the protective cover for the DC input terminal block from
an EPU02D-02
cables.
EPU02D-02, and gently pull the EPU02D-02 out of the cabinet along the guide
rails, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-53 Removing an EPU02D-02

Step 7 Place a new EPU02D-02 in the installation position, and gently slide it into the
cabinet along the guide rails. Tighten the four M6 screws on both sides of the
EPU02D-02. In indoor scenarios, a 3 N·m (26.55 lbf·in.) tightening torque is
recommended. In outdoor scenarios, a 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.) tightening torque is
recommended.
Step 8 Optional: Install the second BDU in slot 2 of the EPU02D-02 as required.
NOTE
An EPU02D-02 has been configured with two BDUs before delivery. Therefore, skip this step for
an EPU02D-02.
1. Remove the corresponding filler panel.
2. Release the buckle on the upper right corner of the BDU, and rotate the
handle outwards.
Step 9 Remove the protective cover for the DC input terminal block from the new
EPU02D-02, reconnect the removed power cables to the new EPU02D-02
according to the cable connection records, and reinstall the protective cover.
Step 10 Reinstall the removed cable connectors to the new EPU02D-02 according to the
recorded installation positions.
Step 11 Turn on the corresponding switch on the power equipment for the EPU02D-02 to
power on the EPU02D-02.

Step 12 Check whether the EPU02D-02 is providing power properly by observing the
indicator status according to the following checklist.

and off for 1s).
Indicators on a BBU ● The RUN indicator on a UPEU is steady

on.
1s).
and off for 1s)
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.1.10 Replacing an EPU02S-02

This section describes the procedure for replacing an EPU02S-02.
Prerequisites
● The model of the component to be replaced is confirmed by querying the
cabinet electronic label and a new component is available.
● The new component is intact, and its hardware version is consistent with that
of the component to be replaced.

Context
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace an EPU02S-02.
● Replacing an EPU02S-02 interrupts all the services carried by the devices that
are powered by the EPU02S-02.
● The following figures show the installation positions of an EPU02S-02 in
different cabinets.
Figure 1-55 Installation positions of an EPU02S-02 in different cabinets

(1) EPU02S-02
Procedure
1. Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
NOTICE
Take proper ESD protection measures, for example, put on an ESD wrist strap
or a pair of ESD gloves, to prevent electrostatic damage to the boards,
modules, or electronic components.
2. Turn off the corresponding switch on the power equipment for the EPU02S-02
to power off the EPU02S-02.
3. Record the positions of connectors connected to the DC output ports of the
EPU02S-02, and remove the connectors from the EPU02S-02.

NOTE
To remove an EPC4/SPC1 connector, drag the puller on the connector to unlock the
4. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the protective cover for the DC input
terminal block from the EPU02S-02, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-56 Removing the protective cover for the DC input terminal block
from an EPU02S-02
5. Record the connections of the DC input power cables, and disconnect the
power cables.
6. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from both sides of the
EPU02S-02, and gently pull the EPU02S-02 out of the cabinet along the guide
Figure 1-57 Removing an EPU02S-02
7. Place a new EPU02S-02 in the installation position, and gently slide it into the
EPU02S-02. The recommended tightening torque is 3 N·m (26.55 lbf·in.).
8. Remove the protective cover for the DC input terminal block from the new
EPU02S-02, reconnect the removed power cables to the new EPU02S-02
9. Reinstall the removed cable connectors to the new EPU02S-02 according to
the recorded installation positions.

10. Turn on the corresponding switch on the power equipment for the EPU02S-02
to power on the EPU02S-02.
11. Check whether the EPU02S-02 is providing power properly by observing the
indicator status according to the following checklist.

0.125s and off for 0.125s, or on for
1s and off for 1s).
● ALM indicator: steady off
Indicators on a BBU ● The RUN indicator on a UPEU is

steady on.
● The STATE indicator on a fan module
is blinking green (on for 1s and off
for 1s).
● The normal status of the indicators
on other boards in a BBU is as
follows:
RUN indicator: blinking green (on for
1s and off for 1s)
12. Take off the ESD wrist strap or ESD gloves, and pack up all tools.
Follow-up Procedure
● Put the replaced component into an ESD bag. Then, put the ESD bag into a
carton padded with foam or into the packing box of the new component.
● Fill in the fault form with detailed information about the replaced component.
● Contact the local Huawei office to handle the component that may be faulty.
1.5.25.1.11 Replacing an ETP48100-B1 Subrack

This section describes the procedure for replacing an ETP48100-B1 (shortened to
ETP in this section) subrack in an IMB05 cabinet.
Prerequisites
● An ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves, an M3 screwdriver, and an M6
screwdriver are available.

Context
● Replacing an ETP subrack interrupts the services carried on a cabinet.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace an ETP subrack.
● The following figure shows the position of the ETP subrack in an IMB05.
Figure 1-58 Position of the ETP subrack in an IMB05
(1) ETP48100-B1 (2) PSU (R4850G2) (3) PMU 11A
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Modify the administrative state and block all cells managed by the BBU powered
by the ETP to be replaced and all RRUs powered by the ETP. For detailed
operations, see BBU5900 Hardware Maintenance Guide and RRU Hardware
Maintenance Guide.
Step 3 Turn off the corresponding switch on the power equipment for the ETP subrack to
power off the ETP subrack.

Step 4 Record the cable connections on the panel of the component to be replaced.
Step 5 Remove the cables.
1. Remove the monitoring signal cable from the PMU, as shown in the following
figure.
Figure 1-59 Removing the monitoring signal cable from the PMU
2. Remove the AC input and DC output power cables from the subrack, as
Figure 1-60 Removing the cables from the ETP subrack
Step 6 Loosen the four M6 screws on the mounting ears of the subrack, and remove the
subrack, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-61 Removing an ETP subrack
NOTE
● If you have confirmed that the ETP subrack is faulty and needs to be replaced, you need
to remove the PSUs and PMU before removing the ETP subrack from the cabinet.
● If you have confirmed that the entire ETP subrack is faulty and needs to be replaced,
remove the ETP subrack from the cabinet without removing the PSUs and PMU.
Step 7 Install the new component.

1. Install the new ETP subrack, tighten the screws on the mounting ears to 2
N·m (17.70 lbf·in.), and then install related cables.
2. When the ETP subrack is replaced, reinstall the PMU and PSUs in the new
subrack, tighten the screws on the panel to 0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf·in.), and then
install related cables.
Step 8 Power on the ETP subrack.
Step 9 Observe the status of the indicators on the PMU and PSUs to determine whether
the ETP subrack is working properly.
● When the PMU is working properly, the RUN indicator is blinking green (on
for 1s and off for 1s), and the ALM indicator is steady off.
● When the PSUs are working properly, the power indicators are steady green,
and the protection indicators and alarm indicators are steady off.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.1.12 Replacing an EPS4890 Subrack

This section describes the procedure for replacing an EPS4890 (shortened to EPS in
this section) subrack in a BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet or an IMB03 cabinet.
Prerequisites
● The following tools and materials are available: ESD wrist strap or ESD gloves,
Phillips screwdriver, ESD box or bag, and the key to the cabinet.
Context
● Replacing an EPS subrack interrupts the services carried on a base station.
● It takes about 25 minutes to replace an EPS subrack.
● The following figure shows the positions of the EPS subrack in a BTS3900
(Ver.B) and an IMB03.

Figure 1-62 Positions of the EPS subrack in a BTS3900 (Ver.B) and an IMB03
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the BAT circuit breaker on the EPS subrack.
Step 3 Switch off external AC power supply to the EPS subrack.
Step 4 Remove the PGND cable for the EPS subrack from the ground bar on the inner left
wall of the cabinet.
Step 5 Remove the PMU and PSUs from the EPS subrack. For details, see 1.5.25.2.6
Replacing a PMU 01B and 1.5.25.3.4 Replacing a PSU (EPW30-48A).
Step 6 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the cable tray from the right side of the EPS
subrack.
Step 7 Label the cables delivered with the EPS subrack on the right side of the EPS
subrack, and remove the cables.

Step 8 Remove the screws from the AC protective cover on the EPS subrack, and then
remove the AC protective cover.
Step 9 Label the AC input and output power cables on the left side of the EPS subrack,
and remove the cables.
NOTICE
mounting ear of the EPS subrack. The screw must be reserved properly after the
PE wire is disconnected.
Step 10 Label the DC output power cables on the right side of the EPS subrack, and
remove the cables.
Step 11 Remove the remaining four screws from both sides of the EPS subrack, and pull
the EPS subrack out of the cabinet along the guide rails slowly, as shown in the
following figure. The figure uses the BTS3900 (Ver.B) as an example.
CAUTION
The EPS subrack is heavy. Therefore, you need to hold the subrack with one hand
Figure 1-63 Removing an EPS subrack
Step 12 Slide the new EPS subrack into the installation position slowly along the guide
rails and use a torque screwdriver to tighten the four M6 screws on both sides of
the EPS subrack with a recommended torque of 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
Step 13 Optional: If the faulty EPS subrack uses 220 V AC three-phase input power, the
short-circuiting bars at the AC INPUT terminals on the new EPS subrack must be
removed.
Step 14 Reinstall the PMU and all PSUs in the corresponding slots in the EPS subrack.
Step 15 Connect the new power series 120 connector to the removed cable tray, and
reinstall the cable tray onto the right inner side of the cabinet.

Step 16 Reinstall cables on the EPS subrack according to attached labels.
NOTICE
The PE wire of the AC input power cable must be connected to the hex head screw
removed in Step 9. Otherwise, reliability risks may be caused.
Step 17 Install the AC protective cover on the left AC input area of the EPS subrack, and
tighten the screw on the cover.
Step 18 Restore external AC power supply to the EPS subrack.
Step 19 Turn on the three PSU circuit breakers on the EPS subrack.
Step 20 Turn on the BAT circuit breaker on the EPS subrack.
Step 21 Observe the status of indicators on the PMU and PSUs to determine whether the
new EPS subrack is working properly.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.1.13 Replacing an EPS24S48100DC Subrack

This section describes the procedure for replacing an EPS24S48100DC (shortened
to EPS in this section) subrack in a BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet, an APM30H (Ver.B)
cabinet, or an IMB03 cabinet.
Prerequisites
● The following tools and materials are available: ESD wrist strap or ESD gloves,
Phillips screwdriver, ESD box or bag, and the key to the cabinet.

Context
● Replacing an EPS subrack interrupts the services carried on a cabinet.
● It takes about 25 minutes to replace an EPS subrack.
● The following figure shows the positions of the EPS subrack in a BTS3900
(Ver.B), an APM30H (Ver.B), and an IMB03.
Figure 1-64 Positions of the EPS subrack in a BTS3900 (Ver.B), an APM30H

(Ver.B), and an IMB03
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Switch off external power supply to the EPS subrack.
Step 3 Label the cables on the EPS subrack, and remove the cables.
Step 4 Remove all PSUs from the EPS subrack. For detailed operations, see 1.5.25.3.3
Replacing a PSU (EPW25-24S48D).
Step 5 Remove the four M6x12 screws from the mounting ears on both sides of the EPS
subrack, as shown in the following figure. The figure uses the BTS3900 (Ver.B) as
an example.

Figure 1-65 Removing an EPS subrack
Step 6 Use one hand to pull out the EPS subrack and the other hand to support the EPS
subrack and then remove it.
Step 7 Take out a new EPS subrack, perform the preceding operations in reverse sequence
to install the new EPS subrack in the cabinet, and install the removed PSUs into
the EPS subrack.
Step 8 Reconnect the removed cables to the EPS subrack based on the cable connection
records.
Step 9 Restore external power supply to the EPS subrack.
Step 10 Observe the status of indicators on the PSUs to determine whether the new EPS
subrack is working properly. When the PSUs are working properly, the power
indicators are steady green, and the protection indicators and alarm indicators are
steady off.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.1.14 Replacing an ETP48400 Subrack

This section describes the procedure for replacing an ETP48400 (shortened to ETP
in this section) subrack in a BTS3900AL cabinet. This section describes the
procedure for replacing an ETP48400 subrack.
Prerequisites
ESD gloves and an M6 screwdriver.


Context
● Replacing an ETP subrack interrupts the services carried on a base station.
● The following figure shows the position of the ETP subrack in a BTS3900AL.
Figure 1-66 Position of the ETP subrack in a BTS3900AL
DANGER
If a base station is configured with an IBBS700D or IBBS700T or a BTS3900AL AC

cabinet is configured with built-in storage batteries, prevent short circuits between
short-circuiting copper bars when removing or installing the short-circuiting
copper bars on the right side of the ETP subrack. All tools, such as a screwdriver,
used for installation must be insulated to prevent the storage batteries from
burning and ensure personal safety.
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Power off the ETP.

1. Modify the management status to block all RFUs in the cabinet.
NOTE
– RFUs can be blocked either remotely or locally. You are advised to block RF
modules remotely. For detailed operations, see 1.5.24.4 Replacing an RFU.
– If the RF modules work in dual modes, block the RF modules in both modes.
– GSM RF modules cannot be blocked, and you can block only the carriers of the
GSM RF modules.
2. Turn off all circuit breakers on the IBBS700D or IBBS700T.
3. Turn off circuit breakers on the UPEU in the BBU.
4. Turn off circuit breakers on each ETP in the BTS3900AL AC cabinet.
5. Record the names of PSU circuit breakers on the PDU05A-01 that are turned
on, and then turn off these circuit breakers.
Step 3 Remove the faulty ETP subrack, as shown in the following figure.
1. Remove the metal protective cover and plastic protective cover from both
sides of the faulty ETP subrack.
2. Record the power cable connections on the left side of the faulty ETP subrack,
the PMU monitoring signal cable connections, and the installation positions of
the short-circuiting copper bars on the right side of the subrack, and then
remove the cables and copper bars.
3. Record the slot assignment of the PMU and PSUs in the subrack, and remove
the PMU and PSUs. For detailed operations, see 1.5.25.2 Replacing a PMU
and 1.5.25.3.2 Replacing a PSU (R4850G2) (IBC10/IMB03/IMB05/
MRE1000).
4. Remove the eight screws from the mounting ears on both sides of the faulty
ETP subrack, and then gently pull the subrack out of the cabinet along the
guide rails.
5. Reinstall the plastic protective cover.
NOTICE
The ETP subrack is heavy. Therefore, you need to hold the subrack with one hand

Figure 1-67 Removing the faulty ETP subrack
Step 4 Install a new ETP subrack.

1. Slide the new ETP subrack into the installation position slowly along the guide
rails and tighten the eight M6 screws with the recommended torque of 2 N·m
(17.70 lbf·in.).
2. Remove the plastic protective covers from both sides of the new ETP subrack.
3. Reinstall the PMU and PSUs according to the recorded slot assignment. For
detailed operations, see 1.5.25.2 Replacing a PMU and 1.5.25.3.2 Replacing
a PSU (R4850G2) (IBC10/IMB03/IMB05/MRE1000).
4. Reconnect the cables and the short-circuiting copper bar based on the cable
connection records.
5. Reinstall the removed plastic protective cover and metal protective cover.
Step 5 Check the power-on status of the ETP.
1. Check that all circuit breakers on the new ETP subrack are turned off.
2. If a base station is configured with a battery cabinet, turn on the "BAT" circuit
breaker on the ETP and all circuit breakers in the battery cabinet. If a
BTS3900AL AC cabinet is configured with built-in storage batteries, turn on
only the "BAT" circuit breaker on the ETP.
3. On the PDU05A-01, turn on the PSU circuit breakers that were turned off in
Step 2.5.
4. Turn on the circuit breakers with loads on the ETP.
5. Turn on the circuit breaker on the UPEU in the BBU.
6. Observe the status of the indicators on the PMU and PSUs to determine
whether the ETP subrack is working properly.
(on for 1s and off for 1s), and the ALM indicator is steady off.

----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.1.15 Replacing an EPS30-4815AF

This section describes the procedures for replacing an EPS30-4815AF in an OMB
cabinet or an IMB03 cabinet.
Prerequisites
ESD gloves, an M3 Phillips screwdriver, and an M6 Phillips screwdriver.
Context
● Replacing an EPS30-4815AF interrupts the services carried on the base
station.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace an EPS30-4815AF.
● When a component of the EPS30-4815AF is faulty, replace the board of the
faulty component. When the entire EPS30-4815AF is faulty, replace the entire
EPS30-4815AF.
– If you have confirmed that the subrack is faulty and needs to be replaced,
you need to remove the PSU, DCDU-05, and PMU before removing the
EPS30-4815AF from the cabinet.
– If you have confirmed that the entire subrack is faulty and needs to be
replaced, remove the EPS30-4815AF from the cabinet without removing
the PSU, DCDU-05, and PMU.
● The following figure shows the positions of the EPS30-4815AF in an OMB and
an IMB03.

Figure 1-68 Positions of the EPS30-4815AF in an OMB and an IMB03
● The following figure shows the positions of the components of an

EPS30-4815AF.
Figure 1-69 Positions of the components
Procedure
Step 1 Power off the EPS30-4815AF.
NOTICE

Step 4 Remove the component to be replaced.

● Removing the entire EPS30-4815AF
1. Remove all cables from and to the EPS30-4815AF.
2. Loosen the four M6 screws on the mounting ears of the EPS30-4815AF, and
remove the EPS30-4815AF, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-70 Removing the EPS30-4815AF
● Removing a DCDU-05
1. Remove the DC output power cable from the DCDU-05, as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 1-71 Removing the cable from a DCDU-05
2. Loosen the M3 screw on the DCDU-05 panel and remove the DCDU-05. See
Figure 1-72 Removing a DCDU-05
● Removing a PSU
Loosen the M3 screw on the PSU panel and remove the PSU. See the following
figure.

Figure 1-73 Removing a PSU
● Removing a PMU
figure.
Figure 1-74 Removing the cable from the PMU
2. Loosen the M3 screw on the PMU panel and remove the PMU, as shown in
Figure 1-75 Removing a PMU

3. Set the DIP switch on the new PMU according to the settings of the DIP
switch on the faulty PMU. For details about the DIP switches, see PMU
(EPMU03).
● Removing the subrack
1. Remove all cables from and to the EPS30-4815AF.
2. Remove the PSU, DCDU-05, and PMU from the subrack.
3. Loosen the four M6 screws on the mounting ears of the subrack, and remove
the subrack, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-76 Removing the subrack

● Install the new EPS30-4815AF, tighten the screws on the mounting ears to 2
● Install the new DCDU-05, tighten the screw on the panel to 0.55 N·m (4.87
lbf·in.), and then install related cables.
● Install the new PSU and tighten the screw on the panel to 0.55 N·m (4.87
lbf·in.).
● Install the new PMU, tighten the screw on the panel to 0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf·in.),
and then install related cables.
● Install the new subrack, tighten the screws on the mounting ears to 2 N·m
(17.70 lbf·in.), install the PSU, DCDU-05, and PMU in sequence, and then

Step 6 Power on the EPS30-4815AF.

Step 7 Observe the status of the indicators on the EPS30-4815AF, BBU, and RRUs to
determine whether the new EPS30-4815AF is working properly.
NOTE
For details about the indicators on the EPS30-4815AF, BBU, and RRUs, see the
corresponding hardware description.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.1.16 Replacing an ETP48150-A3 Subrack

This section describes the procedure for replacing an ETP48150-A3 (shortened to
ETP in this section) subrack in a BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet.
Prerequisites
ESD gloves, and a screwdriver.
Context
● The following figure shows the position of the ETP subrack in a BTS3900
(Ver.C).

Figure 1-77 Position of the ETP subrack in a BTS3900 (Ver.C)
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Power off the BTS3900 according to the instructions in 1.4.8.2 Powering Off a
Base Station.
Step 3 Label the cables on the ETP subrack and PMU panel, and remove the cables.
Step 4 Loosen the screws on the PMU panel or PSU panels in the ETP subrack, as shown
in the following figure.

Figure 1-78 Removing the PMU or PSUs
(1) Screws on the PMU panel (2) PMU
NOTE
Figure 1-78 uses the PMU as an example. The positions of the screws on the PSU panel are
the same as those on the PMU panel.
Step 5 Raise the ejector levers on the PMU or PSU panel, and pull the PMU or PSU out of
the subrack along the guide rails, as shown in Figure 1-78.
Step 6 Repeat Step 4 to Step 5 to remove all PSUs and PMU in the ETP subrack, and put
them into an ESD box.
Step 7 Remove the four M6x12 screws from the mounting ears on both sides of the ETP

Figure 1-79 Removing screws from the mounting ears
Step 8 Use one hand to pull out the ETP subrack and the other hand to support the ETP
subrack and then remove it.
Step 9 Place the removed ETP subrack into an ESD box.
Step 10 Take out a new ETP subrack, perform the preceding operations in reverse
sequence to install the new ETP subrack in the cabinet, and install the removed
PMU and PSUs into the ETP subrack.
Step 11 Reconnect the removed cables to the ETP subrack and PMU panel based on the
cable connection records.
NOTICE
Remove short-circuiting bars from the live wire terminals on the ETP subrack
before connecting the 220 V AC three-phase input power cable (three live wires
and one neutral wire).
Step 12 Power on the BTS3900 according to the instructions in 1.4.8.1 Powering On a

Base Station.
for 1s and off for 1s, or on for 0.125s and off for 0.125s), and the ALM
indicator is steady off.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.

component.
1.5.25.1.17 Replacing an ETP48100-A1 Subrack

This section describes the procedure for replacing an ETP48100-A1 (shortened to
ETP in this section) subrack in an OMB (Ver.C) cabinet.
Prerequisites
ESD gloves, an M3 screwdriver, and an M6 screwdriver.
Context
● The following figure shows the position of the ETP subrack in an OMB (Ver.C).
Figure 1-80 Position of the ETP subrack in an OMB (Ver.C)
(1) ETP subrack

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Power off the ETP subrack.

Step 4 Remove the cables.
figure.
Figure 1-81 Removing the monitoring signal cable from the PMU
2. Remove the AC input and DC output power cables from the subrack, as

Figure 1-82 Removing the cables from the ETP subrack
Step 5 Loosen the four M6 screws on the mounting ears of the subrack, and remove the
Figure 1-83 Removing an ETP subrack

NOTE
● If you have confirmed that the ETP subrack is faulty and needs to be replaced, you need
to remove the PSUs and PMU before removing the ETP subrack from the cabinet.
● If you have confirmed that the entire ETP subrack is faulty and needs to be replaced,
remove the ETP subrack from the cabinet without removing the PSUs and PMU.

1. Install the new ETP subrack, tighten the screws on the mounting ears to 2
2. When the ETP subrack is replaced, reinstall the PMU and PSUs in the new
subrack, tighten the screws on the panel to 0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf·in.), and then
Step 7 Power on the ETP subrack.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.1.18 Replacing an EPS 01A/EPS 01B/EPS 01C/EPS 01D Subrack

This section describes the procedure for replacing an EPS 01A/EPS 01B/EPS
01C/EPS 01D (shortened to EPS 01 in this section) in an APM30H (Ver.B) cabinet.
Prerequisites

Context
● Replacing an EPS 01 subrack interrupts the services carried on a base station.
● An EPS 01, EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07, EPU05A-08, or EPU05A-09 subrack can be
used as a replacement for an EPS 01 subrack.
● It takes about 30 minutes to replace an EPS 01 subrack.
● The following figure shows the position of the EPS 01 subrack in an APM30H
(Ver.B).
Figure 1-84 Position of the EPS 01 subrack in an APM30H (Ver.B)
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Switch off the external AC power supply to the APM30H (Ver.B).
Step 3 Turn off all the circuit breakers on the EPS 01 subrack.
Step 4 Remove the PMU and PSUs from the EPS 01 subrack. For detailed operations, see
1.5.25.2.6 Replacing a PMU 01B and 1.5.25.3.4 Replacing a PSU (EPW30-48A).
Step 5 Record the cable connections, and remove the cables.

NOTE
The PE wire of the AC input power cable is connected to a hex head screw on a mounting
ear of the EPU subrack. The screw must be reserved properly after the PE wire is
disconnected.
Step 6 Remove the remaining seven screws from both sides of the EPS 01 subrack, and
gently pull the EPS 01 subrack out of the cabinet along the guide rails, as shown

NOTICE
The EPS 01 subrack is heavy. Therefore, you need to hold the subrack with one
hand and support the bottom with the other hand to slowly pull the subrack out
of the cabinet. This prevents the subrack from falling and ensures personal safety.
Figure 1-85 Removing the EPS 01 subrack
Step 7 Install a new EPS 01 or EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07, EPU05A-08, or EPU05A-09

subrack.
Install a new EPS 01 subrack Go to Step 8.

Step 8 Optional: Install a new EPS 01 subrack.

1. Slide the new EPS 01 subrack into the installation position slowly along the
guide rails and tighten the seven panel screws and one hex head screw. The
recommended torques are 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.) and 3 N·m (26.55 lbf·in.),
respectively.
2. If the faulty EPS 01 subrack uses 220 V AC three-phase input power, the
short-circuiting bars at the AC INPUT terminals on the new EPS 01 subrack
must be removed.
3. Reinstall the PMU and all PSUs in the corresponding slots in the EPS 01
subrack.

4. Connect the new power series 120 connector to the removed cable tray, and
reinstall the cable tray onto the right inner side of the cabinet.
5. Reinstall cables on the EPS 01 subrack according to attached labels.
6. Install the AC protective cover on the left AC input area of the EPS 01 subrack,
and tighten the bolt on the cover.
subrack.
Faulty EPS 01 New Change Type Operation
Subrack and Its EPU05A-06/ Reference
Component EPU05A-07/
EPU05A-08/
EPU05A-09
Subrack and Its
Component
PSU PSU To be replaced 1.5.25.3.2

(EPW30-48A) (PSU4850G2) Replacing a PSU
(R4850G2)
(IBC10/IMB03/
IMB05/
MRE1000)
PMU 01B PMU 11Ba To be replaced 1.5.25.2.5

Replacing a
PMU 11B

added Replacing a
PDU01D-01/
PDU03D-02

added Replacing a
PDU01D-01/
PDU03D-02


Cable on Whether Cable on One End The Other

the Faulty to the New End
EPS 01 Replace EPU05A-0 Port on Port on
Subrack the Cable 6/ the Faulty the New
EPU05A-0 EPS 01 EPU05A-0
7/ Subrack 6/
EPU05A-0 (Connect EPU05A-0
8/ or Type) 7/
EPU05A-0 EPU05A-0
9 Subrack 8/
EPU05A-0
9 Subrack
(Connect
or Type)
Fan power Yes Fan power LOAD0 LOAD2 PWR port

cable cable port on port on on the
the EPS the EPU FAN 02A
[female (EPC4 (3V3
fast connector) connector)
connector
(pressfit
type)]
BBU Yes BBU LOAD1 LOAD0 PWR port

power power port on port on on the
cable cable the EPS the EPU BBU (3V3
[female (EPC4 connector)
fast connector)
connector
(pressfit
type)]
EMUA To be EMUA LOAD7 LOAD5 Not

power reused. power port on port on removed
cable The cable the EPS the EPU
connector
at one
end needs
to be
replaced.
Power Yes Power Power BAT Interconne

cable cable terminal terminal cted with
between between for on the the
an an storage EPU (OT existing
APM30H APM30H batteries terminal) power
and a and a on the cable (PP
battery battery inner right terminal)
cabinet cabinet wall of the
EPS


7/ Subrack 6/
8/ or Type) 7/
EPU05A-0 EPU05A-0
9 Subrack 8/
EPU05A-0
9 Subrack
(Connect
or Type)
Fan power Yes (The Fan power LOAD3 LOAD8 INPUT

cable in cable is to cable in port on port on port for
an be an the EPS the EPU the FAN
IBBS200D prepared IBBS200D on the
onsite.) power
distributio
n box in
the
IBBS200D
TEC power Yes (The TEC power LOAD3 LOAD8 INPUT

cables in cable is to cables in port on port on port for
an be an the EPS the EPU the TEC
IBBS200T prepared IBBS200T on the
onsite.) power
distributio
n box in
the
IBBS200T
Power Yes Power EPS RFC1 or Interconne

cable cable RFC2 cted with
between between terminal the
an an on the existing
APM30H APM30H EPU (OT power
and an and an terminal) cable (PP
RFC RFC terminal)
HPMI- To be - COM port - To be

PMU removed on the removed
monitorin PMU
g signal
Cable
PMU- No PMU 11B- COM_IN COM_IN Not

CMUA CMUA port on port on removed
monitorin monitorin the PMU the PMU
g signal g signal 11B
cable cable


7/ Subrack 6/
8/ or Type) 7/
EPU05A-0 EPU05A-0
9 Subrack 8/
EPU05A-0
9 Subrack
(Connect
or Type)
Monitorin No Monitorin GATE port GATE port Not

g signal g signal on the on the removed
cable for cable for FAN 02A PMU 11B
the door the door
status status
sensor sensor
IBBS200D No IBBS200D COM_485 COM_485 Not

or or port on port on removed
IBBS200T IBBS200T the PMU the PMU
monitorin monitorin 11B
g signal g signal
cable cable
NOTICE
● After an EPS 01 or EPU03A subrack is replaced with an EPU05A-06, EPU05A-07,

EPU05A-08, or EPU05A-09, all functions of the HPMI board in the fan assembly
are unavailable.
● The monitoring signal cable for the door status sensor that is connected to the
GATE port on the HPMI board needs to be reconnected to the GATE port on
the PMU 11B.
● If other monitoring functions of the HPMI board need to be used, contact
Huawei engineers or install an EMUB. For details about how to install an
EMUB, see Installing an EMUA/EMUB.

2. Turn on the circuit breakers of the APM30H.
3. Check the status of the indicators to determine whether the new EPU is
working properly.

----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.2 Replacing a PMU

This section describes how to replace different PMUs used in 3900 and 5900 series
base stations.
1.5.25.2.1 Replacing a PMU 15A

A PMU 15A can be used in a BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/
BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E). This
section describes the procedure for replacing a PMU 15A in the BBC5200D-L/
BBC5200T-L/BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L
(Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E).
Prerequisites
Context
● The procedure for replacing a PMU 15A in the BBC5200D-L is the same as
that in the BBC5200T-L/BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/
IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E). The following uses the
BBC5200D-L and BBC5200T-L as examples.
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a PMU.
● The position of the PMU 15A in a BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L is shown below.

Figure 1-86 Position of the PMU 15A in a BBC5200D-L
(1) PMU 15A
Figure 1-87 Position of the PMU 15A in a BBC5200T-L
(1) PMU 15A
Procedure
NOTICE

Step 2 Turn off the "BAT" circuit breaker on the EPU in the APM30H (Ver.E).
Step 3 Remove the faulty PMU 15A, as shown in the following figure. For the BBC5200T-
L, change the sequence of steps a and b.
1. Record the cable connections on the faulty PMU 15A, and remove the cables.
2. Remove the two M4 hex nuts on the left mounting ear of the faulty PMU 15A
from the cabinet door, and remove the faulty PMU 15A (with the mounting
ear).
Figure 1-88 Removing the faulty PMU
Step 4 Install a new PMU 15A in the BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L by following the

instructions in Installing a PMU 15A in the BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L.
Step 5 Observe the indicator status to determine whether the new module is working
properly. When the RUN indicator is blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s, or on
for 0.125s and off for 0.125s), and the ALM indicator is steady off, the new
module is working properly.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.2.2 Replacing a PMID

The PMID can be installed in an APM5930(AC) or APM30H (Ver.F_B~E) cabinet.
This section describes the procedure for replacing a PMID.
Prerequisites
Context
● The PMID is hot-swappable.
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a PMID.
● During PMID replacement, removing the cable from the PMI port will cause a
battery management failure, which will result in abnormal monitoring.
● A PMID is installed in the EPU05A-11 or EPU05A-12 subrack, as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 1-89 Position of a PMID in the EPU05A-11 or EPU05A-12 subrack

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the faulty PMID, as shown in the following figure.

1. Remove the cable from the PMI port on the faulty PMID panel.
2. Loosen the two captive screws and remove the PMID.
Figure 1-90 Removing the faulty PMID
Step 3 Install the new PMID, as shown in the following figure.

1. Install the new board and tighten the two captive screws on the board to 0.6
N·m (5.31 lbf·in.).
2. Reconnect the cables removed in Step 2.1.

Figure 1-91 Installing a PMID
NOTICE
Ensure that the PMID is securely installed and the PMID-CCUC monitoring
signal cable is securely connected. Otherwise, the storage batteries may be
damaged during discharge.
Step 4 Observe the indicator status to determine whether the new module is working
properly. When the module is working properly, the STATE indicator is steady
green.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

This section describes the procedure for replacing a PMU 12A in an EPU02D-02
subrack.

Prerequisites
Context
● The PMU 12A is hot-swappable.
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a PMU 12A.
● Replacing a PMU 12A may cause an exception in the monitoring.
● The following figure shows the position of the PMU 12A in an EPU02D-02.
Figure 1-92 Position of the PMU 12A in an EPU02D-02
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Record the connection positions of all cables on the PMU 12A, loosen a captive
screw, and pull out the PMU 12A, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-93 Removing the faulty PMU 12A
Step 3 Install a new PMU 12A and tighten the captive screw on it to 0.6 N·m (5.31
lbf·in.).
Step 4 Reinstall all cables on the PMU 12A.
Step 5 Observe the status of indicators to determine whether the new module is working
properly. When the module is working properly, the STATE indicator is steady
green.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

This section describes the procedure for replacing a PMU 11A in an ETP48100-B1
subrack.

Prerequisites
Context
● A PMU 11B or a PMU 11A (referred to as a PMU in this section) can be used
as a replacement for a PMU 11A. The procedure for replacing a PMU 11A
with a PMU 11B is the same as that for replacing a PMU 11A with another
PMU 11A.
● The PMU is hot-swappable.
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a PMU.
Figure 1-94 Position of a PMU
(1) ETP48100-B1 (2) PSU (R4850G2) (3) PMU

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the faulty PMU, as shown in the following figure.

1. Record the cable connections on the panel of the faulty PMU, and remove the
cables.
2. Release the buckle on the upper right of the PMU, and lower the ejector lever
on the right side.
3. Hold the ejector lever and remove the PMU from the slot.
Figure 1-95 Removing the faulty PMU
(1) Buckle (2) Ejector lever
Step 3 Take out a new PMU, and set the DIP switch on the PMU panel according to the
setting of the DIP switch on the faulty PMU. The following figure shows the
position of the DIP switch.

Figure 1-96 Setting of the DIP switch on a PMU
NOTE
At a site configured with two or more APM30Hs, if two PMU units are connected to one
RS485 bus for the BBU, the monitoring address of the other PMU should be set to 4. That
is, the lower four bits of the DIP switch should be set to 0010.
Step 4 Install a new PMU, as shown in the following figure.

1. Release the buckle on the upper right of the PMU, and lower the ejector lever
on the right side.
2. Gently slide the new PMU into the corresponding slot along the guide rails.
3. Raise the ejector lever, and fasten the buckle.
4. Reconnect the cables to the new PMU based on the cable connection records.
Figure 1-97 Installing a PMU
properly. When the new module is working properly, the RUN indicator is blinking
green (on for 1s and off for 1s, or on for 0.125s and off for 0.125s), and the ALM
indicator is steady off.

----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.2.5 Replacing a PMU 11B

This section describes the procedure for replacing a PMU 11B that is used in an
APM30H (Ver.E_A1).
Prerequisites
Context
● A PMU 11B is hot-swappable.
● Replacing a PMU 11B takes about 3 minutes.
● A PMU 11B is installed in an APM30H (Ver.E_A1), as shown in the following
figure.

Figure 1-98 Position of a PMU 11B in an APM30H (Ver.E_A1)
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove electrical cables from the PMU 11B, and record the cable connections.
Step 3 Remove the faulty PMU 11B, as shown in the following figure.
1. Release the buckle on the faulty PMU 11B, and pull down the handle on the
upper side.
2. Hold the handle and remove the faulty PMU 11B from the slot.

Figure 1-99 Removing a faulty PMU 11B
(1) Buckle (2) Handle
Step 4 Install a new PMU 11B, as shown in the following figure.

1. Release the buckle on the upper left of the PMU 11B, and pull the handle on
the upper side.
2. Gently slide the PMU 11B into the corresponding slot along the guide rails.
3. Push the handle, and fasten the buckle.
Figure 1-100 Installing a PMU 11B
Step 5 Reconnect the cables to the new PMU 11B according to the cable connection
records.
Step 6 Check the status of indicators on the new PMU 11B to determine whether the new
PMU 11B is working properly. When the RUN indicator is blinking green (on for 1s
and off for 1s, or on for 0.125s and off for 0.125s), and the ALM indicator is steady
off, the new module is working properly.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.2.6 Replacing a PMU 01B

This section describes the procedure for replacing a PMU 01B (shortened to PMU
in this section) that is used in a BTS3900 (Ver.B), BTS3900 (Ver.C), APM30H
(Ver.B), APM30H (Ver.C), or IMB03 cabinet. This section describes the procedure
for replacing a PMU 01B.
Prerequisites
Context
● The PMU is hot-swappable.
● It takes about five minutes to replace a PMU.
● The position of the PMU varies with the base station type. Table 1-46
describes the positions of the PMU. Figure 1-101 shows the positions of the
PMU.
Table 1-46 Position of a PMU
Base Station Installation Position Reference

Type
BTS3900A (Ver.B) EPS 01A/EPS 01C in an Components of an EPS 01

APM30H (Ver.B)
BTS3900A (Ver.C) EPU03A-02/EPU03A-04 in an Components of an EPU03A

APM30H (Ver.C)
BTS3900 (Ver.B) EPS4890 in a BTS3900 Components of an EPS4890

(Ver.B) cabinet
BTS3900 (Ver.C) ETP48150-A3 in a BTS3900 Components of an

(Ver.C) cabinet ETP48150-A3


Type
DBS3900 ● EPS4890 in an IMB03 ● Components of an

● EPS 01B/EPS 01D in an EPS4890
APM30H (Ver.B) ● Components of an EPS 01
● EPU03A-03/EPU03A-05 in ● Components of an
an APM30H (Ver.C) EPU03A

Figure 1-101 Position of a PMU
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the faulty PMU, as shown in the following figure.

1. Record the cable connections on the panel of the PMU to be replaced.
2. Disconnect the cables from the PMU.
NOTICE
When plugging or unplugging the DB50 connector of the environment

monitoring signal cable, you must press the latches on both sides of the
connector with your hands and plug or unplug the connector perpendicularly
to or from the PMU panel to prevent false alarms caused by bent pins.
3. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the two screws from the handle on the
panel of the PMU.
4. Pull the handle slightly to slide the PMU out of the subrack and remove the
PMU from the subrack.
Figure 1-102 Removing a PMU
Step 3 Take out a new PMU, and set the DIP switch on the PMU panel according to the
setting of the DIP switch on the faulty PMU. The following figure shows the
position of the DIP switch.

Figure 1-103 Position of the DIP switch on a PMU
NOTE
At a site configured with two or more APM30Hs, if two PMU units are connected to one
RS485 bus for the BBU, the monitoring address of the other PMU should be set to 4. That
is, the lower four bits of the DIP switch should be set to 0010.
Step 4 Install a new PMU, as shown in the following figure.

1. Place the new PMU in the corresponding slot, loosen the screws on the
ejector lever on the module, and raise the ejector lever.
2. Slide the module along the guide rails into the slot until it is in position, and
then push the ejector lever back.
3. Tighten the two screws on the handle to 0.3 N·m (2.66 lbf·in.).
4. Reconnect the cables to the new PMU based on the cable connection records.

Figure 1-104 Installing a PMU
properly. When the module is working properly, the RUN indicator is blinking
green (on for 1s and off for 1s), and the ALM indicator is steady off.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.2.7 Replacing a PMIU (EPU05A-06/07/08/09)

This section describes the procedure for replacing a PMIU that is used in an
APM30H (Ver.E) or an APM30H (Ver.E_A2) cabinet.
Prerequisites


Context
● A PMIU is hot-swappable.
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a PMIU.
● During PMIU replacement, removing the cable from the PMI port will cause a
battery management failure, which will result in abnormal monitoring.
● A PMIU can be installed in an EPU05A-06/07/08/09 subrack, as shown in
Figure 1-105.
Figure 1-105 Position of a PMIU
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the faulty PMIU, as shown in the following figure.

1. Remove the cable from the PMI port on the faulty PMIU.
2. Loosen two captive screws and remove the PMIU.
Figure 1-106 Removing a faulty PMIU
Step 3 Install a new PMIU, as shown in the following figure.

1. Install the new board and tighten the two captive screws to 0.6 N·m (5.31
lbf·in.).
2. Reinstall the cable removed in Step 2.1.
Figure 1-107 Installing a PMIU
NOTICE
Ensure that the PMIU is securely installed and the PMIU-CCUB monitoring
Step 4 Check the status of the indicators on the new module to determine whether the
new module is working properly. When the module is properly working, the STATE
indicator is steady green.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.2.8 Replacing a PMIU (EPU03A-21)

A PMIU can be used in an EPU03A-21 subrack. This section describes the
procedure for replacing a PMIU.
Prerequisites
Context
● A PMIU is hot-swappable.
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a PMIU.
● Replacing a PMIU requires disconnection of a cable from the PMI port,
causing the battery management failure and monitoring exception.
● A PMIU is used in an EPU03A-21 subrack. Its installation position is shown in
Figure 1-108.

Figure 1-108 Position of a PMIU
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the faulty PMIU, as shown in the following figure.

1. Remove the cable from the PMI port on the faulty PMIU.
2. Loosen two captive screws and remove the PMIU.

Figure 1-109 Removing a faulty PMIU
Step 3 Install a new PMIU, as shown in the following figure.

1. Install a new module, and tighten the captive screws on the module to 0.6
N·m (5.31 lbf·in.).
2. Reinstall the cables removed in Step 2.1.
NOTICE
Ensure that the PMIU is securely installed and the PMIU-CCUB monitoring
new module is properly working. When the module is properly working, the STATE
indicator is steady green.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.2.9 Replacing an HSMU01D (PDU08H-01)

The HSMU01D can be used in a PDU08H-01. This section describes the procedure
for replacing an HSMU01D.

Prerequisites
Context
● An HSMU01D is hot-swappable.
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace an HSMU01D.
● Figure 1-110 shows the position of an HSMU01D in a PDU08H-01.
Figure 1-110 HSMU01D position
Procedure
NOTICE

Step 2 Remove the faulty HSMU01D, as shown in the following figure.

1. Record all the cable connections on the faulty HSMU01D, and remove the
cables.
2. Loosen two captive screws and remove the HSMU01D.
Figure 1-111 Removing a faulty HSMU01D
Step 3 Install a new HSMU01D, as shown in the following figure.

1. Install a new module, and tighten the captive screws on the module to 0.6
N·m (5.31 lbf·in.).
2. Reinstall the cables removed in Step 2.1.
new module is properly working. When the module is properly working, the RUN
indicator is blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s), the ALM indicator is steady
off, the OUTPUT indicator is steady on, and the SAFETY indicator is steady off.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.3 Replacing PSUs

This section describes how to replace different PSUs used in 3900 and 5900 series
base stations.
1.5.25.3.1 Replacing a PSU (R4875G1) (EPU05A-11/12)

This section describes the procedure for replacing a PSU (R4875G1) that is used in
an EPU05A-11/12 subrack. A PSU (R4875G1) is referred to as a PSU in this section.

Prerequisites
Context
● The PSU is hot-swappable.
● It takes about 3 minutes to replace a PSU.
● The following figure shows the positions of PSUs in different cabinets.
Figure 1-112 Position of PSUs
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the faulty PSU, as shown in the following figure.

1. Release the buckle in the upper left of the faulty PSU, and pull the handle on
the upper side.
2. Hold the handle and remove the PSU from the slot.
Figure 1-113 Removing a faulty PSU
Step 3 Install a new PSU, as shown in the following figure.

1. Release the buckle in the upper left of the PSU, and pull the handle on the
upper side.
2. Gently slide the PSU into the corresponding slot along the guide rails.
new module is properly working. When the module is properly working, the power
indicator is steady green, and the protection indicator and alarm indicator are
steady off.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.3.2 Replacing a PSU (R4850G2) (IBC10/IMB03/IMB05/MRE1000)

This section describes the procedure for replacing a PSU (R4850G2) (PSU for
short) in an IBC10, IMB03, IMB05, or MRE1000 cabinet.
Prerequisites


Context
● The following figures show the installation positions of the PSU.
Figure 1-114 Position of the PSU in an IBC10

Figure 1-115 Positions of PSUs in an IMB03 or IMB05
Figure 1-116 Positions of PSUs in an MRE1000
Procedure
NOTICE


1. Release the buckle on the upper right of the faulty PSU, and pull the handle
on the right.
2. Hold the handle and remove the faulty PSU from the slot.
Figure 1-117 Removing a faulty PSU

1. Release the buckle on the upper right of the PSU, and pull the handle on the
right side.
2. Gently slide the PSU into the corresponding slot along the guide rails.
Figure 1-118 Installing a PSU
new module is working properly. If the power indicator and the RUN indicator are
steady green and the ALM indicator is steady off, the new module is working
properly.

----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.3.3 Replacing a PSU (EPW25-24S48D)

This section describes the procedure for replacing a PSU (EPW25-24S48D) that is
used in an EPS24S48100DC in a BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet, an APM30H (Ver.B)
cabinet, or an IMB03 cabinet. A PSU (EPW25-24S48D) is referred to as a PSU in
this section.
Prerequisites
Context
● The following figure shows the positions of the PSU in a BTS3900 (Ver.B)
cabinet, an APM30H (Ver.B) cabinet, and an IMB03 cabinet.

Figure 1-119 Positions of the PSU
Procedure
NOTICE

1. Use a screwdriver to loosen the screws on the handle of the PSU panel.
2. Gently pull the handle to slide the PSU out of the subrack and remove the
PSU from the subrack.
Figure 1-120 Removing the PSU


1. Loosen the screws on the handle of the PSU, and pull the handle.
2. Slide the new module along the guide rails into the subrack until it snaps
shut, and push back the handle.
3. Tighten the screws on the handle.
Figure 1-121 Installing the PSU
properly. When the power indicator is steady green, and the protection indicator
and alarm indicator are steady off, the new module is working properly.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

1.5.25.3.4 Replacing a PSU (EPW30-48A)

This section describes the procedure for replacing a PSU (EPW30-48A) that is used
in a BTS3900 (Ver.B) cabinet, an APM30H (Ver.B) cabinet, or an IMB03 cabinet. A
PSU (EPW30-48A) is referred to as a PSU in this section.
Prerequisites
Context
● The position of the PSU varies with the base station type. Table 1-47
describes the positions of the PSU. Figure 1-122 shows the positions of the
PSU.
Table 1-47 Positions of the PSU

BTS3900A (Ver.B) EPS 01A/01C in an APM30H ● Components of an EPS 01

(Ver.B) ● Components of an
BTS3900 (Ver.B) EPS4890 in a BTS3900 EPS4890
(Ver.B) cabinet
DBS3900 EPS4890 in an IMB03

EPS 01B/01D in an APM30H
(Ver.B)

Procedure
NOTICE

1. Use a screwdriver to loosen the screws on the ejector lever on the panel of
the PSU.
2. Gently pull the ejector lever to slide the PSU out of the subrack and remove
the PSU from the subrack.

Figure 1-123 Removing the PSU

1. Use a screwdriver to loosen the screws on the handle of the PSU, and raise
the handle.
2. Slide the new module along the guide rails into the subrack until it snaps
shut, and lower the handle.
3. Tighten the screws on the handle to 0.3 N·m (2.66 lbf·in.).
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.3.5 Replacing a PSU (PSU4850A)

This section describes the procedure for replacing a PSU (PSU4850A) that is used
in an APM30H (Ver.C) cabinet and a BTS3900 (Ver.C) cabinet. A PSU (PSU4850A)
is referred to as a PSU in this section.
Prerequisites
Context
● The position of the PSU varies with the base station type. Table 1-48
describes the positions of the PSU. Figure 1-125 shows the positions of the
PSU.
Table 1-48 Positions of the PSU
BTS3900A (Ver.C) EPU03A-02/04 in an Components of an EPU03A

APM30H (Ver.C)
BTS3900 (Ver.C) ETP48150-A3 in a BTS3900 Components of an

(Ver.C) cabinet ETP48150-A3
DBS3900 EPU03A-03/05 in an Components of an EPU03A

APM30H (Ver.C)

Procedure
NOTICE

1. Use a flat-head screwdriver to loosen the two M2.5 captive screws on the
handle of the PSU.
2. Gently pull the handle to release the buckle of the PSU from the subrack.
3. Hold the buckle with your palms up, and remove the PSU from the slot.
CAUTION
Pull out the PSU quickly after the handle is pulled out. Otherwise, sparkles may
occur between the ports at the back of the PSU and the corresponding sockets,
and damage the PSU.

Figure 1-126 Removing the faulty PSU

1. Use a flat-head screwdriver to loosen the two M2.5 captive screws on the
handle of the new PSU.
2. Gently pull the handle to release the buckle of the new PSU from the subrack.
3. Gently slide the new PSU into the corresponding subrack along the guide rails.
4. Push back the handle.
5. Use a flat-head screwdriver to tighten the screws on the handle of the new
PSU until the tightening torque reaches 0.3 N·m (2.66 lbf·in.).

----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.4 Replacing PDUs

This section describes how to replace different PDUs in 3900 and 5900 series base
stations.
1.5.25.4.1 Replacing a PDU01D-02/PDU06D-01

A PDU06D-01 can be used in an APM5930(AC). A PDU01D-02 can be used in an
APM5930(AC). This section describes the procedure for replacing a PDU06D-01
and a PDU01D-02. The removal and installation methods for the two types of
PDUs are similar. The following uses the PDU06D-01 (referred to as PDU) as an
example.
Prerequisites
Context
● The PDU is hot-swappable.
● It takes about three minutes to replace a PDU.
● PDUs can be installed in the power subrack of an APM5930(AC), as shown in

Figure 1-128 Positions of PDUs
(1) PDU06D-01 (2) PDU01D-02
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the cables from ports on the PDU and record the cable connections.
If... Then...
PDU01D-02 1. Turn off the circuit breaker/power

switch of the PDU01D-02.
2. Remove the OT terminals connected
to the PDU01D-02.
PDU06D-01 Remove the SPC1 connectors from the

PDU06D-01.
Step 3 Remove the faulty PDU, as shown in the following figure.

1. Release the buckle at the upper left corner of the faulty PDU, and lower the
upper ejector lever.

2. Hold the ejector lever and remove the PDU out of the slot.
Figure 1-129 Removing a faulty PDU
Step 4 Install the new PDU, as shown in the following figure.

1. Release the buckle at the upper left corner of the faulty PDU, and lower the
upper ejector lever.
2. Gently slide the PDU into the corresponding slot along the guide rails.

Figure 1-130 Installing a PDU
Step 5 Reconnect the cables to the new PDU according to the recorded cable
connections. The tightening torque is 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
NOTE
After all cables are connected to the PDU01D-02, turn on the power switch/circuit breaker
on the PDU01D-02.
Step 6 Observe the indicator status on the powered equipment to determine whether the
new module is working properly.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.4.2 Replacing a PDU01D-01/PDU03D-02

This section describes the procedure for replacing a PDU01D-01 or PDU03D-02
(shortened to PDU in this section) in an APM30H (Ver.E), APM30H (Ver.E_A2), or

APM30H (Ver.E_A1) cabinet. The removal and installation methods for the two
types of PDUs are similar. The following uses the PDU01D-01 (referred to as PDU)
as an example.
Prerequisites
Context
● The PDU is hot-swappable.
● It takes about 3 minutes to replace a PDU.
● PDUs are installed in the power subrack of an APM30H, as shown in Table
1-49 and Figure 1-131.
Table 1-49 Positions of PDUs

Cabinet Installation Position Reference
Type
BTS3900A EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 subrack in EPU05A-06 and

(Ver.E)/ an APM30H (Ver.E), APM30H EPU05A-08 Subracks
BTS3900A (Ver.E_A2), or APM30H (Ver.E_A1)
(Ver.E_A2)/
BTS3900A
(Ver.E_A1)
DBS3900 EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 subrack in EPU05A-07 and

an APM30H (Ver.E), APM30H EPU05A-09 Subracks
(Ver.E_A2), or APM30H (Ver.E_A1)
Table 1-50 Positions of PDUs

Cabinet Installation Position Reference
Type
BTS5900A EPU05A-06 or EPU05A-08 subrack in EPU05A-06 and

an APM30H (Ver.E) EPU05A-08 Subracks
DBS5900 EPU05A-07 or EPU05A-09 subrack in EPU05A-07 and

an APM30H (Ver.E) EPU05A-09 Subracks

Figure 1-131 Positions of PDUs
(1) PDU01D-01 (2) PDU03D-02
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the cables from ports on the PDU and record the cable connections.
If... Then...
PDU01D-01 1. Turn off the circuit breaker/power

switch on the PDU01D-01.
2. Remove the cables.

If... Then...
PDU03D-02 Remove the EPC5/EPC11 connectors

from the PDU03D-02.
Step 3 Remove the faulty PDU, as shown in the following figure.

1. Release the buckle on the faulty PDU, and lower the upper ejector lever.
2. Hold the ejector lever and remove the PDU out of the slot.
Step 4 Install a new PDU, as shown in the following figure.

1. Release the buckle on the upper left corner of the PDU, and lower the upper
ejector lever.
2. Gently slide the PDU into the corresponding slot along the guide rails.
Figure 1-133 Installing a PDU
Step 5 Reconnect the cables to the new PDU according to the recorded cable
connections. The tightening torque is 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
NOTE
After all cables are connected to the PDU01D-01, turn on the power switch/circuit breaker
on the PDU01D-01.

Step 6 Observe the indicator status on the powered equipment to determine whether the
new module is working properly.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.4.3 Replacing a PDU05A-01

This section describes the procedure for replacing a PDU05A-01 (shortened to
PDU in this section) in a BTS3900AL cabinet.
Prerequisites
Context
● Replacing a PDU interrupts all the services carried on the base station.
● It takes about 30 minutes to replace a PDU.
● The following figure shows the position of a PDU.

Figure 1-134 Position of a PDU
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Power off the PDU. For detailed operations, see 1.4.10.2 Powering Off a Base
Station.
Step 3 Optional: Remove the SOU, as shown in the following figure.
1. Remove the screw from the SOU panel, and gently remove the SOU from the
PDU.
2. Remove the interconnection terminal and OT terminal that connect the SOU
and the PDU.

Figure 1-135 Removing an SOU
Step 4 Remove the faulty PDU, as shown in Figure 1-136 and Figure 1-137.
1. Remove the eight screws from the panel of the faulty PDU, and remove its
metal protective cover.
2. Record the connections of the input power cable, output power cable, and
monitoring signal cable for AC surge protection on the faulty PDU, and then
remove the cables.
3. Remove the four nuts from the bottom of the faulty PDU, and remove the
faulty PDU out of the cabinet.

Figure 1-136 Removing the metal protective cover
Step 5 Remove the eight screws from the panel of the new PDU, and remove its metal
protective cover.
Step 6 Relocate the short-circuiting bars on the AC input terminal block of the new PDU,
as shown in Figure 1-138 and Figure 1-139
NOTE
If the positions of short-circuiting bars in the new PDU are the same as those in the faulty PDU,
skip this step.

1. Take the required short-circuiting bars out from the accessory bag on the
inner side of the new PDU.
2. Use a flat-head screwdriver to remove the short-circuiting bars to be
relocated.
3. Use a rubber mallet to pound the short-circuiting bars into the corresponding
holes in the AC input terminal block.
Figure 1-138 Relocating the short-circuiting bars on the PDU
Figure 1-139 Installing the short-circuiting bars
(1) AC input terminal block (2) Short-circuiting bar (3) Accessory bag
Step 7 Reinstall the metal protective cover on the faulty PDU.

Step 8 Install a new PDU.
1. Place the new PDU in the installation position, and use four nuts to secure it
onto the bottom of the cabinet.
2. Reconnect the cables according to the cable connection records.
3. Reinstall the metal protective cover.

Step 9 Optional: Reinstall the SOU.

1. Connect the interconnection terminal and OT terminal on the rear of the SOU
to the new PDU.
2. Place the SOU in the installation position, and use one screw to secure the
SOU onto the panel of the new PDU.
Step 10 Power on the PDU. For detailed operations, see 1.4.10.1 Powering On a Base
Station.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.4.4 Replacing a PDU10D-01

This section describes the procedure for replacing a PDU10D-01 in an OMB (Ver.C)
cabinet.
Prerequisites
Context
● Replacing a PDU10D-01 interrupts all the services carried on the base station.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a PDU10D-01.
● The following figure shows the position of the PDU10D-01 in an OMB.

Figure 1-140 Position of the PDU10D-01
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Switch off the external power supply to power off the PDU10D-01.
Step 3 Record all the cable connections on the panel of the board to be replaced.
Step 4 Remove the power cables from the PDU10D-01, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-141 Removing the cable
Step 5 Record positions of all connectors connected to the DC output ports of the
PDU10D-01, and remove the connectors.
NOTE
Step 6 Remove the four M6 screws from the panel, and then remove the PDU10D-01, as
Figure 1-142 Removing the PDU10D-01

Step 7 Install the new PDU10D-01, tighten the screws on the PDU10D-01 to 1.4 N·m
(12.39 lbf·in.), and reconnect the cables.
Step 8 Switch on the external power supply to power on the PDU10D-01.
Step 9 Check whether the PDU10D-01 is providing power properly by observing the
status of indicators on the BBU and RRUs powered by the PDU10D-01 according
to the following checklist.

Item Normal Status
Indicators on the BBU ● The RUN indicator on a UPEU is steady

on.
1s).
and off for 1s)
Indicators on the RRU ● RUN indicator: blinking green (on for 1s

and off for 1s)
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.4.5 Replacing a PDU08H-01

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a PDU08H-01
in an MRE1000 cabinet.
Prerequisites


Context
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a PDU08H-01.
● The following figure shows the position of the PDU08H-01 in an MRE1000.
Figure 1-143 Position of the PDU08H-01 in an MRE1000
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the input power cable for the PDU08H-01.

1. Remove the H4 connector from the HSU in the EPU03A-21.
2. Remove the HVEPC connector from the INPUT port on the PDU08H-01.
3. Remove the EPC4 connector from the INPUT port on the HSMU01D.
Step 3 Remove the PDU08H-01 to be replaced.
1. Record the cable connections on the PDU08H-01, and remove the cables.
2. Use an M6 Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from both mounting
ears of the PDU08H-01, and gently pull the PDU08H-01 out of the cabinet, as
Figure 1-144 Removing a PDU08H-01

Step 4 Install a new PDU08H-01.

1. Slide the new PDU08H-01 into the installation position in the cabinet, and
tighten the four screws on both mounting ears to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
2. Reconnect the removed cables to the corresponding ports on the new
PDU08H-01.
Step 5 Reconnect the input power cable to the new PDU08H-01.

1. Reinstall the EPC4 connector for the INPUT port on the HSMU01D.
2. Reinstall the HVEPC connector for the INPUT port on the PDU08H-01.
3. Reinstall the H4 connector on the HSU in the EPU03A-21.
Step 6 Observe the status of indicators on the HSMU01D and powered equipment to
determine whether the new PDU08H-01 is working properly. When the HSMU01D
is working properly, the RUN indicator is blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s),
the ALM indicator is steady off, the OUTPUT indicator is steady on, and the
SAFETY indicator is steady off.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.5 Replacing a DCDU

This section describes how to replace different DCDUs in 3900 and 5900 series
base stations.
1.5.25.5.1 Replacing a DCDU16D

This section describes how to replace a DCDU16D which provides DC power for
the BBU and RRUs.
Prerequisites
Context
● Replacing a DCDU interrupts all the services carried by the base station.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a DCDU.

● The following figure shows the position of a DCDU.
Figure 1-145 Positions for installing a DCDU16D

(1) DCDU16D
Procedure
1. Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
NOTICE

2. Modify the administrative state and block all cells managed by the BBU
powered by the DCDU to be replaced and all RRUs and AAUs powered by the
DCDU. For detailed operations, see BBU Hardware Maintenance Guide, RRU
Hardware Maintenance Guide, and AAU Hardware Maintenance Guide.
3. Turn off the corresponding switch on the power equipment for the DCDU to
power off the DCDU.
4. Record the positions of connectors connected to the DC output ports of the
DCDU, and remove the connectors from the DCDU.
NOTE
When removing an EPC4 connector, pull the puller of the connector until the buckle of
the connector is unlocked, and then remove the connector.
5. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the protective cover for the INPUT wiring
terminal block from the DCDU.
6. Remove input power cables from the DCDU, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-146 Removing DCDU input power cables
7. Loosen the four M6 panel screws on the DCDU and remove the DCDU, as

Figure 1-147 Removing a DCDU16D
8. Place a new DCDU in the installation position, and gently slide it into the
DCDU with a recommended torque of 3 N·m (26.55 lbf·in.).
9. Remove the protective cover for the DC input terminal block from the new
DCDU, reconnect the removed power cables to the new DCDU according to
the cable connection records, and reinstall the protective cover.
10. Reinstall the removed cable connectors to the new DCDU according to the
11. Turn on the circuit breaker on the external power equipment that supplies
power to the DCDU.
12. Check whether the DCDU is providing power properly by observing the
indicator status on the BBU and RRUs powered by the DCDU according to the
following checklist.

Table 1-52 Post-maintenance check
Indicators on a BBU ● The RUN indicator on a UPEU is

steady on.
● The STATE indicator on a fan
module is blinking green (on for
1s and off for 1s).
● The normal status of the
indicators on other boards in a
BBU is as follows:
– RUN indicator: blinking green
(on for 1s and off for 1s)
Indicators on an RRU panel ● RUN indicator: blinking green (on

for 1s and off for 1s)
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.5.2 Replacing a DCDU15D

This section describes the procedure for replacing a DCDU15D which provides DC
power for the BBU and RRUs.
Prerequisites
Context
● Replacing a DCDU interrupts all the services carried on the base station.

Figure 1-148 Installation position of a DCDU15D
Procedure
NOTICE
by the DCDU to be replaced and all RRUs and AAUs powered by the DCDU. For
detailed operations, see BBU Hardware Maintenance Guide, RRU Hardware
Maintenance Guide, and AAU Hardware Maintenance Guide.
Step 3 Turn off the corresponding power equipment for the DCDU to power off the
DCDU.
Step 4 Record the positions of connectors connected to the DC output ports of the DCDU,
and remove the connectors from the DCDU.
NOTE
Step 5 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the protective cover for the INPUT wiring

Step 6 Remove input power cables from the DCDU, as shown in the following figure.
Step 7 Loosen the four M6 panel screws on the DCDU and pull out the DCDU, as shown

Figure 1-150 Removing the DCDU
Step 8 Place the new DCDU in the installation position and slide it into the cabinet slowly
along the guide rails. Tighten four M6 screws on both sides of the DCDU to 2 N·m
(17.70 lbf·in.).
DCDU, reconnect the removed power cables to the new DCDU according to the
recorded cable connections, and then reinstall the protective cover.
Step 10 Reinstall the removed cable connectors to the new DCDU according to the
Step 11 Turn on the circuit breaker on the external power equipment that supplies power
to the DCDU.
Step 12 Check whether the DCDU is providing power properly by observing the status of
indicators on the BBU and RRUs powered by the DCDU according to the following
checklist.

Item Normal Status

on.
1s).
and off for 1s)

and off for 1s)
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.5.3 Replacing a DCDU-12A/DCDU-12B

This section describes the procedure for replacing a DCDU-12A/DCDU-12B which
provides DC power for the BBU and RRUs.
Prerequisites
Context
● The method for replacing a DCDU-12A is the same as that for replacing a
DCDU-12B. This section uses a DCDU-12B as an example.


● The following figure shows the positions for installing a DCDU-12A/
DCDU-12B.
Figure 1-151 Positions for installing a DCDU-12A/DCDU-12B
(1) DCDU-12B (2) DCDU-12A
Procedure

NOTICE
by the DCDU to be replaced and all RRUs powered by the DCDU. For detailed
operations, see BBU5900 Hardware Maintenance Guide and RRU Hardware
Maintenance Guide.
Step 3 Turn off the corresponding power equipment for the DCDU to power off the
DCDU.
NOTE
Step 6 Remove input power cables from the DCDU, as shown in the following figure.

(17.70 lbf·in.).
to the DCDU.
checklist.
Item Normal Status

on.
1s).
and off for 1s)

and off for 1s)

----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.5.4 Replacing a DCDU-12C in an IBC10 (Ver.B)

This section describes the procedure for replacing a DCDU-12C (DCDU for short)
in an IBC10 (Ver.B) cabinet.
Prerequisites
ESD gloves, a Phillips screwdriver, a pair of diagonal pliers, and an ESD box or
bag.
Context
● Replacing a DCDU interrupts all the services carried by the devices that are
powered by the DCDU.
● The following figure shows the positions of DCDUs in a DC IBC10 (Ver.B)
cabinet.

Figure 1-154 Positions of DCDUs

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 In a DC IBC10 (Ver.B) cabinet, turn off the circuit breaker on the external power
equipment that provides power for the DCDU-12C.
terminal block from the DCDU, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-155 Removing the protective cover for the DC input wiring terminal
block from the DCDU
cables.

Step 6 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from both sides of the DCDU,
and gently pull the DCDU out of the cabinet along the guide rails.
Step 7 Place a new DCDU in the installation position and slide it into the cabinet along
the guide rails. Tighten the four M6 screws on both sides of the DCDU to 2 N·m
(17.70 lbf·in.).
Step 8 Remove the protective cover for the DC input terminal block from the new DCDU,
reconnect the removed power cables to the new DCDU according to the cable
connection records, and reinstall the protective cover.
Step 9 Reconnect the power cable connectors removed in Step 3.
Step 10 Turn on the circuit breaker that was turned off in Step 2 on the external power
equipment for the DCDU.
Step 11 Check whether the DCDU is providing power properly by observing the indicator
status on the BBU powered by the DCDU according to the following checklist.
Item Normal Status
If 0#DCDU-12C is replaced, check the ● RUN indicator: blinking (on for

indicator status on the FMUF in the 0.125s and off for 0.125s or on for
FAU03D-03. For the indicator status, 1s and off for 1s)
see FAU03D-03. ● ALM indicator: steady off
● If 1#DCDU-12C is replaced, check ● The RUN indicator on a UPEU is

the indicator status on the upper steady on.
BBU groupa. ● The STATE indicator on a FAN is
● If 2#DCDU-12C is replaced, check blinking green (on for 1s and off for
the indicator status on the upper 1s).
BBUs. ● The normal status of the indicators
● If 3#DCDU-12C is replaced, check on other boards in a BBU is as
the indicator status on the lower follows:
BBU groupb. RUN indicator: blinking green (on
● If 4#DCDU-12C is replaced, check
the indicator status on the lower ALM indicator: steady off
BBUs. ACT indicator: steady on
a: The upper BBU group refers to the five BBUs in the upper part of the cabinet.
b: The lower BBU group refers to the five BBUs in the lower part of the cabinet.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.

component.
1.5.25.5.5 Replacing a DCDU-12C (IBC10)

This section describes the procedure for replacing a DCDU-12C (DCDU for short)
in an IBC10.
Prerequisites
ESD gloves, a Phillips screwdriver, a pair of diagonal pliers, and an ESD box or
bag.
Context
● Replacing a DCDU interrupts all the services carried by the devices that are
● The following figure shows the positions of DCDUs in a DC IBC10 cabinet.

(1) DCDU-12C modules are numbered 0#, 1#, and 2# from top to down.
Procedure
NOTICE

Step 2 Modify the administrative state and block all RRUs that are powered by the DCDU
to be replaced. For details, see RRU Hardware Maintenance Guide.
Step 3 In a DC IBC10 cabinet, turn off the circuit breaker on the external power
equipment that provides power for the DCDU-12C. In an AC IBC10 cabinet, set the
"RFC1" and "RFC0" circuit breakers on the EPU05A to OFF.
block from the DCDU
cables.
and gently pull the DCDU out of the cabinet along the guide rails.
Step 8 Place a new DCDU in the installation position and slide it into the cabinet along
the guide rails. Tighten the four M6 screws on both sides of the DCDU to 2 N·m
(17.70 lbf·in.).
Step 9 Remove the protective cover for the DC input terminal block from the new DCDU,
reconnect the removed power cables to the new DCDU according to the cable
connection records, and reinstall the protective cover.
Step 11 Turn on the circuit breaker that was turned off in Step 3 on the external power
equipment for the DCDU.
Step 12 Check whether the DCDU is providing power properly by observing the indicator
status on the BBU powered by the DCDU according to the following checklist.


Item Normal Status
If 0#DCDU-12C is replaced, check the ● RUN indicator: blinking (on for

indicator status on the FMUEA in the 0.125s and off for 0.125s or on for
FAU03D-02. For the indicator status, 1s and off for 1s)
see FAU03D-02. ● ALM indicator: steady off
● If 1#DCDU-12C is replaced, check ● The RUN indicator on a UPEU is

the indicator status on the upper steady on.
BBU groupa. ● The STATE indicator on a FAN is
● If 2#DCDU-12C is replaced, check blinking green (on for 1s and off for
the indicator status on the lower 1s).
BBU groupb. ● The normal status of the indicators
follows:
RUN indicator: blinking green (on
a: The upper BBU group refers to the five BBUs in the upper part of the cabinet.
b: The lower BBU group refers to the five BBUs in the lower part of the cabinet.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.5.6 Replacing a DCDU-01/DCDU-11A/DCDU-12A (BTS3900A)

This section describes the procedure for replacing a DCDU-01, DCDU-11A, or
DCDU-12A (shortened to DCDU in this section) in a BTS3900A (Ver.B), BTS3900A
(Ver.C), BTS3900A (Ver.D), or BTS3900A (Ver.E).
Prerequisites

Context
● A DCDU supplies power to the fan assembly in an RFC and RFUs. Replacing a
DCDU interrupts all the services carried on these modules.
● This section describes the procedure for replacing the DCDU-12A in an RFC
(Ver.D). The procedures for replacing a DCDU-01, DCDU-11A, and DCDU-12A
are the same.
● Figure 1-158 shows the positions and circuit breakers of the DCDU-01,
DCDU-11A, and DCDU-12A in a cabinet.
Figure 1-158 Positions and circuit breakers of the DCDU-01, DCDU-11A, and
DCDU-12A
(1) DCDU-01 input (2) DCDU-01 output (3) DCDU-11A input (4) DCDU-11A output
power circuit breaker power circuit breaker power circuit breaker power circuit breaker
(5) DCDU-12A input (6) DCDU-12A output (7) DCDU-12A output (8) DCDU-12A input
power circuit breaker power circuit breaker power button power circuit breaker

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Modify the management state. To modify the management state, you need to
block the cells whose RFUs and BBU are powered by the DCDU to be replaced. For
details, see Replacing a BBU Case and 1.5.24.4 Replacing an RFU.
Step 3 Optional: Before replacing a DCDU-01 or DCDU-11A, record the status of circuit
breakers "SW0" to "SW9" on the DCDU, and turn off all the circuit breakers. If a
DCDU-12A is to be replaced, skip this step.
Step 4 Turn off the AC power output circuit breaker/button switch "RFC1" or "RFC2" on
the EPU/EPS.
Step 5 Remove the DCDU to be replaced.
1. Record the installation positions of all cables connected to the DCDU, and
remove the cable connectors from the DCDU.
wiring terminal block from the DCDU, as shown in Figure 1-159.
3. Record the connection of the input power cables, and then remove the power
cables.
DCDU, and pull the DCDU out of the cabinet along the guide rails slowly, as
shown in Figure 1-160.
block from the DCDU

Step 6 Install a new DCDU.

1. Slide the new DCDU into the installation position, and tighten the four screws
on both sides with a recommended torque of 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
2. Remove the protective cover for the DC input wiring terminal block from the
new DCDU, reconnect the removed power cables to the new DCDU according
to the cable connection records, and reinstall the protective cover.
3. Reinstall the removed cable connectors to the new DCDU according to the
Step 7 Turn on the circuit breaker/button switch "RFC1" or "RFC2" that was turned off.
Step 8 Optional: Turn on circuit breakers that were turned off in Step 3.
indicators on the fan assembly in the RFC and RFUs powered by the DCDU
according to the following checklist.
Item Normal Status
Indicators on the fan assembly in the ● RUN indicator: blinking (on for
RFC 0.125s and off for 0.125s or on for
1s and off for 1s)
Indicators on the RFU panel

----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.5.7 Replacing a DCDU-01/DCDU-11A/DCDU-12A (BTS3900/BTS3900L)

This section describes the procedure for replacing a DCDU-01, DCDU-11A, or
DCDU-12A (shortened to DCDU in this section) in a BTS3900 or BTS3900L.
Prerequisites
Context
● A DCDU supplies power to the RFUs, BBU, and fan assembly. Replacing a
DCDU interrupts all the services carried on these modules.
● The following table describes the mapping between cabinets (BTS3900 and
BTS3900L) and DCDUs (DCDU-01, DCDU-11A, or DCDU-12A). In the two base
stations, the DCDUs are installed in different positions, as shown in Figure
1-161 and Figure 1-162, but the procedures for replacing the DCDUs are the
same. This section uses the DCDU-12A in a BTS3900 (Ver.D) as an example.
Base Station Type DCDU
BTS3900 (Ver.B) and BTS3900L (Ver.B) DCDU-01
BTS3900 (Ver.C) and BTS3900L (Ver.C) DCDU-11A
BTS3900 (Ver.D) and BTS3900L (Ver.D) DCDU-12A

Figure 1-161 Installation position of a DCDU in a BTS3900 cabinet

Figure 1-162 Installation position of a DCDU in a BTS3900L cabinet
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 3 Power off the base station.
● For how to power off a BTS3900 base station, see 1.4.8.2 Powering Off a
Base Station.
● For how to power off a BTS3900L base station, see 1.4.9.2 Powering Off a
Base Station.

Step 4 Label the cables connected to output ports on the DCDU panel, and remove the
cables.
NOTE
Step 5 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the protective cover for the external wiring
Figure 1-163 Removing the protective cover
Step 6 Label the external input power cable for the DCDU, and remove the cable.
Step 7 Remove the four M6x12 screws from mounting ears on both sides of the DCDU
and remove the DCDU, as shown in the following figure.

NOTE
The cable claw on the right mounting ear of the DCDU, as shown in Figure 1-164, is only
used in a DCDU-12A, but not in a DCDU-11A or DCDU-01.
Step 8 Install a new DCDU into the position where the original one is located, and use
the four removed M6x12 screws to secure the new DCDU to the subrack with a
recommended torque of 3 N·m (26.55 lbf·in.).
Step 9 Insert the OT terminal of the power cable into the corresponding cable hole in the
wiring terminal block. Connect the OT terminal on the blue wire to the "NEG(-)"
terminal and the OT terminal on the black wire to the "RTN(+)" terminal.
Step 10 Reinstall the protective cover, and use a screwdriver to tighten the screws.
Step 11 Optional: If the DCDU-01/11A is used, remove the rubber cover from each output
power port on the DCDU. If the DCDU-12A is used, skip this step.
Step 12 Reconnect the removed cables to the ports on the panel of the new DCDU based
on cable connection records.
Step 13 Power on the base station.
● For how to power on a BTS3900 base station, see 1.4.8.1 Powering On a
Base Station.
● For how to power on a BTS3900L base station, see 1.4.9.1 Powering On a
Base Station.
indicators on the fan assembly, RFUs, and BBU powered by the DCDU according to
the following checklist.
Item Normal Status
Indicator on the fan assembly ● RUN indicator: blinking (on for 0.125s
and off for 0.125s or on for 1s and off
Indicators on the RFU panel for 1s)

on.
1s).
and off for 1s)

----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.5.8 Replacing a DCDU-12A (BTS3012AE)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the components
in a DCDU-12A in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z).
Prerequisites
Context
● The DCDU-12A supplies power to the RFUs and the fan assembly in the RF
subrack. Replacing the DCDU-12A interrupts all the services carried on the
modules.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a DCDU-12A.
● The following figure shows the position of a DCDU-12A in the cabinet.

Figure 1-165 Position of the DCDU-12A in a cabinet
(1) Input power switch for the (2) DCDU-12A (3) DC output port
RFC
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Record all DC power cable connections on the DCDU-12A, and remove the
connectors.
Step 3 Find the RFC in which the DCDU-12A is installed and turn off the AC output circuit
breaker "RFC1" on the panel of the EPU.
Step 4 Remove the faulty DCDU-12A.
1. Record the positions of the connectors on the panel of the DCDU-12A, and
then remove the connectors.
wiring terminal block from the DCDU-12A, as shown in the following figure.

block from the DCDU-12A
3. Record the connection of the input power cables, and then remove the power
cables.
DCDU-12A, and slowly pull the DCDU-12A out of the cabinet along the guide
Figure 1-167 Removing a DCDU-12A
Step 5 Install a new DCDU-12A.

1. Slide the new DCDU-12A into the installation position, and tighten the four
screws on both sides with a recommended torque of 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).

2. Remove the protective cover for the DC input wiring terminal block from the
new DCDU-12A, reconnect the removed power cables to the new DCDU-12A
3. Install the removed connectors to the panel of the new DCDU-12A according
to the recorded installation positions.
Step 6 Turn on the "RFC1" circuit breaker that was turned off.
Step 7 Reinstall the power cable connectors removed in Step 2.
Step 8 Check whether the DCDU-12A is working properly according to the items listed in
Table 1-59.
Item Normal Status Remarks
Indicators on RUN indicator: For details about the status of the

the CMUEA of blinking green (on indicators, see CMUEA.
the fan for 0.125s and off for
assembly in the 0.125s) or blinking
RFC green (on for 1s and
off for 1s)
Indicators on RUN indicator: For details about the status of the

the RFU panel blinking green (on indicators, see RFU Hardware
for 0.125s and off for Description.
0.125s) or blinking
green (on for 1s and
off for 1s)
----End
Follow-up Procedure
box or bag into a foam-padded carton or the packing box of the new module.
1.5.25.5.9 Replacing a DCDU-03B/DCDU-11B (On a Wall)

When a BTS3900 (Ver.C), BTS3900 (Ver.B), BTS3900L (Ver.B), or BTS3900L (Ver.C)
is configured with both RRUs and RFUs, a DCDU-03B or DCDU-11B (shortened to
DCDU in this section) is installed on a wall to supply power to RRUs. This section
describes the procedure for replacing a DCDU.
Prerequisites


Context
● Replacing a DCDU interrupts all the services carried on RRUs.
● The following table lists the mapping between base station types and the
DCDUs that supply power to RRUs.
Base Station Type DCDU Model
BTS3900 (Ver.B) and BTS3900L DCDU-03B

(Ver.B)
BTS3900 (Ver.C) and BTS3900L DCDU-11B

(Ver.C)
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 3 Record the status of circuit breakers "SW0" to "SW9" on the DCDU, and turn off
these circuit breakers.
Step 4 Turn off the circuit breaker on the external power equipment that supplies power
to the DCDU.
Step 5 Label the cables connected to output ports on the DCDU panel, and remove the
cables.
Step 6 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the protective cover from the external power
input wiring terminal block of the DCDU.
Step 7 Label the external input power cable for the DCDU, and remove the cable.
Step 8 Use a torque wrench to loosen the four M6x60 bolts on the mounting ears of the
DCDU. Support the DCDU and remove it, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-168 Removing a DCDU
Step 9 Remove the screws from the mounting ears of the faulty DCDU and those from
the mounting ears on the wall, and secure the mounting ears of the new DCDU to
the mounting ears on the wall with a recommended torque of 3 N·m (26.55
lbf·in.).
Step 10 Install the new DCDU into the position where the original one is located, and use
the four removed M6x60 screws to secure the DCDU to the mounting ears on the
wall with a recommended torque of 5 N·m (44.25 lbf·in.).
Step 13 Remove rubber covers from output power ports on the panel of the new DCDU.
Step 14 Reconnect the removed cables to the ports on the panel of the DCDU based on
to the DCDU.
Step 16 Turn on circuit breakers that were turned off in Step 3.
indicators on the RRUs powered by the DCDU according to the following checklist.

Item Normal Status
Indicators on the RRU panel ● RUN indicator: blinking (on for 1s and
off for 1s)
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.5.10 Replacing a DCDU-03B/DCDU-11B/DCDU-12B (BTS3900AL)

When a BTS3900AL is configured with both RRUs and RFUs, a DCDU-11B,
DCDU-03B, or DCDU-12B (shortened to DCDU in this section) is installed to
supply DC power to RRUs. This section describes the procedure for replacing a
DCDU.
Prerequisites
Context
NOTE
The methods for installing the DCDU-11B, DCDU-03B, and DCDU-12B are the same.
This section uses the DCDU-12B as an example.
● Replacing a DCDU interrupts all the services carried by the RRUs that are

Figure 1-169 Position of a DCDU
The exteriors of the short-circuiting copper bars for the DCDU-11B, DCDU-03B,
and DCDU-12B are different, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-170 Short-circuiting copper bars for the DCDU-11B, DCDU-03B, and
DCDU-12B
(1) Short-circuiting copper bars (2) Short-circuiting copper bars (3) Short-circuiting copper bars
for the DCDU-12B for the DCDU-11B for the DCDU-03B
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 3 Optional: Before replacing a DCDU-03B or DCDU-11B, record the status of circuit
DCDU-12B is to be replaced, skip this step.
Step 4 Turn off the upper-level circuit breakers for the DCDU.
Step 5 Remove the faulty DCDU, as shown in the following figure.
1. Remove the two screws on the protective cover for the BusBar and raise the
protective cover to remove it.
2. Remove the protective cover from the faulty DCDU.
3. Record the installation positions of the two short-circuiting copper bars and
all connectors on the faulty DCDU, and then remove these short-circuiting
copper bars and connectors.
NOTE
To remove an EPC4/EPC5/EPC11 connector, drag the puller on the connector to unlock

the latch and pull the connector out from the socket.
4. Remove the four M6 screws from the mounting ear on both sides of the
faulty DCDU, and pull the faulty DCDU out of the cabinet.

Figure 1-171 Removing a faulty DCDU
(1) Metal protective cover (2) Plastic protective cover
(3) Short-circuiting copper bar (4) Faulty DCDU-12B
Step 6 Reinstall the plastic protective cover onto the removed DCDU.
Step 7 Install a new DCDU.
1. Place the new DCDU in the installation position, and tighten the four M6
screws to 3 N·m (26.55 lbf·in.).
2. Remove the plastic protective cover from the new DCDU.
3. Reconnect the short-circuiting copper bars and EPC5/EPC11 connectors
according to the records.

4. Reinstall the plastic protective cover onto the DCDU.

5. Reinstall the metal protective cover onto the BusBar.
Step 8 Turn on the upper-level circuit breakers for the DCDU.
indicators on the RRUs powered by the DCDU according to the following checklist.
Indicators on the RRU panel ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for
and off for 1s).
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.5.11 Replacing a DCDU-03B/DCDU-11B/DCDU-12B (OMB/IMB03/IMB05/19-

Inch Rack)
When an OMB/IMB03/IMB05/19-inch rack is used in a BTS3900C WCDMA/
DBS3900 base station, a DCDU-12B/DCDU-03B/DCDU-11B (shortened to DCDU in
this section) is used to distribute DC power for the BBU and RRUs. This section
describes the procedure for replacing a DCDU.
Prerequisites
Context

● An OMB can only be configured with a DCDU-03B. An IMB03 or 19-inch rack

can be configured with a DCDU-03B/DCDU-11B/DCDU-12B. An IMB05 can be
configured with a DCDU-12B.
● The procedures for replacing a DCDU-03B/DCDU-11B/DCDU-12B are the
same. The following procedure uses a DCDU-03B in an OMB as an example.
● The following figure shows the positions of DCDUs in an OMB/IMB03/IMB05.
Figure 1-172 DCDUs in different cabinets or racks
Procedure
NOTICE

by the DCDU to be replaced and all RRUs powered by the DCDU. For detailed
operations, see Replacing a BBU Case and RRU Hardware Maintenance Guide.
Step 3 Optional: Before replacing a DCDU-03B/DCDU-11B, record the status of circuit
Step 4 Turn off the circuit breaker on the external power equipment that supplies power
to the DCDU.
NOTE
Step 7 Remove the cables from the DCDU, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-173 Removing the cables

(17.70 lbf·in.).
to the DCDU.
checklist.


on.
1s).
and off for 1s)
Indicators on the RRU panel ● RUN indicator: blinking green (on for 1s
and off for 1s)
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.5.12 Replacing a DCDU-12B (BTS3012AE)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the DCDU-12B
that is used in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet.
Prerequisites

Context
● When a DCDU-12B is used in a BTS3012AE, replacing the DCDU-12B
interrupts all the services carried by the BTS3012AE.
● When a DCDU-12B supplies power only to RRUs, replacing the DCDU-12B
interrupts all the services carried by the RRUs.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a DCDU-12B.
● The following figure shows the position of a DCDU-12B in a cabinet.
Figure 1-175 Position of a DCDU-12B in a Cabinet
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Optional: In AC power supply scenarios, remove the connector on the power cable
from the RFC2 output port on the EPU to power off the DCDU-12B. In DC
scenarios, shut off the external power supply.
Step 3 Label the cables connected to output ports on the DCDU-12B panel, and
disconnect the cables.

Step 4 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the protection cover from the external wiring
terminal block of the DCDU-12B, as shown in the following figure.
block from the DCDU-12B
Step 5 Label the external input power cable for the DCDU-12B, and disconnect the cable.
Step 6 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four M6x12 screws from both sides of the
DCDU-12B, and pull the DCDU-12B out of the cabinet along the guide rails gently,
as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-177 Removing the DCDU-12B
Step 7 Place the new DCDU-12B on the installation position, and push it into the cabinet
along the guide rails. Use four M6x12 screws on both sides of the DCDU-12B to
secure the DCDU-12B to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
DCDU-12B, reconnect the power cables to the new DCDU-12B according to the
record, and then reinstall the protective cover.
Step 9 Reinstall the connectors to the new DCDU-12B according to the record.
Step 10 Optional: In AC scenarios, reconnect the connector on the power cable to the
RFC2 output port on the EPU to power on the DCDU-12B. In DC scenarios, switch
on the external power supply.
Step 11 Check the status of the RRU indicators to determine whether the fan assembly in
the front door works properly. For details about the status of the indicators, see
CMUEA.
----End
Follow-up Procedure

1.5.25.5.13 Replacing a DCDU-12B (BTS3900/BTS3900L/ILC29)

This section describes the procedure for replacing the DCDU-12B that is used in a
BTS3900 (Ver.D) DC, BTS3900 (Ver.D) AC, BTS3900L (Ver.D), or ILC29 (Ver.E)
cabinet.
Prerequisites
Context
● Replacing a DCDU-12B interrupts all services carried by RRUs.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a DCDU-12B.
● A DCDU-12B is installed in a BTS3900 (Ver.D) DC, BTS3900 (Ver.D) AC,
BTS3900L (Ver.D), or ILC29 (Ver.E) cabinet, as shown in the following figure.
The procedures for replacing the DCDU-12B in the cabinets are the same. This
section uses the DCDU-12B in a BTS3900 (Ver.D) DC cabinet as an example.
Figure 1-178 Position of the DCDU-12B

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Modify the administrative state and block all RRUs powered by the DCDU to be
replaced. For detailed operations, see RRU Hardware Maintenance Guide.
Step 3 Turn off the DCDU circuit breaker on the external power device.
Step 4 Label the cables connected to output ports on the DCDU-12B panel, and
disconnect the cables.
NOTE
Step 5 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the protective cover from the external
terminal block of the DCDU-12B.
Step 6 Label the external input power cable for the DCDU-12B, and disconnect the cable.
Step 7 Remove the two M6x12 screws from each mounting ear on the DCDU-12B and
remove the DCDU-12B, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-179 Removing the DCDU-12B

Step 8 Install a new DCDU-12B into the position where the original one is located, and
use the four removed M6x12 screws to secure the DCDU-12B to the subrack to 3
N·m (26.55 lbf·in.).
Step 11 Reconnect the removed cables to the ports on the panel of the new DCDU-12B
based on cable connection records.
Step 12 Turn off the DCDU-12B circuit breaker on the external power device.
Step 13 Check the indicators on the RRUs according to the following table to verify that
these RRUs are properly powered by the DCDU-12B.
Item Normal Status
Indicators on the RRU panel ● RUN indicator: blinking (on for 0.125s
and off for 0.125s or on for 1s and off
for 1s)
Step 14 When the DCDU-12B is working properly, unblock all RRUs powered by the DCDU
replaced in 2. For details, see RRU Hardware Maintenance Guide.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.5.14 Replacing a DCDU-03B/DCDU-11B/DCDU-12B (APM30H/TMC11H/RFC)

This section describes the procedure for replacing a DCDU-11B, DCDU-03B, or
DCDU-12B (shortened to DCDU in this section) in an APM30H, TMC11H, or RFC.
Prerequisites


Context
● The following table describes the positions of DCDUs in the cabinets used by
BTS3900As and DBS3900s and the impacts brought by DCDU replacement.
Table 1-64 Application scenarios of DCDUs

DCD Base Application Scenario Service Impact Power
U Station Equipment
Mod Type
el
For a BTS3900A
(Ver.B) that is supplied Replacing a
with -48 V DC power DCDU-03B
BTS390 and configured with interrupts all the DCDU-01 in
0A both RFUs and RRUs, services carried the RFC
(Ver.B) a DCDU is installed in by the RRUs that (Ver.B)
the TMC11H (Ver.B) are powered by
to provide power for the DCDU-03B.
DCD the RRUs.
U-03
B For a DBS3900 that is Replacing a
supplied with -48 V DCDU-03B
DC power and uses a interrupts all the
TMC11H (Ver.B), a services carried External
DBS390
DCDU is installed in by the DBS3900. power
0
the TMC11H (Ver.B) equipment
to provide power for
the BBU, RRUs, and
fan assembly.
For a BTS3900A
(Ver.C) that is supplied Replacing a
with -48 V DC power DCDU-11B
DCD BTS390 and configured with interrupts all the DCDU-11A
U-11 0A both RFUs and RRUs, services carried in the RFC
B (Ver.C) a DCDU is installed in by the RRUs that (Ver.C)
the TMC11H (Ver.C) are powered by
to provide power for the DCDU-11B.
the RRUs.


U Station Equipment
Mod Type
el
For a DBS3900 that is Replacing a

supplied with -48 V DCDU-11B
DC power and uses a interrupts all the
TMC11H (Ver.C), a services carried External
DBS390
DCDU is installed in by the DBS3900. power
0
the TMC11H (Ver.C) equipment
to provide power for
the BBU, RRUs, and
fan assembly.
For a BTS3900A Replacing a

(Ver.D) configured DCDU-12B
BTS390 with both RFUs and interrupts all the External
0A RRUs, a DCDU is services carried power
(Ver.D) installed in the RFC by the RRUs that equipment
(Ver.D) to provide are powered by
power for the RRUs. the DCDU-12B.
For a DBS3900 that is Replacing a

configured with 7 to DCDU-12B
12 RRUs and uses an interrupts all the
APM30H (Ver.D), a services carried EPU in the
DBS390
DCD DCDU is installed by the RRUs that APM30H
0
U-12 below the BBU in the are powered by (Ver.D)
B APM30H (Ver.D) to the DCDU-12B.
provide power for the
RRUs.
DBS390 For a DBS3900 that is

0 supplied with -48 V
DC power and uses a Replacing a
TMC11H (Ver.D), a DCDU-12B External
DCDU is installed in interrupts all the power
the TMC11H (Ver.D) services carried equipment
to provide power for by the DBS3900.
the BBU, RRUs, and
fan assembly.


U Station Equipment
Mod Type
el
DBS390 For a DBS3900 that is Replacing a

0 supplied with -48 V DCDU-12B
DC power and interrupts all the
configured with a services carried
TMC11H (Ver.D_A2) by the DBS3900.
or TMC (Ver.D_A1), a
DCDU is installed in
the TMC11H
(Ver.D_A2) or TMC
(Ver.D_A1) to provide
power for the BBU,
RRUs, and fan
assembly.
For a BTS3900A Replacing a

(Ver.E) configured DCDU-12B
BTS390 with RFUs and RRUs, interrupts all the External
0A the DCDU is installed services carried power
(Ver.E) in the RFC (Ver.E) to by the RRUs that equipment
provide power for the are powered by
RRUs. the DCDU-12B.
For a DBS3900 Replacing a

configured with 7 to DCDU-12B
21 RRUs and uses an interrupts all the
APM30H (Ver.E), a services carried EPU in the
DBS390
DCDU is installed by the RRUs that APM30H
0
below the BBU in the are powered by (Ver.E)
APM30H (Ver.E) to the DCDU-12B.
provide power for the
RRUs.
DBS390 For a DBS3900 that is

0 supplied with -48 V
DC power and uses a Replacing a
TMC11H (Ver.E), a DCDU-12B External
DCDU is installed in interrupts all the power
the TMC11H (Ver.E) to services carried equipment
provide power for the by the DBS3900.
BBU, RRUs, and fan
assembly.
● The following figure shows the positions of DCDUs in cabinets used by

BTS3900As and DBS3900s. The procedures for replacing DCDUs are the same.
This section describes the procedure for replacing a DCDU-12B in a TMC11H
(Ver.D).

Procedure

NOTICE
Step 3 Optional: Before replacing a DCDU-03B or DCDU-11B, record the status of circuit
Step 4 Disconnect the DCDU from power supply provided by the power equipment listed
in Table 1-64.
NOTE
block from the DCDU
cables.

and pull the DCDU out of the cabinet along the guide rails gently, as shown in the
following figure.
Step 9 Gently push the new DCDU into the installation position along the guide rails, and
tighten the four M6 screws on both sides of the DCDU to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
Step 12 Turn on the switch on the power equipment for the DCDU to power on the DCDU.
Step 13 Turn on the circuit breakers on the DCDU that have been turned off in Step 3
according to the recorded status of the circuit breakers.
Step 14 Check the indicators according to the following table to check whether the DCDU
is working properly.
Indicators on the RRU panel ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on for
and off for 1s).


on.
1s).
and off for 1s)
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.5.15 Replacing a DCDU-03C/DCDU-11C/DCDU-12C (TMC11H)

This section describes the procedure for replacing a DCDU-11C, DCDU-03C, or
DCDU-12C (shortened to DCDU in this section) that is used in a TMC11H (Ver.B),
TMC11H (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.D), or TMC11H (Ver.E).
Prerequisites
Context
● When a TMC11H is used as a power cabinet, a DCDU is used to provide
power for the BBU and fan assembly in the TMC11H. Replacing a DCDU

interrupts services carried by the BBU and fan assembly. When a TMC11H is
used as a transmission cabinet, a DCDU is used to provide power for the fan
assembly and transmission equipment in the TMC11H. Replacing a DCDU
interrupts service carried by the fan assembly and transmission equipment.
● The positions and methods of replacing a DCDU-11C, DCDU-03C, and
DCDU-12C in the TMC11H (Ver.B), TMC11H (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.D), and
TMC11H (Ver.E) are the same. This section describes the procedure for
replacing a DCDU-12C in a TMC11H (Ver.D).
Figure 1-183 Position of a DCDU
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Optional: Before replacing a DCDU-03C or DCDU-11C, record the status of circuit
DCDU-12C is to be replaced, skip this step.
Step 3 Power off the TMC11H according to the corresponding scenario.

Power off the TMC11H Turn off the circuit breaker TMC on the EPS or EPU
(Ver.B) in an AC power in the APM30H.
supply scenario
Power off the TMC11H Turn off the circuit breaker SPARE2 on the DCDU-01
(Ver.B) in a DC power in the RFC.
supply scenario
Power off the TMC11H Turn off the circuit breaker TMC on the EPS or EPU
(Ver.C) in an AC power in the APM30H.
supply scenario
Power off the TMC11H Turn off the circuit breaker for the DCDU-11C on
(Ver.C) in a DC power the external power equipment.
supply scenario
Power off the TMC11H Remove the power cable connector from the DC
(Ver.D) in an AC power output port LOAD7 on the EPU in the APM30H.
supply scenario
(Ver.D) in a DC power the external power equipment.
supply scenario
Power off the TMC11H Remove the power cable connector from the DC
(Ver.E) in an AC power output port LOAD7 on the EPU in the APM30H.
supply scenario
(Ver.E) in a DC power the external power equipment.
supply scenario
NOTE

block from the DCDU
cables.
and pull the DCDU out of the cabinet along the guide rails gently, as shown in the
following figure.
Step 8 Gently push the new DCDU into the installation position along the guide rails, and
tighten the four M6 screws on both sides of the DCDU with a recommended
torque of 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).

Step 12 Turn on the circuit breaker for the DCDU that was turned off in Step 3 on the
external power equipment.
Step 13 Turn on the circuit breakers on the DCDU that have been turned off in Step 2
according to the recorded status of the circuit breakers.
Step 14 Check the indicators on the fan assembly and BBU in the TMC11H according to
the following table to check whether these components are properly powered by
the DCDU.

If a DCDU-03C is replaced, check the ● The RUN indicator is blinking (on

indicators on the CMUA in the fan for 0.125s and off for 0.125s, or on
assembly in the TMC11H. For details, for 1s and off for 1s).
see CMUA. ● The ALM indicator is steady off.
If a DCDU-11C is replaced, check the
indicators on the CMUE in the fan
assembly in the TMC11H. For details,
see CMUE.
If a DCDU-12C in a Ver.D base station

is replaced, check the indicators on the
CMUEA in the fan assembly in the
TMC11H. For details, see CMUEA.
Indicators on the BBU ● The RUN indicator on a UPEU is

steady on.
1s).
● The normal status of the indicators
follows:
RUN indicator: blinking green (on
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.5.16 Replacing a DCDU-12C (BTS3012AE)

This section describes the procedure for replacing a DCDU-12C that is used in a
BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet.
Prerequisites
Context
● A DCDU-12C supplies power to the BBU, fan assembly, and the fan in the
front door. Replacing a DCDU-12C interrupts power supply to these
components.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a DCDU-12C.
● The following figure shows the position of a DCDU-12C in the BTS3012AE
(Ver.D_Z) cabinet.

Figure 1-186 Position of a DCDU-12C in the BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet
(1) DCDU-12C
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Record the positions of DC output connectors on the DCDU-12C, and remove the
connectors.
terminal block from the DCDU-12C, as shown in the following figure.
block from the DCDU-12C

Step 4 Record the connection of the DC input power cables, and disconnect the power
cables.
DCDU-12C, and gently pull the DCDU-12C out of the cabinet along the guide rails,
as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-188 Removing a DCDU-12C
Step 6 Place the new DCDU-12C on the installation position, and push it into the cabinet
along the guide rails. Use four M6 screws on both sides of the DCDU-12C to 2
N·m (lbf·in.).
DCDU-12C, reconnect the power cables to the DC input wiring terminal block of
the new DCDU-12C according to the recorded positions, and then reinstall the
protective cover.
Step 8 Reinstall the connectors removed in Step 2 to the new DCDU-12C according to
the recorded positions.
Step 10 Listen to the sound generated by the running fan in the front door and observe
the status of indicators to determine whether the new fan is working properly.
Item Normal Status
Indicators for The RUN indicator is blinking green (on for 0.125s and off for
the fan in 0.125s) or blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s).
the front
door
----End

Follow-up Procedure
1.5.25.5.17 Replacing a DCDU-12C (BTS3900AL)

This section describes the procedure for replacing a DCDU-12C that is used in a
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet.
Prerequisites
Context
● Replacing a DCDU-12C interrupts all the services carried by the RFUs, BBU,
CMUF, and CCU.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a DCDU-12C.
● The following figure shows the position of a DCDU-12C. Assuming that the
DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment is DCDU-12C 0# and the
DCDU-12C in the RF compartment is DCDU-12C 1#, remove the short-
circuiting bars and the protective cover for the short-circuiting bars before
replacing DCDU-12C 1#.
Figure 1-189 Position of a DCDU-12C

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Power off the base station according to the instructions in 1.4.10.2 Powering Off
a Base Station.
Step 3 Remove the DCDU-12C, as shown in the following figure.
1. Optional: Remove the protective cover for the short-circuiting bars on the left
side of the DCDU-12C.
NOTE
This step applies only to the DCDU-12C 1# in the RF compartment in the lower part of the
cabinet. Skip this step when replacing the DCDU-12C 0# in the equipment compartment in
the upper part of the cabinet, which has no short-circuiting bars.
2. Optional: Remove the protective cover for the DCDU.
NOTE
Skip this step when replacing the DCDU-12C 1# in the RF compartment in the lower part
of the BTS3900AL DC cabinet, which has no protective cover.
3. Optional: Remove the short-circuiting bars on the left side of the DCDU-12C.
NOTE
4. Record the connections of the power cables on the left of the DCDU-12C and
the installation positions of all EPC4 connectors, and remove the power cables
and connectors.
NOTE
To remove an EPC4/EPC5/EPC11 connector, drag the puller on the connector to unlock

the latch and pull the connector out from the socket.
5. Remove the two screws from the mounting ear on each side of the
DCDU-12C, and pull the DCDU-12C out of the cabinet.

Figure 1-190 Removing the faulty DCDU-12C
Step 4 Reinstall the removed protective cover on the removed DCDU-12C.
Step 5 Install a new DCDU-12C.

1. Place the new DCDU-12C in the installation position, and tighten the four
2. Remove the plastic protective cover on the left side of the new DCDU-12C.
3. Reconnect the power cables and EPC4 connectors according to the recorded
installation positions.
4. Optional: Reinstall the short-circuiting bars on the left side of the DCDU-12C
and the protective cover.
NOTE
5. Reinstall the plastic protective cover on the left side of the DCDU-12C.
Step 6 Turn on the circuit breakers turned off in Step 2.
Step 7 Check the indicators on the RFUs, BBU, CMUF, and CCU according to the following
table to verify that these components are properly powered by the DCDU-12C.
Item Normal Status
Fan or TEC in the front door The fan or TEC is working properly.

Item Normal Status
Indicators on the RFU panel ● RUN indicator: blinking (on for 0.125s
CCU and off for 0.125s, or on for 1s and off
for 1s)
CMUF

on.
1s).
and off for 1s)
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.5.18 Replacing a DCDU-13A (RFC)

A DCDU-13A can be used in an RFC (Ver.D_A2), RFC (Ver.D_A1), RFC (Ver.E_A1), or
RFC (Ver.E_A2). When the DCDU-13A is faulty and cannot be repaired within a
short period, it must be replaced. A DCDU-13A supplies power to the RFU,
CMUEA/CMUH, and fan assembly. Therefore, replacing a DCDU-13A interrupts all
the services provided by these modules.
Prerequisites
● The type of the component to be replaced is confirmed according to 1.6.1
Querying the Electronic Label of a Cabinet, and a new component is
available.
obtained the required keys.

Context
NOTE
The DCDU-13A contains no spare fuses. In AC scenarios, spare fuses on the EPU in the
APM30H are used. In DC scenarios, spare fuses on the DCDU-12C in the TMC11H are used.
● The following figure shows the position of the DCDU-13A in the cabinet.
● It takes about 15 minutes to replace a DCDU-13A.
● Each RFC has two DCDU-13As. This section describes how to replace the
DCDU-13A on the right side that does not supply power to the CMUEA or
CMUH.

Figure 1-191 Positions of DCDU-13As
(1) Input power switches for (2) DCDU-13A (3) DC output terminals
the RFC
Procedure
Step 1 Put on an ESD wrist strap or ESD gloves.

NOTICE
Take proper ESD protection measures, for example, put on an ESD wrist strap or
ESD gloves, to prevent electrostatic damage to the boards, modules, or electronic
components.
Step 2 Record the connections of all the DC power cables on the DCDU-13A, and remove
these connectors.
Step 3 Locate the RFC that houses the DCDU-13A, and then turn off the corresponding
circuit breaker ("RFC1" or "RFC2") on the EPU.
Step 4 Remove the faulty DCDU-13A.

1. Record the positions of all the connectors on the DCDU-13A panel, and then
remove these connectors.
2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the protective cover from the DC input
terminal block in the DCDU-13A, as shown in Figure 1-192.
3. Record the connections of the input power cables, and then remove these
cables.
DCDU-13A, and remove the DCDU-13A from the cabinet along the guide rails,
as shown in Figure 1-193.
Figure 1-192 Removing the protective cover from the DC input terminal block in a
DCDU-13A

Figure 1-193 Removing a DCDU-13A
Step 5 Place the faulty DCDU-13A and protective cover in an ESD box or bag.
Step 6 Install a new DCDU-13A.
1. Push the new DCDU-13A into the installation position, and then tighten the
four screws on both sides of the DCDU-13A to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
2. Remove the protective cover from the DC input terminal block in the new
DCDU-13A. Reconnect the removed power cables to the corresponding
positions in the DCDU-13A, and then reinstall the protective cover to 0.3 N·m
(2.66 lbf·in.).
3. Reinstall the removed connectors to the corresponding positions on the new
DCDU-13A panel.
Step 7 Turn on the circuit breaker "RFC1" or "RFC2" that was turned off.
Step 8 Reinstall the power cable connectors removed in Step 2.
Step 9 Check all the items listed in the following table to determine whether the new
DCDU-13A is working properly.


Item Normal Status Remarks
Indicators on The RUN indicator is ● For details about the status of the
CMUEA or blinking green indicators on a CMUEA, see
CMUH rapidly (on for CMUEA.
0.125s and off for ● For details about the status of the
0.125s) or slowly (on indicators on a CMUH, see CMUH.
for 1s and off for
1s).
Indicators on The RUN indicator is For details about the status of

the RFU panel blinking green indicators, see section "RFC
rapidly (on for Components" in 3900 & 5900 Series
0.125s and off for Base Station Hardware Description.
0.125s) or slowly (on
for 1s and off for
1s).
Step 10 Take off the ESD wrist strap or ESD gloves, and pack up all tools.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
1.5.25.6 Replacing Batteries

This section describes how to replace batteries installed in different cabinets in
3900 and 5900 series base stations.
1.5.25.6.1 Replacing Lithium Batteries (BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/BBC5200D-L

(Ver.F_D~E))
If lithium batteries in a BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/
BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E)
become faulty or are deteriorating, you must replace them.

Context
DANGER
During the replacement, prevent short circuits or reverse connections between the
positive and negative poles of the lithium batteries. All tools in use such as the
wrench and screwdriver must be insulated to prevent the batteries from burning
and ensure personal safety.
NOTICE
Replace the entire battery pack. Avoid installing new and old lithium batteries in
the same pack, which may deteriorate the performance of lithium batteries.
NOTE
The procedure and precautions for replacing lithium batteries in a BBC5200D-L are similar
to those in a BBC5200T-L/BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L
(Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E). The following uses the BBC5200D-L and BBC5200T-L
as examples.
Procedure
Step 1 Turn off the circuit breakers "BAT_SW0", "BAT_SW1", "BAT_SW2", and "BAT_SW3"
on the power distribution box in the lithium battery cabinet.
Step 2 Turn off the "BAT" circuit breaker on the EPU panel, as shown in the following
figure.
Figure 1-194 Power switches for lithium batteries

(1) Circuit breaker on the (2) Circuit breaker on the (3) Circuit breaker on the
APM30H (Ver.E) APM5930 BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L
Step 3 Remove the power cables from the original lithium batteries, as shown in the
following figure.
1. Remove the terminal covers from the lithium battery poles and remove the
positive (red) and negative (black) battery power cables.
2. Reinstall the terminal covers on the lithium battery poles.
NOTICE
– During the removal, disconnect power cables from the battery positive pole
and then on the battery negative pole.
– After removing the cables from the lithium batteries, use the insulation
tape to wrap the cable terminals according to the actual situation.
Figure 1-195 Removing power cables from lithium batteries
Step 4 Remove lithium battery activation cables, monitoring signal cables, and PGND
cables from the lithium batteries in sequence.
Step 5 Remove the lithium batteries, as shown in Figure 1-196.

NOTE
● Remove the lithium batteries from top to bottom.

● When removing the lithium battery at an upper layer of the cabinet, ensure that the screws
on the mounting ears of the lithium batteries at lower layers are tightened.
● To facilitate operations, you need to put down the door rod on the front door of the cabinet
before removing the lithium battery at the bottom layer.
1. Remove the four M6 screws from the mounting ears on both sides of the
lithium battery at the top layer of the cabinet.
2. Pull the bottom of the front baffle plate of the lithium battery. The pullers at
the bottom of the baffle plate are shown in Figure 1-197.
3. Gently pull the lithium battery until the handles on both sides come out of
the cabinet. Use two hands to hold the handles on both sides, pull out the
lithium battery completely, and place it in a safe place. The handles on both
sides are shown in Figure 1-198.
4. Repeat the previous three steps to remove the remaining lithium batteries
from top to bottom. Hold the batteries with both hands and place them in a
safe place.
Figure 1-196 Removing lithium batteries

Figure 1-197 Position of pullers at the bottom of the baffle plate of a lithium
battery
(1) Puller at the bottom of the baffle plate of a lithium battery
Figure 1-198 Position of handles on the sides of a lithium battery
(1) Handle on the side of a lithium battery
Step 6 Install new lithium batteries. For details, see Installing Lithium Batteries in a
BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L.
Step 7 Turn on the "BAT" circuit breaker on the EPU, and turn on the "BAT_SW0",
"BAT_SW1", "BAT_SW2", and "BAT_SW3" circuit breakers on the power
distribution box.
----End
1.5.25.6.2 Replacing an IBBS20L

If an IBBS20L becomes faulty or is deteriorating, you must replace it.
Prerequisites


Context
NOTE
Power on an IBBS20L within 24 hours after unpacking it. If you power off an IBBS20L for
maintenance, restore power to the IBBS20L within 24 hours.
Procedure
Step 1 Power off the IBBS20L.
Power-Off Operationa
Method
Normal power- 1. Turn off the circuit breaker on the IBBS20L.

off 2. Turn off the circuit breaker on the upper-level power
equipment of the OPM50M supplying power to the
IBBS20L.b
Emergency 1. Disconnect the external power supply to the power

power-offc equipment for the IBBS20L.
2. If time permits, turn off the circuit breaker on the power
equipment for the IBBS20L and the circuit breaker on the
IBBS20L.
NOTICE
● a: When IBBS20Ls are installed side by side as well as the IBBS20L and
OPM50M, you must turn off circuit breakers on the upper-level power
equipment of the IBBS20Ls and OPM50M.
● b: If the OPM50M supplies power to both the BBU and RRU, this operation will
power off the entire base station.
● c: Emergency power-off is not recommended in normal cases because it may
result in damage to the IBBS20L.
● After the IBBS20L is powered off, the RUN indicator is on for a while and then
off. Replace the IBBS20L only after the RUN indicator is steady off.
The following figure shows the circuit breaker on an IBBS20L.

Figure 1-199 Circuit breaker on an IBBS20L
(1) Circuit breaker on an IBBS20L
Step 2 Replace the IBBS20L.

NOTE
When IBBS20Ls are installed in centralized mode and a middle IBBS20L needs to be
replaced, you do not need to remove the IBBS20Ls on both sides of the middle IBBS20L.
1. Wear an ESD wrist strap or ESD gloves.
NOTICE
2. Use an M5 Phillips screwdriver to loosen the screws on the cover plate of the
IBBS20L cabling cavity, and open the cover plate.
NOTICE
Pre-loosen all screws before loosening them to prevent screw damage. If

screws are damaged, it is difficult to open the maintenance cavity cover.
3. Record cable connections to the IBBS20L to be replaced.

4. Remove cables in the IBBS20L cabling cavity and those at the bottom of the
IBBS20L in the sequence of "first removing power cables and finally removing
the PGND cable".

5. Optional: When IBBS20Ls are installed in centralized mode, or the IBBS20L

and OPM50M are installed side by side, use an M6 Phillips screwdriver to
loosen the screw (as shown in the following figure) on the metal sheet, and
rotate the metal sheet to the other side to prevent it from affecting IBBS20L
removal.
Figure 1-200 Removing the metal sheet
6. Use a hex torque screwdriver to loosen the captive screws on the attachment
plate for the IBBS20L and the top holes of the main bracket, and raise the
bottom of the IBBS20L to remove it, as shown in the following figure.
CAUTION
The IBBS20L is heavy. Therefore, when removing an IBBS20L, hold the IBBS20L
handle with one hand and support the bottom of the IBBS20L with the other
hand. This prevents personnel injury caused by any falling IBBS20L.

Figure 1-201 Removing the IBBS20L
7. Install a new IBBS20L. For detailed operations, see Installing an IBBS20L in

BBU3910A Installation Guide.
8. Install the removed cables. Ensure that vacant cable holes are blocked using
waterproof blocks, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-202 Checking waterproof blocks
9. Remove the ESD wrist strap or ESD gloves and pack up all tools.
Step 3 Power on the IBBS20L.

1. Turn on the circuit breaker on the upper-level power equipment of the
OPM50M supplying power to the IBBS20L.

2. Turn on the circuit breaker on the IBBS20L.

3. After 3 minutes to 5 minutes, observe the status of indicators on the IBBS20L
to check whether the IBBS20L works properly.
If... Then...
The RUN indicator is The IBBS20L is properly powered on and the

blinking green (on for operation is complete.
1s and off for 1s) and
the ALM indicator is
steady off
The RUN indicator is The IBBS20L is not properly powered on. You
steady off, the IBBS20L need to turn on the circuit breaker on the
is in the overcurrent IBBS20L again and then observe the indicator
protection state, and status. End the operation when the RUN
the circuit breaker is indicator is blinking green (on for 1s and off for
turned off 1s) and the ALM indicator is steady off.
The RUN indicator is The IBBS20L is properly powered on. Cascaded

steady off, and the IBBS20Ls are powered on one by one, and
IBBS20L is installed side therefore the indicators on these IBBS20Ls will
by side with other become normal.
modules
The RUN indicator is The IBBS20L is properly powered on. After the
steady off, and the temperature in the IBBS20L becomes normal, the
IBBS20L is in the low indicator will become normal.
temperature protection
statea
a: If the new IBBS20L works at a temperature close to the lowest

temperature -40°C (-40°F) for a long period of time, the IBBS20L
automatically switches to the low temperature protection state after being
powered on and gradually increases its operating temperature to a normal
temperature.
4. Close the cover plate for the cabling cavity of the IBBS20L. Use an M5 torque
screwdriver to partially tighten the screws on the cover plate according to the
sequence marked in the figure. Then tighten the screws to 2 N·m (17.70
lbf·in.), as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-203 Closing the cover plate of the cabling cavity
----End
1.5.25.6.3 Replacing an IBBS20L-E

If an IBBS20L-E becomes faulty or aging, you must replace it.
Prerequisites
● The following tools and materials are available: a pair of protective gloves, a
Phillips screwdriver, a hex torque screwdriver, a flat-head screwdriver, and
waterproof tape.
● A new lithium battery is prepared.
Procedure
Step 1 Put on protective gloves.
Step 2 Remove the original lithium battery.
1. Record cable connections on the lithium battery.
2. Use a flat-head screwdriver to raise the metal plate for fastening the fast
connector, and remove the fast connector, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-204 Removing a fast connector
3. Remove the cable from the BAT port, the cable from COM port, and the
PGND cable in sequence, and then insulate the cables.
NOTE
The running indicator on a lithium battery turns off about three minutes after the
cables are removed from the BAT and COM ports on the lithium battery.
4. Loosen the screws for fastening the hook and the pole installation bracket,
and remove the lithium battery, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-205 Removing the old lithium battery (vertical installation)

Figure 1-206 Removing the old lithium battery (horizontal installation)
Step 3 Install a new lithium battery.

1. (Required only for horizontal installation): Loosen the four screws on the
hook at the rear of the new lithium battery, install the removed hook on the
right side of the new lithium battery, and tighten the four screws on the hook.
2. Install the new lithium battery on the pole installation bracket, and tighten
the screws on the hook and pole installation bracket.
3. Connect the PGND cable, COM port cable, and BAT port cable to the lithium
battery based on the recorded cable connection positions.
4. Reinstall the fast connector.
5. Use waterproof tape to waterproof the cable connectors.
Step 4 Take off the protective gloves.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Pack the removed component and send it to the local Huawei warehouse.
1.5.25.6.4 Replacing Storage Batteries (BBC5200D/BBC5200T)

If storage batteries in a BBC5200D or BBC5200T become faulty or are
deteriorated, you must replace them. Generally, storage batteries are replaced in
batches.
Context
DANGER
positive and negative poles of the storage batteries. All tools in use such as the

NOTICE
● Change the value of the battery capacity parameter when replacing 50 Ah

storage batteries with 100 Ah storage batteries. Otherwise, the performance of
the storage batteries is affected. For details about the specific parameter, see
the corresponding MML Command Reference and Parameter Reference.
● Replace the entire battery pack. Avoid installing new and old storage batteries
in the same pack, which may deteriorate the performance of storage batteries.
Procedure
Step 1 Turn off the "BAT_UPPER" and "BAT_LOWER" circuit breakers for storage batteries
on the power distribution box in the battery cabinet.
figure.
Figure 1-207 Power switches for storage batteries
Step 3 Remove the power cables for the original storage batteries, as shown in the
following figure.
1. Remove terminal covers from the storage batteries, and disconnect the red
power cable on the positive pole and the black power cable on the negative
pole of the storage batteries.

2. Remove the copper bars from the poles of the batteries.

3. Reinstall the terminal covers on the poles of the storage batteries.
NOTICE
– Disconnect all power cables first from the positive poles and then from the
negative poles.
– After disconnecting cables from the storage batteries, use wire bushings to
protect the wiring terminals so that short-circuits are avoided.
Figure 1-208 Disconnecting the power cables from storage batteries
Step 4 Remove the storage batteries, as shown in Figure 1-209.

NOTE
Remove the storage batteries from top to bottom and from right to left.
1. Hold the traction sling on a storage battery, gently pull the storage battery
out, and then hold it with both hands to place it in a proper place.
2. Push the last storage battery to the middle, gently pull it out, and hold it with
both hands to place it in a proper place.

Figure 1-209 Removing storage batteries
Step 5 Install new storage batteries. For details, see Installing Lead-Acid Batteries in a
BBC5200D/BBC5200T.
Step 6 Turn on the "BAT" circuit breaker on the EPU, then turn on the "BAT_UPPER" and
"BAT_LOWER" circuit breakers on the power distribution box.
----End
1.5.25.6.5 Replacing Storage Batteries (BBC5300D/BBC5300T)

If storage batteries in a BBC5300D or BBC5300T become faulty or are
batches.
Context
It takes about 20 minutes to replace storage batteries.
DANGER
NOTICE

Procedure
Step 1 Turn off the "BAT_UPPER" and "BAT_LOWER" circuit breakers for storage batteries
on the power distribution box in the battery cabinet.
figure.
Step 3 Turn off the circuit breakers in the battery cabinet.

following figure.

NOTICE
negative poles.
Step 5 Remove the storage batteries, as shown in the following figure.

NOTE
Remove the storage batteries according to the sequence shown in the figure.
1. Hold the traction sling on a storage battery, gently pull the storage battery
2. Push the storage batteries on both side of the lower level to the middle,
gently pull them out, and hold them with both hands to place the batteries in
a proper place.

Step 6 Install new storage batteries. For detailed operations, see Installing Lead-Acid
Batteries in a BBC5300D/BBC5300T.
Step 7 Turn on the "BAT" circuit breaker on the EPU, then turn on the "BAT_UPPER" and
"BAT_LOWER" circuit breakers on the power distribution box.
----End
1.5.25.6.6 Replacing Storage Batteries (IBBS300D/IBBS300T)

If storage batteries in an IBBS300D or an IBBS300T become faulty or are
batches.
Prerequisites
available.
Context
It takes about 20 minutes to replace storage batteries.

DANGER
NOTICE
Procedure
NOTICE
components.
figure.

Figure 1-213 Power switches for storage batteries (Ver.D)

Figure 1-214 Power switches for storage batteries (Ver.E)
Step 3 Turn off the circuit breakers in the battery cabinet.
Step 4 Remove the power cables from the storage batteries, as shown in the following
figure.
1. Optional: If eBats are installed, remove the eBats from the storage battery.
For detailed operations, see 1.5.27.18 Replacing an eBat (IBBS200D/
IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T).
2. Remove the terminal covers from the poles of the storage batteries.
4. Remove the red positive cable from the right circuit breaker in the battery
cabinet to the positive terminal on the storage battery pack.
5. Remove the black negative cable from the NEG(-) terminal in the left DC
junction box in the battery cabinet to the negative terminal on the storage
battery pack.

Figure 1-215 Removing power cables from storage batteries

NOTE
● Remove the storage batteries in the sequence shown in the following figure.
● Hold the traction sling on a storage battery, gently pull the storage battery out, and hold it
with both hands to place it in a proper place.
Step 6 Install new storage batteries. For details, see Installing Storage Batteries in an
IBBS300D/IBBS300T.

Step 7 Optional: To reinstall the eBat that is removed in step Step 4.1, install the eBat
backplane on the new storage battery and perform subsequent operations in
1.5.27.18 Replacing an eBat (IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T).
Step 8 Turn on the "BAT" circuit breaker on the EPU panel again.
Step 9 Turn on the circuit breakers in the storage battery cabinet.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
1.5.25.6.7 Replacing Storage Batteries (IBBS200 (Ver.B)/IBBS200 (Ver.C))

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing storage
batteries that are used in the IBBS200D (Ver.B)/IBBS200T (Ver.B)/IBBS200D
(Ver.C)/IBBS200T (Ver.C).
Prerequisites
Context
● If storage batteries are faulty or deteriorating, you need to replace them.
Generally, storage batteries are replaced in batches.
● The procedures for replacing storage batteries in an IBBS200D/IBBS200T
(Ver.B)/IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C) are the same. This section describes the
procedure for replacing storage batteries in an IBBS200D/IBBS200T (Ver.C).
storage batteries with 100 Ah storage batteries. Otherwise, the performance
of the storage batteries deteriorates. For details about the specific parameter,
see corresponding MML command reference and parameter reference.
DANGER

NOTICE
Replace the entire battery pack. Avoid installing new and old storage batteries in
the same pack, which may deteriorate the performance of storage batteries.
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the "BAT_SW0" and "BAT_SW1" circuit breakers for storage batteries on
the power distribution box in the IBBS200D or IBBS200T, as shown in Figure
1-217.
Step 3 Turn off the "BAT" circuit breaker on the EPU or EPS panel, as shown in the
following figure.

Step 4 Move the baffle plate to remove the upper storage batteries.
1. Loosen the three screws on the baffle plate, as shown in the following figure.
2. Move the baffle plate downwards until the screw reaches the top of the hole.
Figure 1-218 Moving the baffle plate
(1) Baffle plate
following figure.
NOTICE
negative poles.


NOTE
● Remove the storage batteries from top to bottom and from right to left.
● Hold the traction sling on a storage battery, gently pull the storage battery out, and
then hold it with both hands to place it in a proper place.

Step 7 Install the new storage batteries and their power cables.
1. Install storage batteries from down to top and from left to right.
2. Install the baffle plate.
3. Install the power cables for the new storage batteries, as shown in the
following figure.
NOTICE
Install all negative power cables for storage batteries before you install
positive power cables.
Figure 1-221 Installing the power cables for the new storage batteries
4. Turn on the "BAT" circuit breaker on the EPU or EPS panel.

5. Turn on the "BAT_SW0" and "BAT_SW1" circuit breakers on the panel of the
power distribution box.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

1.5.25.6.8 Replacing Storage Batteries (IBBS200 (Ver.D)/IBBS200 (Ver.E))

If storage batteries are faulty or deteriorating, you must replace them. Generally,
storage batteries that are used in the IBBS200D (Ver.D), IBBS200T (Ver.D),
IBBS200D (Ver.E), or IBBS200T (Ver.E) are replaced in batches.
Prerequisites
available.
Context
DANGER
NOTICE

Procedure
NOTICE
components.

the power distribution box in the battery cabinet, as shown in Figure 1-222.
figure.
Figure 1-222 Power switches for storage batteries (Ver.D)
Figure 1-223 Power switches for storage batteries (Ver.E)

following figure.
NOTICE
negative poles.
Step 5 Remove the storage batteries, as shown in Figure 1-225.

NOTE
● Hold the traction sling on a storage battery, gently pull the storage battery out, and then
hold it with both hands to place it in a proper place.

IBBS200D/IBBS200T.
Step 7 Turn on the "BAT" circuit breaker on the EPU, then turn on the "BAT_SW0" and
"BAT_SW1" circuit breakers on the power distribution box.

----End
Follow-up Procedure
1.5.25.6.9 Replacing Storage Batteries (IBBS200T (Ver.D_A2))

If storage batteries in an IBBS200T (Ver.D_A2) become faulty or are deteriorating,
you must replace them. Generally, storage batteries are replaced in batches.
Prerequisites
available.
Context
DANGER
NOTICE


Procedure
NOTICE
components.
the power distribution box in the battery cabinet, as shown in Figure 1-226.
Step 3 Turn off the "BAT" circuit breaker on the EPU, as shown in Figure 1-226.
Step 4 Disconnected all power cables for the storage batteries, as shown in the following
figure.
1. Disconnect the red power cable on the positive pole and the black power
cable on the negative pole of the storage batteries, and remove terminal
covers from the storage batteries.


NOTE

IBBS200D/IBBS200T.
Step 7 Turn on the "BAT" circuit breaker on the EPU, then turn on the "BAT_SW0" and
"BAT_SW1" circuit breakers on the power distribution box.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
1.5.25.6.10 Replacing Storage Batteries (IBBS200T (Ver.E_A2))

If storage batteries in an IBBS200T (Ver.E_A2) become faulty or are deteriorating,
you must replace them. Generally, storage batteries are replaced in batches.

Prerequisites
available.
Context
DANGER
NOTICE

Procedure
NOTICE
components.
Step 2 Turn off the "BAT_SW" circuit breaker on the power distribution box in the lower
part of the battery cabinet, as shown in Figure 1-229.
Step 3 Turn off the "BAT" circuit breaker on the EPU, as shown in Figure 1-229.

Figure 1-229 Circuit breakers for storage batteries
(1) BAT circuit breaker on the EPU in (2) BAT_SW circuit breaker for the
the APM30H IBBS200T
Step 4 Disconnect all power cables for the storage batteries, as shown in the following
figure.
2. Remove the copper bars from the poles of the storage batteries.


NOTE
● Before removing the storage batteries, slide down the baffle plate in front of the upper
storage batteries.
Step 6 Install new storage batteries. For detailed operations, see Installing Storage
Batteries in an IBBS200D/IBBS200T.
Step 7 Turn on the "BAT" circuit breaker on the EPU.
Step 8 Turn on the "BAT_SW" circuit breaker on the power distribution box in the battery
cabinet.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
1.5.25.6.11 Replacing Storage Batteries (BTS3012AE)

If storage batteries in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) become faulty or are deteriorating,
you must replace them.
Prerequisites
Context
● For details about the replacement of storage batteries in an IBBS, see the
corresponding IBBS hardware maintenance guide.
in the same pack, which may deteriorate the performance of storage
batteries.
DANGER
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the "BAT" circuit breaker on the left side of the cabinet, as shown in the
following figure.

figure.
Step 4 Loosen the eight M3x8 screws on the panel of the built-in battery cabins and
remove the panel, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-233 Removing the panel from the battery cabins

Step 5 Disconnect the red power cable on the positive pole and the black power cable on
the negative pole of the storage batteries, make marks, and remove terminal
covers from the storage batteries. The following figure shows cable connections
for storage batteries.
NOTICE
Disconnecting the power cables from storage batteries:

● Disconnect the power cable on the positive pole of the storage batteries first
and then disconnect the power cable on the negative pole of the storage
batteries.
● After removing the power cables from the storage batteries, insulate the
power cables to prevent short circuits.
Figure 1-234 Cable connections for storage batteries (the 100 Ah or 150 Ah
batteries)

NOTE

Step 7 Install new storage batteries. For details, see section "Installing Storage Batteries"
in BTS3012AE Post-Upgrade Installation Guide.
Step 8 Turn on the "BAT" circuit breaker on the EPU panel, then turn on the "BAT_SW0"
and "BAT_SW1" circuit breakers on the power distribution box.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
1.5.25.6.12 Replacing Storage Batteries (BTS3900AL)

batteries that are used in a BTS3900AL.
Prerequisites

Context
● Replacing storage batteries interrupts the power backup in the cabinet.
● Generally, batteries are replaced in batches.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace all storage batteries.
● The following figure shows the positions of the storage batteries.
Figure 1-236 Positions of the storage batteries
DANGER
● Before replacing the storage batteries, pay attention to the NO STEPPING sign
on the PDU05A on the bottom of the cabinet. During the replacement, do not
step on the NO STEPPING area on the PDU05A.
● During the replacement, prevent short circuits or reverse connections between
the positive and negative poles of the storage batteries. All tools in use such as
the screwdriver must be insulated to prevent the batteries from burning and
ensure personal safety.
NOTE
If the device is working properly, you will hear a switching sound from the contactor in the
ETP when turning off the circuit switch for the storage batteries on the ETP or installing
storage batteries. This is a normal case.
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the "BAT" circuit breaker on the ETP.
following figure.
NOTICE
negative poles.
Step 4 Replace storage batteries.

1. Remove the baffle plate in front of the storage batteries, as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 1-238 Removing the baffle plate in front of the storage batteries
(1) Baffle plate for the storage batteries
2. Remove the original storage batteries, as shown in the following figure.

NOTE
– Remove the storage batteries from left to right.

– Hold the traction sling on a storage battery, gently pull the storage battery out,
and then hold it with both hands to place it in a proper place.
3. Install new storage batteries, as shown in the following figure.
NOTE
Install the new storage batteries from right to left.
Figure 1-239 Replacing storage batteries
Step 5 Install the power cables for the new storage batteries, as shown in the following
figure.
1. Remove the terminal covers from the storage batteries.
2. Install copper bars between the poles of neighboring storage batteries.

following figure.
NOTICE
Step 6 Install the baffle plate in front of the storage batteries.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.6.13 Replacing Storage Batteries (IBBS20D)

If storage batteries in an IBBS20D become faulty or are deteriorating, you must
replace them. Generally, storage batteries are replaced in batches.

Prerequisites
Context
DANGER
● During the installation, avoid any contact between the exposed metal
conductors in the power cables and the metal housing of the cabinet.
● During the installation, avoid short circuits or reverse connections between the
positive and negative poles of the storage batteries.
● All tools used for installation must be insulated to avoid burning of batteries
and to ensure personal safety.
● When the IBBS20D is installed at a height of 0 m to 3 m (9.84 ft), the storage

batteries in the IBBS20D can be directly replaced.
● When the IBBS20D is installed at a height of 3 m (9.84 ft) to 10 m (32.81 ft),
if there are difficulties in replacing the storage batteries, you can remove the
IBBS20D from the pole or wall and then replace the storage batteries.
Procedure
NOTICE
2. Turn off the power switch "BAT" on the IBBS20D, as shown in the following
figure.

NOTICE
Ensure that the input and output power switches on the storage batteries
have been turned off. If the switches are turned on, an excessively large
current may occur.
3. Switch off the customer's power device that supplies power to the base
station to power off the base station.
Step 2 Optional: If the IBBS20D is installed at a height of 3 m (9.84 ft) to 10 m (32.81
ft), remove the IBBS20D from the pole or wall.
1. Remove the power cables, monitoring signal cables, PGND cable, and
equipotential cable from the IBBS20D, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-242 Removing cables

2. If an OPM50M is installed beside the IBBS20D, remove the connection plate

on the top of the IBBS20D that is used for connecting another module, as
Figure 1-243 Removing the connection plate
(1) M6 screw (2) Connection plate
3. Use a hex screwdriver to remove the two M6 screws securing the hooks on
the IBBS20D to the upper brackets, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-244 Removing screws
4. Remove the two M10 nuts from the lower main and auxiliary brackets, as
Figure 1-245 Removing nuts
5. Remove the M10 bolts from the slots for the lower brackets, as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 1-246 Removing the bolts from the slots for the lower brackets
6. Remove the IBBS20D from the upper brackets, and place it on the ground, as
Figure 1-247 Removing the IBBS20D

1. Remove the rubber covers from the poles of the storage batteries and power
cables from the storage batteries, as shown in the following figure.
NOTE
Remove the positive power cable and then the negative power cable for a storage
battery when removing the power cables for storage battery.

2. Remove the copper bars between storage batteries, as shown in the following
figure.
Figure 1-249 Removing the copper bars between storage batteries
3. Remove the storage batteries from top to bottom and from right to left, as

NOTICE
Hold the traction sling on a storage battery, gently pull the storage battery
4. Install new storage batteries. For detailed operations, see Installing Storage
Batteries in OMB (Ver.C) Installation Guide.
5. Install the IBBS20D. For detailed operations, see DBS3900 & DBS5900
Installation Guide.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
● Place the replaced component into the packing box of the new component.
component.
1.5.25.6.14 Replacing Storage Batteries (IBBS700D/IBBS700T)

batteries that are used in an IBBS700D or an IBBS700T.
Prerequisites

Context
● Replacing storage batteries interrupts the power backup in the cabinet.
batteries.
● It takes about 120 minutes to replace all storage batteries.
● The following figure shows the positions of the storage batteries.
Figure 1-251 Positions of the storage batteries
DANGER
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the "BAT" circuit breaker on the external power equipment.
following figure.
NOTICE
negative poles.

1. Remove the two screws on the baffle plate in front of the storage batteries
and then remove the baffle plate.
2. Remove the original storage batteries.

NOTE
– Remove the storage batteries from top to bottom and from right to left.
– Hold the traction sling on a storage battery, gently pull the storage battery out,
and then hold it with both hands to place it in a proper place.
3. Install the new storage batteries from bottom up and from left to right.
4. Install the baffle plate in front of the storage batteries and tighten the two
screws on the baffle plate.
Step 5 Install the power cables for the new storage batteries, as shown in the following
figure.
1. Remove the terminal covers from the storage batteries.
2. Install copper bars between the poles of neighboring storage batteries.
following figure.
NOTICE
Step 6 Turn on the "BAT" circuit breaker on the external power equipment.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.6.15 Replacing Storage Batteries (MRE1000)

If storage batteries in an MRE1000 become faulty or are deteriorating, you must
replace them. Generally, batteries are replaced in batches.
Prerequisites
Context
storage batteries with 100 Ah storage batteries. Otherwise, the performance
of the storage batteries is affected. For details about the specific parameter,
see the corresponding MML Command Reference and Parameter Reference.
batteries.
DANGER
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the "BAT" circuit breaker on the EPU03A-21 subrack.
Step 3 Turn off the "BAT" circuit breaker on the AC power distribution box in the
MRE1000, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-254 Power switch for batteries
following figure.


NOTICE
negative poles.
Step 5 Remove the batteries, as shown in the following figure.

NOTE
● Remove the batteries from right to left.


Figure 1-256 Removing batteries
MRE1000.
Step 7 Turn on the "BAT" circuit breaker on the EPU panel, and then turn on the "BAT"
circuit breaker on the AC power distribution box.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

1.5.25.7 Replacing a BDU70-03

A BDU70-03 can be used in an EPU02B and an EPU05A-06/EPU05A-07/
EPU05A-08/EPU05A-09/EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12. This section describes the
procedure for replacing a BDU70-03.
Prerequisites
Context
● The BDU70-03 is hot-swappable.
● Replacing a BDU70-03 interrupts all the services carried by the devices that
are powered by the BDU70-03.
● It takes about three minutes to replace a BDU70-03.
The installation positions of a BDU70-03 in an EPU02B and an EPU05A-06/

EPU05A-07/EPU05A-08/EPU05A-09/EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 are shown in Figure
1-257, Figure 1-258, and Figure 1-259.
Figure 1-257 Position for installing a BDU70-03 in an EPU02B

Figure 1-258 Position for installing a BDU70-03 in an EPU05A-06/EPU05A-07/

EPU05A-08/EPU05A-09
Figure 1-259 Position for installing a BDU70-03 in an EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12
(1) BDU70-03
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the EPC5/EPC11 connector from the BDU70-03 and record the original
position.
NOTE
The removal and installation methods for a BDU70-03 in an EPU05A-06/EPU05A-07/

EPU05A-08/EPU05A-09 are similar to those for a BDU70-03 in an EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12. The
following uses the EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 (referred to as EPU05A) as an example.
Step 3 Remove the faulty BDU70-03 from the EPU02B/EPU05A, as shown below.
1. Release the buckle on the faulty BDU70-03, and rotate the handle on the
upper side outwards.
2. Hold the handle and remove the BDU70-03 from the slot.
Figure 1-260 Removing a faulty BDU70-03 from the EPU02B
Figure 1-261 Removing a faulty BDU70-03 from the EPU05A

Step 4 Install a new BDU70-03 in the EPU02B/EPU05A, as shown below.

1. Release the buckle on the upper left corner of the BDU70-03, and rotate the
handle on the upper side outwards.
2. Gently slide the BDU70-03 into the corresponding slot along the guide rails.
Figure 1-262 Installing a BDU70-03 in the EPU02B

Figure 1-263 Installing a BDU70-03 in the EPU05A
Step 5 Reconnect the cables to the BDU70-03 according to the cable connection records.
Step 6 Check the status of indicators on the BDU70-03 to determine whether the new
module is properly working. The normal indicator status of a BDU70-03 is as
follows: The RUN indicator is blinking (1s on and 1s off); the ALM indicator is
steady off.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.8 Replacing an SDU60-02

An SDU60-02 can be used in an EPU02S/EPU05A-06/07/08/09/11/12/EPU02S-02.
This section describes the procedure for replacing an SDU60-02.

Prerequisites
Context
● The SDU60-02 is hot-swappable.
● Replacing an SDU60-02 interrupts all the services carried by the devices that
are powered by the SDU60-02.
● It takes about three minutes to replace an SDU60-02.
● The installation positions of an SDU60-02 in an EPU02S/
EPU05A-06/07/08/09/11/12/EPU02S-02 are shown in Figure 1-264, Figure
1-265, Figure 1-267, and Figure 1-266 respectively.
Figure 1-264 Position for installing an SDU60-02 in an EPU02S

Figure 1-265 Position for installing an SDU60-02 in an EPU05A-06/EPU05A-07/

EPU05A-08/EPU05A-09
Figure 1-266 Position for installing an SDU60-02 in the EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12
(1) SDU60-02

Figure 1-267 Position for installing an SDU60-02 in the EPU02S-02
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the SPC1 connector from the SDU60-02 and record the original position.
NOTE
The removal and installation methods for an SDU60-02 in an EPU05A-06/EPU05A-07/

EPU05A-08/EPU05A-09 are similar to those for an SDU60-02 in an EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12. The
following uses the EPU05A-11/EPU05A-12 (referred to as EPU05A) as an example.
Step 3 Remove the faulty SDU60-02 from the EPU02S, EPU02S-02, and EPU05A, as
shown below.
1. Release the buckle on the faulty SDU60-02, and rotate the handle on the
2. Hold the handle and remove the SDU60-02 from the slot.

Figure 1-268 Removing a faulty SDU60-02 from the EPU02S/EPU02S-02
Figure 1-269 Removing a faulty SDU60-02 from the EPU05A
Step 4 Install a new SDU60-02 in the EPU02S, EPU02S-02, and EPU05A, as shown below.
1. Release the buckle on the upper left corner of the SDU60-02, and rotate the
2. Gently slide the SDU60-02 into the corresponding slot along the guide rails.

Figure 1-270 Installing an SDU60-02 in the EPU02S
Figure 1-271 Installing an SDU60-02 in the EPU05A

Figure 1-272 Installing an SDU60-02 in the EPU02S-02
Step 5 Reconnect the cables to the SDU60-02 according to the cable connection records.
Step 6 Check the status of indicators on the SDU60-02 to determine whether the new
module is properly working. The normal indicator status of an SDU60-02 is as
steady off.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.9 Replacing an SDU30-01

An SDU30-01 can be used in the EPU02S-02. This section describes the procedure
for replacing an SDU30-01.
Prerequisites


Context
● The SDU is hot-swappable.
● Replacing an SDU interrupts all the services carried by the devices that are
powered by the SDU.
● It takes about three minutes to replace an SDU.
NOTE
Replace the faulty SDU30-01 with an SDU60-02.
Figure 1-273 shows the position for installing an SDU30-01 in the EPU02S-02
Figure 1-273 Position for installing an SDU30-01 in the EPU02S-02
(1) SDU30-01
Procedure
Step 1 Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the SPC1 connector from the SDU30-01 and record the original position.
Step 3 Remove the faulty SDU30-01 from the EPU02S-02, as shown in Figure 1-274.
1. Release the buckle on the faulty SDU30-01, and rotate the handle on the
2. Hold the handle and remove the SDU30-01 from the slot.
Figure 1-274 Removing a faulty SDU30-01 from the EPU02S-02
Step 4 Install a new SDU60-02 in the EPU02S-02, as shown in Figure 1-275.

1. Release the buckle on the upper left corner of the SDU60-02, and rotate the
2. Gently slide the SDU60-02 into the corresponding slot along the guide rails.

Figure 1-275 Installing an SDU60-02 in the EPU02S-02
Step 5 Reconnect the cables to the SDU60-02 according to the cable connection records.
Step 6 Check the status of indicators on the SDU60-02 to determine whether the new
module is properly working. The normal indicator status of an SDU60-02 is as
steady off.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
1.5.25.10 Replacing a BDU65-03

A BDU65-03 (referred to as BDU in this section) can be used in an EPU02D-02.
This section describes the procedure for replacing a BDU65-03.
Prerequisites

Context
● The BDU is hot-swappable.
● Replacing a BDU interrupts all the services carried by the devices that are
powered by the BDU.
● It takes about three minutes to replace a BDU.
● The following figure shows the position of a BDU in a cabinet.
Figure 1-276 Position for installing a BDU in an EPU02D-02
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove an EPC5/EPC11 connector from the BDU and record its original position.
Step 3 Remove the faulty BDU, as shown in the following figure.
1. Release the buckle on the faulty BDU, and rotate the handle on the upper
side outwards.

2. Hold the handle and remove the BDU from the slot.
Figure 1-277 Removing the faulty BDU
Step 4 Install a new BDU, as shown in the following figure.

1. Release the buckle on the upper left corner of the BDU, and rotate the handle
on the upper side outwards.

Step 5 Reconnect the cables to the new BDU according to the cable connection records.
Step 6 Observe the indicator status of the BDU to determine whether the new module is
working properly. The normal indicator status of a BDU is as follows: The RUN
indicator is blinking (1s on and 1s off); the ALM indicator is steady off.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.11 Replacing an HSU (C28005G1)

An HSU (C28005G1) can be installed in an MRE1000. This section describes the
procedure for replacing an HSU.
Prerequisites
Context
● An HSU is hot-swappable.
● Replacing an HSU interrupts all the services carried by the devices that are
powered by the HSU.
● Replacing an HSU takes about 3 minutes.
● An HSU is used in an EPU03A-21 subrack. Its installation position is shown in

Figure 1-279 HSU positions
(1) HSU (2) PSU (3) HSU or PSU
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 To remove the connector from an HSU, push the buckles on both sides of the
connector and pull out the connector, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-280 Removing a connector from an HSU
Step 3 Remove the faulty HSU, as shown in the following figure.

1. Release the buckle for the ejector lever of the faulty HSU, and pull down the
ejector lever on the upper side.
2. Hold the ejector lever and remove the HSU from the slot.
Figure 1-281 Removing a faulty HSU
Step 4 Install a new HSU, as shown in the following figure.

1. Release the buckle in the upper left of the HSU, and lower the ejector lever
on the upper side.
2. Gently slide the HSU into the correct slot along the guide rails.
3. Raise the ejector lever and fasten the buckle.

Figure 1-282 Installing an HSU
Step 5 Connect the removed cables to the new HSU.

Step 6 Check the status of indicators on the powered equipment to determine whether
the new module is properly working.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.25.12 Replacing a Fuse (EPU05A/DCDU)

Fuses can be installed on the power equipment in the APM5930, APM30H (Ver.E),
TMC11H (Ver.E), BTS5900 (Ver.A), BTS5900L (Ver.A), APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H
(Ver.D_A2), APM30 (Ver.D_A1), APM30H (Ver.E_A2), APM30 (Ver.E_A1), TMC11H
(Ver.D), BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z), BTS3900(AC) (Ver.D), BTS3900AL (Ver.A), or
BTS3900L(AC) (Ver.D) cabinet. This section describes the procedure and
precautions for replacing a fuse.
Prerequisites
ESD gloves and an ESD box or bag.
● The quantities and types of fuses to be replaced are confirmed, and new fuses
are available.

Context
NOTICE
● Replacing a fuse interrupts all services carried by the corresponding module.

● Pay attention to the current derating when using a fuse. The current derating
proportion of the fuse varies with the ambient temperature. At a temperature
around 25°C (77°F), the current of a fuse must be lower than or equal to 75%
of the rated current.
● A fuse can be replaced only with a spare part provided by Huawei.
● When the indicator on the fuse base is steady on, the fuse is faulty. In this
case, replace the fuse.
● The fuse is hot-swappable.
● The fuse position varies with the base station type. The following table and
figure describe the fuse positions.
Table 1-70 Positions of fuses
Base Station Installation Position Illustration
BTS5900A EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08, Figure 1-284 shows the

EPU05A-07, or positions of fuses and the
EPU05A-09 in an spare fuse box.
APM30H (Ver.E)
DCDU-12B in a TMC11H Figure 1-286 shows the

(Ver.E) positions of fuses and the
spare fuse box.
BTS5900 (Ver.A) or DCDU-12A or DCDU-12B
BTS5900L (Ver.A) in a BTS5900 (Ver.A) or
BTS5900L (Ver.A) cabinet
BTS3900A (Ver.E) EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08, Figure 1-284 shows the

APM30H (Ver.E)
BTS3900A (Ver.D), EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04, Figure 1-285 shows the

BTS3900A EPU05A-03, or positions of fuses and the
(Ver.D_A1), or EPU05A-05 in an spare fuse box.
BTS3900A APM30H (Ver.D),
(Ver.D_A2) APM30H (Ver.D_A2), or
APM30 (Ver.D_A1)
EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04
in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z)
BTS3900(AC) EPU05A-02 in a
(Ver.D) or BTS3900(AC) (Ver.D)
BTS3900L(AC) cabinet or BTS3900L(AC)
(Ver.D) (Ver.D) cabinet

BTS3900 (Ver.D) or DCDU-12A or DCDU-12B Figure 1-286 shows the

BTS3900L (Ver.D) in a BTS3900 (Ver.D) or positions of fuses and the
BTS3900L (Ver.D) cabinet spare fuse box.
BTS3900AL (Ver.A) DCDU-12B or DCDU-12C

in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A)
cabinet
BTS3900A (Ver.D) DCDU-12C in a TMC11H

(Ver.D)
BTS3900A (Ver.E) DCDU-12C in a TMC11H

(Ver.E)
Table 1-71 Positions of fuses

DBS5900 or EPU05A-11 or EPU05A-12 Figure 1-283 shows the

BTS5900A subrack in an positions of fuses and the
APM5930(AC) cabinet spare fuse box.
EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08, Figure 1-284 shows the

APM30H (Ver.E)
DCDU15D in the Figure 1-287 shows the

APM5930(DC) positions of fuses and the
spare fuse box.
DCDU-12B in a TMC11H Figure 1-286 shows the

(Ver.E) positions of fuses and the
spare fuse box.
BTS5900 (Ver.A) or DCDU-12A or DCDU-12B Figure 1-286 shows the

BTS5900L (Ver.A) in a BTS5900 (Ver.A) or positions of fuses and the
BTS5900L (Ver.A) cabinet spare fuse box.

Figure 1-283 Positions of fuses and a spare fuse box in an EPU05A-11 or

EPU05A-12
(1) Spare fuse box (2) EPU05A-11/12
Figure 1-284 Positions of fuses and the spare fuse box in an EPU05A-06,
EPU05A-08, EPU05A-07, or EPU05A-09

Figure 1-285 Positions of fuses and the spare fuse box in an EPU05A-02,
EPU05A-04, EPU05A-03, or EPU05A-05
Figure 1-286 Positions of fuses and the spare fuse box in a DCDU-12A,
DCDU-12B, or DCDU-12C
(1) Fuse (2) Spare fuse box

Figure 1-287 Positions of fuses and the spare fuse box in a DCDU15D
(1) Fuse (2) Spare fuse box
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the power switch for the corresponding module whose power supply is
controlled by the fuse to be replaced. If there is no power switch, disconnect the
power cable connected to the module.
Step 3 Take out a new fuse from the spare fuse box and check that the rated current of
the fuse meets the requirement. There are two types of spare fuse boxes, as
NOTE
The spare fuse box of the EPU05A provides five 5 A fuses and three 30 A fuses.

Figure 1-288 Taking out a new fuse from an EPU05A
(1) Fuse
Figure 1-289 Taking out a new fuse from a DCDU
(1) Fuse
Step 4 Replace a fuse.

1. Pivot the ejector lever under the fuse terminal outwards, remove the fuse
base, and remove the fuse from the base, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-290 Removing the fuse to be replaced
2. Insert the new fuse into the corresponding ports of the fuse base, insert the
fuse base into the fuse terminal, and ensure that the fuse base is installed
securely, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-291 Replacing a fuse
Step 5 Turn on the power switch turned off in Step 2, and check whether the indicator on
the fuse terminal block is off. Then, determine whether the new fuse is working
properly according to the status of the corresponding module.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

1.5.25.13 Replacing a Fuse (EPU03A/EPS)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a fuse that is
installed on power equipment in an APM30H (Ver.B) or APM30H (Ver.C).
Prerequisites
ESD gloves, an ESD box or bag, and the key to a cabinet door.
● The quantities and types of fuses to be replaced are confirmed, and new fuses
are available.
Context
● If a DC output port on an EPU03A-02, EPS 01A, EPS 01C, or EPU03A-04 is to
be connected to a high-current device to provide power for the high-current
device and the fuse in the port does not meet the current requirement,
replace the fuse.
● The fuse is hot-swappable.
● The procedure for replacing a fuse in an APM30H (Ver.B) is the same as that
in an APM30H (Ver.C). This section describes the procedure for replacing a
fuse in an APM30H (Ver.C).
NOTICE
● Replacing a fuse on the power input port for the BBU interrupts all services
carried by the base station.
● Replacing a fuse interrupts all services carried by the corresponding module.
● Pay attention to the current derating when using a fuse. The current derating
proportion of the fuse varies with the ambient temperature. At a temperature
of 25°C (77°F), the current of a fuse must be equal to or lower than 75% of the
rated current.
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the power switch for the corresponding module whose power supply is
controlled by the fuse to be replaced.
Step 3 Remove the extraction tool from the mounting ear on the right side of the
EPU03A-02, EPS 01A, EPS 01C, or EPU03A-04, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-292 Removing the extraction tool
Step 4 Use an extraction tool to remove the fuse to be replaced, as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 1-293 Removing a fuse
Step 5 Remove the M3 screw from the cover plate for the spare fuse box, and take out
the new fuse, as shown in the following figure.
NOTE
A spare fuse box contains six 5 A fuses and two 15 A fuses.

Figure 1-294 Taking out a spare fuse
Step 6 Insert the new fuse into the corresponding port.
Step 7 Turn on the power switch that has been turned off in Step 2, and determine
whether the new fuse is working properly according to the running status of the
corresponding component.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26 Replacing Temperature Control Devices

This section describes how to replace different temperature control devices used in
1.5.26.1 Replacing Fan Assemblies

This section describes how to replace different fan assemblies used in 3900 and
5900 series base stations.


A FAN 03D can be used in a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D)/BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D)/IFS5906
cabinet. This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a FAN
03D.
Prerequisites
Context
● It takes about 15 minutes to replace a FAN 03D.
● The following figure shows the position of a FAN 03D in an IFS5906 cabinet.

Figure 1-295 Position of a FAN 03D in an IFS5906 cabinet
● The following figure shows the position of a FAN 03D in a BTS3900

(Ver.E_A~D) cabinet.

Figure 1-296 Position of a FAN 03D in a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) cabinet
● The following figure shows the position of a FAN 03D in a BTS3900L

(Ver.E_B~D) cabinet.

Figure 1-297 Position of a FAN 03D in a BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) cabinet
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the DC output connector from the DCDU panel.

NOTE
When removing an EPC4/EPC5/EPC11 connector, use your right hand to push the connector
inwards, use your left hand to pull the puller of the connector until the buckle of the
connector is unlocked, and then remove the connector.
Step 3 Remove the FAN 03D to be replaced.

1. Record the cable connections on the FAN 03D, and remove the cables.
2. Use an M6 Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from the mounting
ears of the fan assembly, and gently pull the fan assembly out of the cabinet

CAUTION
When removing the fan assembly, do not touch rotating fans to prevent injury
of your hands.
Figure 1-298 Removing a FAN 03D (IFS5906)
Figure 1-299 Removing a FAN 03D (BTS3900 [Ver.E_A~D]/BTS3900L

[Ver.E_B~D])
Step 4 Install a new FAN 03D.

1. Slide the new FAN 03D into the installation position and tighten four screws
(two screws on each side) on the mounting ears to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
2. Reconnect the removed cables to the corresponding ports of the new FAN
03D.
Step 5 Reconnect the connector removed in Step 2 to its original position.
Step 6 Check the status of indicators to determine whether the new FAN 03D is properly
working.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.1.2 Replacing a FAN 03C

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a FAN 03C that
is used in a BTS3900 (Ver.D) or a BTS3900L (Ver.D).
Prerequisites
ESD gloves and a Phillips screwdriver.
Context
● Replacing a FAN 03C interrupts heat dissipation of the cabinet and therefore
may cause overtemperature alarms. Moreover, an excessively high
temperature affects the services of the base station.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a FAN 03C.
● The procedure for replacing a FAN 03C in a BTS3900 (Ver.D) is the same as
that in a BTS3900L (Ver.D). This section uses the BTS3900 (Ver.D) as an
example.
● A handle is used during replacement. The handle is placed in a slot on the
upper right side of the cabinet door, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-300 Position of the handle
NOTE
The handle is only for pulling an RFU and a FAN 03C outwards horizontally.
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the EPC4 connector from the "LOAD6" port on the DCDU-12A, as shown
Figure 1-301 Position of the LOAD6 port
Step 3 Label the cables on the panel of the FAN 03C, and remove the cables.

Step 4 Loosen the captive screws on both sides of the adjustable cable trough, and lift
the adjustable cable trough, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-302 Lifting the adjustable cable trough
(1) Captive screw
Step 5 Remove the four M6 screws from the FAN 03C, and use the handle to pull it
outwards till one-third of its length. Support the FAN 03C with one hand, and pull
it out of the cabinet with the other hand, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-303 Removing the FAN 03C

Step 6 Insert a new FAN 03C, and tighten the four screws on the FAN 03C.
Step 7 Reinstall the adjustable cable trough to the original position, and secure the
captive screws on both sides of it.
Step 8 Reconnect the removed cables to the ports on the panel of the new FAN 03C
according to the cable connection record.
Step 9 Reconnect the EPC4 connector on the FAN 03C power cable to the "LOAD6" port
on the DCDU-12A.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.1.3 Replacing a FAN 03B

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a FAN 03B that
is used in a BTS3900 (Ver.C) or a BTS3900L (Ver.C).
Prerequisites
Context
● Replacing a FAN 03B interrupts heat dissipation of the cabinet and therefore
may cause overtemperature alarms. Moreover, an excessively high
temperature affects the services of the base station.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a FAN 03B.
● The procedure for replacing a FAN 03B in a BTS3900 (Ver.C) is the same as
that in a BTS3900L (Ver.C). This section uses the BTS3900 (Ver.C) as an
example.

Figure 1-304 Position of the handle
NOTE
The handle is only for pulling an RFU and a FAN 03B outwards horizontally.
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the DC power distribution switch labeled SW6 on the DCDU-11A. The
following figure shows the position of the SW6 switch on the DCDU-11A panel.

Figure 1-305 Position of the switch labeled SW6
Step 3 Label the cables on the panel of the FAN 03B, and remove the cables.
(1) Captive screw
Step 5 Remove the four screws from the FAN 03B, and use the handle to pull it outwards
till one-third of its length. Support the FAN 03B with one hand, and pull it out of
the cabinet with the other hand, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-307 Removing the FAN 03B
Step 6 Insert a new FAN 03B, and tighten the four screws on the FAN 03B to 2 N·m
(17.70 lbf·in.).
Step 8 Reconnect the removed cables to the ports on the panel of the new FAN 03B
Step 9 Turn on the switch labeled SW6 on the DCDU-11A.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.1.4 Replacing a FAN02G

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a FAN02G that
is used in an APM5930(AC) or an APM5930(DC) cabinet.
Prerequisites


Context
● A FAN02G houses a CCUC and fans. If any of the components is faulty, you
need to replace the FAN02G.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a FAN02G.
● The procedure for replacing a FAN02G in an APM5930(AC) is the same as
that in an APM5930(DC). This section uses the APM5930(AC) as an example.
● The following figure shows the position of the FAN02G in an APM5930(AC).
Figure 1-308 Position of the FAN02G in an APM5930(AC)
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 For an APM5930(AC), remove the connector on the FAN02G power cable from the
DC output port "LOAD8" of the EPU05A-11 or EPU05A-12. For an APM5930(DC),
remove the connector from the DC output port "LOAD10" on the DCDU15D panel.
NOTE
When removing an EPC4/SPC1 connector, use your right hand to push the connector
Step 3 Remove the FAN02G to be replaced.

1. Record all the cable connections on the FAN02G, and remove the cables.
NOTE
When replacing an external dry contact monitoring signal cable, use a screwdriver to
press the bulge of the connector, remove the bare wires, and then move the
screwdriver away.
DANGER
When pulling out the FAN02G case, do not touch the air intake vent at the
bottom of the case.

Figure 1-309 Removing a FAN02G
Step 4 Install the new FAN02G.

1. Slide the new FAN02G into the installation position gently, and tighten the
four screws on both mounting ears of the FAN02G to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
2. Reconnect the removed cables to the corresponding ports of the new FAN02G.
Step 5 Reconnect the connector removed in 2 into the corresponding port.
Step 6 Observe the indicator status to determine whether the new FAN02G is working
properly. For details about the status of the indicators, see FAN02G.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.1.5 Replacing a FAN02H

A FAN02H can be installed in an APM30H (Ver.E), TMC11H (Ver.E), APM30H
(Ver.E_B~D), TMC11H (Ver.E_B~D), APM30H (Ver.E_A2), TMC11H (Ver.E_A2),

APM30H (Ver.D), TMC11H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.D_B), APM30H (Ver.D_C),

TMC11H (Ver.D_B), TMC11H (Ver.D_C), APM30H (Ver.D_A2), or TMC11H
(Ver.D_A2). This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a
FAN02H.
Prerequisites
Context
● A FAN02H houses a CCUC and fans. If any of the components is faulty, you
need to replace the FAN02H.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a FAN02H.
● The procedures for replacing FAN02H modules in the APM30H (Ver.E),
TMC11H (Ver.E), APM30H (Ver.E_B~D), TMC11H (Ver.E_B~D), APM30H
(Ver.E_A2), TMC11H (Ver.E_A2), APM30H (Ver.D), TMC11H (Ver.D), APM30H
(Ver.D_B), APM30H (Ver.D_C), TMC11H (Ver.D_B), TMC11H (Ver.D_C),
APM30H (Ver.D_A2), and TMC11H (Ver.D_A2) are the same. This section uses
the APM30H (Ver.E) as an example.
● The following figure shows the position of the FAN02H in an APM30H.

Figure 1-310 Position of the FAN02H in an APM30H
Procedure
1. Put on an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
NOTICE
2. For an APM30H (Ver.E), remove the FAN02H power cable connector from the
"LOAD2" DC power output port on the EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08, EPU05A-07,
or EPU05A-09. For a TMC11H (Ver.E), remove the connector from the
"LOAD9" DC power output port on the DCDU-12C.
NOTE
When removing an EPC4/EPC5/EPC11 connector, use your right hand to push the
connector inwards, use your left hand to pull the puller of the connector until the
buckle of the connector is unlocked, and then remove the connector.

3. Remove the FAN02H to be replaced.

a. Record all the cable connections on the FAN02H, and remove the cables.
NOTE
When replacing an external dry contact monitoring signal cable, use a

screwdriver to press the bulge of the connector, remove the bare wires, and then
move the screwdriver away.
b. Use an M6 Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from the
mounting ears of the fan assembly, and gently pull the fan assembly out
of the cabinet along the guide rails, as shown in the following figure.
DANGER
When removing the FAN02H, do not touch the air intake vent at the
bottom of the FAN02H.
Figure 1-311 Removing a FAN02H
4. Install a new FAN02H.

a. Slide the new FAN02H into the installation position gently, and tighten
the four screws on both mounting ears of the FAN02H to 2 N·m (17.70
lbf·in.).
b. Reconnect the removed cables to the corresponding ports of the new
FAN02H.
5. Reconnect the connector removed in 2 to its original position.

6. Observe the status of indicators to determine whether the new FAN02H is

working properly. For details about the status of the indicators, see FAN02H.
7. Take off the ESD wrist strap or ESD gloves and pack up all tools.
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.1.6 Replacing a FAN 02E

A FAN 02E can be installed in an APM30H (Ver.E), TMC11H (Ver.E), APM30H
(Ver.E_A2), or TMC11H (Ver.E_A2). This section describes the procedure and
precautions for replacing a FAN 02E.
Prerequisites
Context
● A FAN 02E houses a CCUB and fans. If any of the components is faulty, you
need to replace the FAN 02E.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a FAN 02E.
● The procedures for replacing FAN 02E modules in the APM30H (Ver.E),
TMC11H (Ver.E), APM30H (Ver.E_A2), and TMC11H (Ver.E_A2) are the same.
This section uses the APM30H (Ver.E) as an example.
● The following figure shows the position of the FAN 02E in an APM30H.

Figure 1-312 Position of the FAN 02E in an APM30H
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 For an APM30H (Ver.E), remove the FAN 02E power cable connector from the
"LOAD2" DC power output port on the EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08, EPU05A-07, or
EPU05A-09. For a TMC11H (Ver.E), remove the connector from the "LOAD9" DC
power output port on the DCDU-12C.

NOTE
When removing the EPC4/EPC5/EPC11 connector plug, use your right hand to push the
connector plug, and use your left hand to pull the puller of the connector plug. After the
buckle for the connector is unlocked, remove the connector plug from the connector socket.
Step 3 Remove the FAN 02E to be replaced.

1. Record all the cable connections on the FAN 02E, and remove the cables.
NOTE
screwdriver away.
DANGER
When removing the FAN 02E, do not touch the air intake vent at the bottom
of the FAN 02E.
Figure 1-313 Removing a FAN 02E
Step 4 Install a new FAN 02E/FAN02H.

1. Slide the new FAN 02E/FAN02H into the installation position and tighten four
screws (two screws on each side) on the mounting ears to 2 N·m (17.70
lbf·in.).
2. Install the cables.
– If a FAN 02E is to be installed, reconnect the removed cables to the
corresponding ports of the new FAN 02E according to cable connection
records.
– If a FAN02H is to be installed and a cable needs to be replaced, remove
the entire cable and install the connectors at both ends of the new cable.
If a FAN02H is to be installed and a cable does not need to be replaced,
remove only the connector at the end of the cable connecting to the
faulty FAN 02E and install the connector in the corresponding port on the
new FAN02H, as described in the following table.
Ca Cable Wh Cable One End The Other

bi Connec eth Connect End
ne ting to er ing to Port on Port on the
t the to the the New
Ty Faulty Rep New Faulty FAN02H
pe FAN lace FAN02H FAN 02E (Connector
02E the (Connect )
Cab or)
le
AP FAN Yes FAN02H PWR port PWR port EPU/LOAD2

M 02E power (3V3 (EPC4 port (EPC4
30 power cable connector connector) connector)
H cable )
CCUB- No CCUC- COM_IN/ COM_IN/ BBU/UPEU/

BBU BBU U_COM0 U_COM0 MON0 port
monitor monitori port port (RJ45 (RJ45
ing ng (RJ45 connector) connector)
signal signal connector
cable cable )
COM_OU COM_OUT/ BBU/UPEU/

T/ U_COM1 MON1 port
U_COM1 port (RJ45 (RJ45
port connector) connector)
(RJ45
connector
)
Transfer Yes Transfer FAN_EXT FAN_EXT Fan in the

cable cable port (4- port (4-pin front door
for the for the pin connector) (interconne
fan in fan in connector ction
the the ) terminal)
front front
door door


02E the (Connect )
Cab or)
le
PMIU- Yes PMIU- PMI port PMI port PMIU/PMI

CCUB CCUC (RJ45 (RJ45 port (RJ45
monitor monitori connector connector) connector)
ing ng )
signal signal
cable cable
ELU No ELU ELU port ELU port RJ45 port

monitor monitori (RJ45 (RJ45 on the ELU
ing ng connector connector)
signal signal )
cable cable
Monitor No Monitori GATE GATE port Door status

ing ng port (bare wire) sensor
signal signal (bare (bare wire)
cable cable wire)
for the for the
door door
status status
sensor sensor
EMUA/ No EMUA/ MON1-1/ MON1-1/ Not

EMUB EMUB D_COM1- D_COM1-1 removed
monitor monitori 1 port port (RJ45
ing ng (RJ45 connector)
cable cable )
T FAN Yes FAN02H PWR port PWR port DCDU-12C/

M 02E power (3V3 (EPC4 LOAD9 port
C1 power cable connector connector) (EPC4
1H cable ) connector)
CCUB- No CCUC- COM_IN/ COM_IN/ BBU/UPEU/

BBU BBU U_COM0 U_COM0 MON0 port
monitor monitori port port (RJ45 (RJ45
ing ng (RJ45 connector) connector)
cable cable )


02E the (Connect )
Cab or)
le
COM_OU COM_OUT/ BBU/UPEU/

T/ U_COM1 MON1 port
U_COM1 port (RJ45 (RJ45
port connector) connector)
(RJ45
connector
)

signal signal )
cable cable

fan in fan in connector ction
the the ) terminal)
front front
door door
EMUA/ No EMUA/ MON1-1/ MON1-1/ Not

EMUB EMUB D_COM1- D_COM1-1 removed
monitor monitori 1 port port (RJ45
ing ng (RJ45 connector)
cable cable )
Step 5 Reconnect the connector removed in Step 2 to its original position.

Step 6 Check the status of indicators to determine whether the new FAN 02E/FAN02H is
working properly. For details about the status of indicators on the FAN 02E, see
FAN 02E. For details about the status of indicators on the FAN02H, see FAN02H.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.

component.

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a FAN 02D that
is installed in an APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H (Ver.D_A2), TMC11H (Ver.D), or
TMC11H (Ver.D_A2).
Prerequisites
Context
NOTE
Either a FAN 02D or a FAN 02E can be used as a replacement for a FAN 02D.
● A FAN 02D houses a CMUEA and fans. If any of the components is faulty, you
need to replace the FAN 02D.
● The procedures for replacing FAN 02D modules in different cabinets are the
same. This section uses the APM30H as an example.
● The following figure shows the position of the FAN 02D in an APM30H.

Figure 1-314 Position of the FAN 02D in an APM30H
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Before replacing the FAN 02D in an APM30H (Ver.D), remove the connector on the
FAN 02D power cable from the "LOAD2" port on the EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04.
For a TMC11H (Ver.D), remove the connector from the "LOAD9" DC power output
port on the DCDU-12C.
NOTE
Step 3 Remove the FAN 02D to be replaced.

1. Record all the cable connections on the FAN 02D, and remove the cables.
NOTE
screwdriver away.
DANGER
When removing the FAN 02D, do not touch the air intake vent at the bottom
of the FAN 02D.
Figure 1-315 Removing a FAN 02D
Step 4 Install a new FAN 02D/FAN 02E/FAN02H.

1. Slide the new FAN 02D/FAN 02E/FAN02H into the installation position and
tighten four screws (two screws on each side) on the mounting ears to 2 N·m
(17.70 lbf·in.).
2. Install the cables.
– If a FAN 02D is to be installed, reconnect the removed cables to the
corresponding ports of the new FAN 02D according to cable connection
records.
– If a FAN 02E is to be installed and a cable needs to be replaced, remove
If a FAN 02E is to be installed and a cable does not need to be replaced,
faulty FAN 02D and install the connector in the corresponding port on
the new FAN 02E, as described in the following table.


t the to the the New FAN
Ty Faulty Rep New Faulty 02E
pe FAN lace FAN FAN 02D (Connector
02D the 02E (Connect )
Cab or)
le
AP FAN No FAN 02E PWR port PWR port Not

M 02D power (3V3 (3V3 removed
30 power cable connector connector)
H cable )
CMUEA Yes CCUB- COM_IN COM_IN/ BBU/UPEU/

-BBU BBU port U_COM0 MON1 port
monitor monitori (RJ45 port (RJ45 (RJ45
ing ng connector connector) connector)
signal signal )
cable cable
Transfer No Transfer FAN_EXT FAN_EXT Not

cable cable port (4- port (4-pin removed
for the for the pin connector)
fan in fan in connector
the the )
front front
door door
PMU Yes PMU COM_OU COM_OUT/ PMU 11A/

11A- 11A- T port U_COM1 COM_IN
CMUEA CCUB (RJ45 port (RJ45 port (RJ45
monitor monitori connector connector) connector)
ing ng )
signal signal
cable cable
ELU Yes ELU ELU port ELU port RJ45 port

signal signal )
cable cable
T FAN No FAN 02E PWR port PWR port Not

C1 power cable connector connector)
1H cable )
(p
ow
er
ca
bin
et)


Cab or)
le
CMUEA Yes CCUB- COM_IN COM_IN/ BBU/UPEU/

ing ng connector connector) connector)
signal signal )
cable cable
Monitor Yes Monitori GATE GATE port Door status

cable cable wire)
for the for the
door door
status status
sensor sensor

signal signal )
cable cable
EMUA/ No EMUA/ COM_OU MON1-1/ Not

EMUB EMUB T port D_COM1-1 removed
monitor monitori (RJ45 port (RJ45
signal signal )
cable cable
T FAN No FAN 02E PWR port PWR port Not

C1 power cable connector connector)
1H cable )
(tr
an
sm
issi
on
ca
bin
et)


Cab or)
le
CMUEA
-BBU
Yes CCUB-
BBU
COM_IN
port
COM_IN/
U_COM0
▪ BTS3900
A:
COM_O
UT port
signal signal )
on the
cable cable
FAN 01C
in the
RFC
(RJ45
connect
or)
▪ DBS3900
: MON0
port on
the BBU
in the
APM30H
Monitor Yes Monitori GATE GATE port Door status

cable cable wire)
for the for the
door door
status status
sensor sensor

signal signal )
cable cable
– If a FAN02H is to be installed and a cable needs to be replaced, remove

If a FAN02H is to be installed and a cable does not need to be replaced,
faulty FAN 02D and install the connector in the corresponding port on
the new FAN02H, as described in the following table.


pe FAN lace FAN02H FAN 02D (Connector
02D the (Connect )
Cab or)
le
AP FAN Yes FAN02H PWR port PWR port EPU/LOAD2

M 02D power (3V3 (EPC4 port (EPC4
30 power cable connecto connector) connector)
H cable r)
CMUEA Yes CCUC- COM_IN COM_IN/ BBU/UPEU/

ing ng connecto connector) connector)
signal signal r)
cable cable

fan in fan in connecto ction
the the r) terminal)
front front
door door
PMU Yes PMU COM_OU COM_OUT/ PMU 11A/

11A- 11A- T port U_COM1 COM_IN
CMUEA CCUC (RJ45 port (RJ45 port (RJ45
monitor monitori connecto connector) connector)
ing ng r)
signal signal
cable cable

ing ng connecto connector)
signal signal r)
cable cable

cable cable wire)
for the for the
door door
status status
sensor sensor


02D the (Connect )
Cab or)
le

signal signal r)
cable cable

M 02D power (3V3 (EPC4 LOAD9 port
C1 power cable connecto connector) (EPC4
1H cable r) connector)
(p
ow CMUEA Yes CCUC- COM_IN COM_IN/ BBU/UPEU/
er -BBU BBU port U_COM0 MON1 port
ca monitor monitori (RJ45 port (RJ45 (RJ45
bin ing ng connecto connector) connector)
et) signal signal r)
cable cable

cable cable wire)
for the for the
door door
status status
sensor sensor

signal signal r)
cable cable

front front
door door


02D the (Connect )
Cab or)
le

signal signal r)
cable cable

M 02D power (3V3 (EPC4 LOAD9 port
C1 power cable connecto connector) (EPC4
1H cable r) connector)
(tr
an CMUEA
-BBU
Yes CCUC-
BBU
COM_IN
port
COM_IN/
U_COM0
▪ BTS3900
sm A:
issi monitor monitori (RJ45 port (RJ45
COM_O
on ing ng connecto connector)
UT port
ca signal signal r)
on the
bin cable cable
FAN 01C
et) in the
RFC
(RJ45
connect
or)
▪ DBS3900
: MON0
port on
the BBU
in the
APM30H

cable cable wire)
for the for the
door door
status status
sensor sensor


02D the (Connect )
Cab or)
le

signal signal r)
cable cable

front front
door door
Step 5 Check the status of indicators to determine whether the new FAN 02D/FAN 02E/
FAN02H is working properly. For details about the status of indicators on the FAN
02D, see CMUEA. For details about the status of indicators on the FAN 02E, see
FAN 02E. For details about the status of indicators on the FAN02H, see FAN02H.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

is used in an APM30H (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C).
Prerequisites


Context
● The FAN 02B houses an HPMI, a CMUE, and fans. If any of the components is
faulty, you need to replace the FAN 02B.
● Either a FAN 02B or a FAN 02F can be used as a replacement for a FAN 02B.
● The following figure shows the position of the FAN 02B in an APM30H.
Figure 1-316 Position of the FAN 02B in an APM30H
(1) FAN 02B (2) Fuse for the FAN 02B power cable
● The following figure shows the position of the FAN 02B in a TMC11H.

Figure 1-317 Position of the FAN 02B in a TMC11H
(1) FAN 02B (2) Power switch for the FAN 02B
● The procedure for replacing a FAN 02B in an APM30H (Ver.C) is the same as
that in a TMC11H (Ver.C). This section uses the APM30H (Ver.C) as an
example.
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Power off the fan assembly. For an APM30H (Ver.C), remove the fuse from the
"FUSE 5" slot on the EPU. For details, see 1.5.25.13 Replacing a Fuse (EPU03A/
EPS). For a TMC11H (Ver.C), turn off the "SW9" circuit breaker on the DCDU-11C.
Step 3 Remove the FAN 02B to be replaced.

1. Record all the cable connections on the FAN 02B, and remove the cables.

NOTE
screwdriver away.
Figure 1-318 Bottom view of the FAN 02B
2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from the mounting ears
of the fan assembly, and gently pull the fan assembly out of the cabinet along
the guide rails, as shown in the following figure.
DANGER
When removing the fan assembly, do not touch a rotating fan to prevent
injury of your hands.

Figure 1-319 Removing the FAN 02B
Step 4 Install a new FAN 02B or FAN 02F.

1. Gently push the new FAN 02B or FAN 02F into the installation position.
2. Tighten the two screws to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.) on each mounting ear of the
FAN 02B or FAN 02F.
Step 5 Install the cables.
● If a FAN 02B is to be installed, reconnect the removed cables to the
corresponding ports of the new FAN 02B according to cable connection
records.
● If a FAN 02F is to be installed, reconnect the cables as described in the
following table.

Cabine Cable Whe Cable One End The

t Type Connecti ther Connectin Other
ng to the to g to the Port on Port on End
Faulty Repl New FAN the Faulty the New
FAN 02B ace 02F FAN 02B FAN 02F
the (Connecto (Connect
Cabl r) or)
e
APM30 Fan power No Fan power PWR port PWR port Not
H cable cable (3V3 (3V3 remov
connector) connector ed
)
HPMI- No HPMI- PMU_DB50 PMU_DB5 Not

PMU PMU port (DB50 0 port remov
monitorin monitorin connector) (DB50 ed
g signal g signal connector
cable cable )
CMUE- No CMUH- COM_OUT COM_OU Not

PMU PMU port (RJ45 T port remov
monitorin monitorin connector) (RJ45 ed
cable cable )
CMUE- No CMUH- COM_IN COM_IN Not

BBU BBU port (RJ45 port (RJ45 remov
monitorin monitorin connector) connector ed
g signal g signal )
cable cable
ELU No ELU ELU port ELU port Not

monitorin monitorin (RJ45 (RJ45 remov
g signal g signal connector) connector ed
cable cable )

cable for cable for port (4-pin port (4- remov
the fan in the fan in connector) pin ed
the front the front connector
door door )

g signal g signal (2-pin (2-pin remov
cable for cable for connector) connector ed
the door the door )
status status
sensor sensor
TMC11 Fan power No Fan power PWR port PWR port Not
(power connector) connector ed
)


Cabl r) or)
e
cabinet CMUE- No CMUH- COM_OUT COM_OU Not

) PMU PMU port (RJ45 T port remov
monitorin monitorin connector) (RJ45 ed
cable cable )

cable cable )

door door )

the door the door )
status status
sensor sensor
EMUA/ No EMUA/ COM_OUT MON1-1/ Not

EMUB EMUB port (RJ45 D_COM1- remov
monitorin monitorin connector) 1 port ed
g signal g signal (RJ45
cable cable connector
)
TMC11 Fan power No Fan power PWR port PWR port Not
(trans connector) connector ed
missio )
n
cabinet Monitorin No CMUH- COM_IN COM_IN Not
) g signal CMUE port (RJ45 port (RJ45 remov
cable monitorin connector) connector ed
between g signal )
cascaded cable
CMUEs


Cabl r) or)
e

cable cable )

door door )

the door the door )
status status
sensor sensor
EMUA/ No EMUA/ COM_OUT MON1-1/ Not

EMUB EMUB port (RJ45 D_COM1- remov
monitorin monitorin connector) 1 port ed
g signal g signal (RJ45
cable cable connector
)
NOTE
When inserting or removing the DB50 connector on the environment monitoring signal
cable, you must insert or remove the connector perpendicularly to or from the HPMI with
your hands to prevent false monitoring alarms caused by bent pins.
Step 6 Reinstall the fuse removed in Step 2 in the "FUSE 5" slot on the EPU, and turn on
the "SW9" circuit breaker on the DCDU-11C.
Step 7 Check the status of indicators to determine whether the new FAN 02B or FAN 02F
is working properly. For details about the status of the indicators, see CMUE and
CMUH.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.

component.
1.5.26.1.9 Replacing a FAN 02A

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a FAN 02A that
is used in an APM30H (Ver.B) or TMC11H (Ver.B).
Prerequisites
ESD gloves, a Phillips screwdriver, and an ESD box or bag.
Context
● A FAN 02A houses an HPMI, a CMUA, and fans. If any of the components is
faulty, you need to replace the FAN 02A.
● Either a FAN 02A or a FAN 02F can be used as a replacement for a FAN 02A.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a FAN 02A.
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 For an APM30H (Ver.B), remove the fuse corresponding to the "LOAD0" port on
the EPS 01A/01C. For details, see 1.5.25.13 Replacing a Fuse (EPU03A/EPS).
Before replacing the FAN 02A in a TMC11H (Ver.B), turn off the circuit breaker for
the FAN 02A on the DCDU-03.
Step 3 Remove the faulty FAN 02A.

1. Record the cable connections on the panel of the FAN 02A, and remove the
cables.
NOTE
Remove the RJ45 connectors from the COM_IN, COM_OUT, and ELU ports on the CMUA
through the holes in the baffle plate on the ports, as shown in the following figure.
NOTE
screwdriver away.

Figure 1-320 Top view of a FAN 02A
2. Remove the four screws from both mounting ears of the FAN 02A, and gently
pull the FAN 02A out of the cabinet, as shown in the following figure.
DANGER
When removing the FAN 02A, do not touch the air intake vent at the bottom
of the FAN 02A.
Figure 1-321 Removing a FAN 02A
Step 4 Install a new FAN 02A or FAN 02F.

1. Gently push the new FAN 02A or FAN 02F into the installation position.
2. Tighten the four screws to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.) on both mounting ears of the
FAN 02A or FAN 02F.

● If a FAN 02A is to be installed, reconnect the removed cables to the new FAN
02A according to cable connection records.

● If a FAN 02F is to be installed and a cable needs to be replaced, remove the

entire cable and install the connectors at both ends of the new cable. If a FAN
02F is to be installed and a cable does not need to be replaced, remove only
the connector at the end of the cable connecting to the faulty FAN 02A and
install the connector in the corresponding port on the new FAN 02F, as
described in the following table.
Cabinet Cable Whethe Cable One End The
Type Connect r to Connect Other
ing to Replace ing to Port on Port on End
the the the the the
Faulty Cable New Faulty New
FAN FAN 02F FAN FAN 02F
02A 02A (Connec
(Connec tor)
tor)
APM30H Fan No Fan PWR PWR Not

power power port port removed
cable cable (3V3 (3V3
connect connect
or) or)
HPMI- No HPMI- PMU_DB PMU_DB Not

PMU PMU 50 port 50 port removed
monitori monitori (DB50 (DB50
ng ng connect connect
signal signal or) or)
cable cable
CMUA- No CMUH- COM_O COM_O Not

PMU PMU UT port UT port removed
monitori monitori (RJ45 (RJ45
cable cable
CMUA- No CMUH- COM_IN COM_IN Not

BBU BBU port port removed
cable cable

monitori monitori (RJ45 (RJ45 removed
cable cable


the the the the the
02A 02A (Connec
(Connec tor)
tor)

cable for cable for port (4- port (4- removed
the fan the fan pin pin
in the in the connect connect
front front or) or)
door door
Monitori No Monitori GATE GATE Not

ng ng port (2- port on removed
signal signal pin the
cable for cable for connect HPMI
the door the door or) (2-pin
status status connect
sensor sensor or)
TMC11H Fan No Fan PWR PWR Not

(power power power port port removed
cabinet) cable cable (3V3 (3V3
connect connect
or) or)
CMUA- No CMUH- COM_O COM_O Not

PMU PMU UT port UT port removed
cable cable

cable cable

front front or) or)
door door


the the the the the
02A 02A (Connec
(Connec tor)
tor)

ng ng port (2- port (2- removed
signal signal pin pin
cable for cable for connect connect
the door the door or) or)
status status
sensor sensor
EMUA No EMUA COM_O COM_O Not

monitori monitori UT port UT port removed
ng ng (RJ45 (RJ45
signal signal connect connect
cable cable or) or)
TMC11H Fan No Fan PWR PWR Not

(transmi power power port port removed
ssion cable cable (3V3 (3V3
cabinet) connect connect
or) or)
Monitori No CMUH- COM_IN COM_IN Not

ng CMUA port port removed
signal monitori (RJ45 (RJ45
cable ng connect connect
between signal or) or)
cascade cable
d
CMUAs

cable cable

front front or) or)
door door


the the the the the
02A 02A (Connec
(Connec tor)
tor)

ng ng port (2- port (2- removed
signal signal pin pin
cable for cable for connect connect
the door the door or) or)
status status
sensor sensor
EMUA No EMUA COM_O COM_O Not

monitori monitori UT port UT port removed
ng ng (RJ45 (RJ45
signal signal connect connect
cable cable or) or)
NOTE
When inserting or removing the DB50 connector on the environment monitoring signal
cable, you must insert or remove the connector perpendicularly to or from the HPMI with
your hands to prevent false monitoring alarms caused by bent pins.
Step 6 For an APM30H (Ver.B), insert the fuse corresponding to the "LOAD0" on the EPS
01A/01C. After replacing the FAN 02A in a TMC11H (Ver.B), turn on the circuit
breaker for the FAN 02A on the DCDU-03.
Step 7 Check the status of indicators to determine whether the new FAN 02A or FAN 02F
is working properly. For details about the status of the indicators, see CMUA.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a FAN 01D that
is used in an RFC (Ver.E) cabinet.

Prerequisites
Context
● A FAN 01D includes a CMUH and fans. If any of the components is faulty, the
whole FAN 01D must be replaced.
● The following figure shows the position of a FAN 01D in an RFC.
Figure 1-322 Position of a FAN 01D in RFC
(1) FAN 01D (2) Fuse terminal block for the FAN 01D
power cables
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the EPC4 connector from the LOAD6 port on the DCDU-12A.

Step 3 Label the cables connected to the FAN 01D, and remove them.
NOTE
When replacing an external dry contact monitoring signal cable, use a screwdriver to press
the bulge of the connector, remove the bare wires, and then move the screwdriver away.
Step 4 Remove the faulty FAN 01D.

1. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from both mounting ears
of the FAN 01D.
2. Use one hand to hold the FAN 01D and use the other hand to gently pull the
FAN 01D out of the cabinet, as shown in the following figure.
CAUTION
When removing the FAN 01D, do not touch a rotating fan to avoid injury to
your hands.
Figure 1-323 Removing a FAN 01D
Step 5 Install a new FAN 01D.

1. Place the FAN 01D on the installation position.
2. Use a hand to hold the FAN 01D and use the other hand to push the FAN 01D
into the cabinet until the mounting ears contact the columns.
3. Use a torque screwdriver to tighten the four M6x12 screws of the mounting
ears on both sides of the FAN 01D to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
Step 6 Connect the cable to the corresponding port on the new FAN 01D panel according
to the tag.
Step 7 Reinstall the EPC4 connector to the LOAD6 port on the DCDU-12A.
Step 8 Observe the status of the indicators, check whether the new FAN 01D is working
properly. For details about the status of the indicators, see CMUH.

----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.1.11 Replacing a FAN 01C

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a FAN 01C that
is installed in an RFC (Ver.D).
Prerequisites
Context
NOTE
Either a FAN 01C or a FAN 01D can be used as a replacement for a FAN 01C.
● A FAN 01C houses a CMUEA and fans. If any of the components is faulty, you
need to replace the FAN 01C.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a FAN 01C.
● The following figure shows the position of the FAN 01C in an RFC.

Figure 1-324 Position of the FAN 01C in an RFC
(1) FAN 01C (2) Fuse terminal block for the power cable
for the FAN 01C
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the EPC4 connector from the LOAD6 port on the DCDU-12A.
Step 3 Label the cables on the panel of the FAN 01C, and remove the cables.
NOTE
Step 4 Remove the faulty FAN 01C.

of the FAN 01C.
2. Support the FAN 01C with one hand, and pull it out of the cabinet with the
other hand, as shown in the following figure.

CAUTION
When removing the FAN 01C, do not touch a rotating fan to prevent injury of
your hands.
Figure 1-325 Removing a FAN 01C
Step 5 Install a new FAN 01C or FAN 01D.

1. Place the FAN 01C or FAN 01D in the installation position.
2. Support the FAN 01C or FAN 01D with one hand, and push it into the cabinet
slightly with the other hand until the mounting ears are in contact with the
columns.
3. Tighten the four screws to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.) on the mounting ears on both
sides of the FAN 01C or FAN 01D.

● If a FAN 01C is to be installed, reconnect the removed cable to the FAN 01C
after the installation according to the label.
● If a FAN 01D is to be installed and the cable needs to be replaced, remove the
01D is to be installed and the cable does not need to be replaced, remove
only the connector at the end of the cable connecting to the faulty FAN 01C
and install the connector in the corresponding port on the new FAN 01D, as


bin Connect ethe Connect End
et ing to r to ing to Port on Port on the
the Repl the New the New FAN
Faulty ace FAN 01D Faulty 01D
FAN the FAN 01C (Connector)
01C Cabl (Connect
e or)
RF FAN 01C No FAN 01D PWR port PWR port It has been
C power power (3V3 (3V3 removed
cable cable connector connector) and is not
) installed.
Monitori No Monitori GATE port GATE port It is not

ng ng signal (bare (bare wire) removed.
signal cable for wire)
cable for the door
the door status
status sensor
sensor
ELU No ELU ELU (RJ45 ELU (RJ45 It is not

monitori monitori connector connector) removed.
ng ng signal )
signal cable
cable
Monitori No Monitori TEMP1 TEM port It is not

ng ng signal port (4- (4-pin removed.
signal cable for pin connector)
cable for the connector
the temperat )
tempera ure
ture sensor
sensor
CMUEA- No CMUH- COM_IN COM_IN It is not

BBU BBU port (RJ45 port (RJ45 removed.
monitori monitori connector connector)
ng ng signal )
signal cable
cable
Monitori No CMUH- COM_OU COM_OUT It is not

ng CMUEA T port port (RJ45 removed.
signal monitori (RJ45 connector)
cable ng signal connector
between cable )
cascade
d
CMUEAs

Step 7 Reinstall the EPC connector to the LOAD6 port on the DCDU-12A to provide
power for the FAN 01C or FAN 01D.
Step 8 Check the status of the indicators to determine whether the new FAN 01C or FAN
01D is working properly. For details about the status of the indicators on a FAN
01C and a FAN 01D, see CMUEA and CMUH, respectively.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

is installed in an RFC (Ver.C).
Prerequisites
Context
NOTE
Either a FAN 01B or a FAN 01D can be used as a replacement for a FAN 01B.
● A FAN 01B houses a CMUE and fans. If any of the components is faulty, you
need to replace the FAN 01B.
● The following figure shows the position of the FAN 01B in an RFC.

Figure 1-326 Position of the FAN 01B in an RFC
(1) FAN 01B (2) Power switch for the FAN 01B
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the "SW6" circuit breaker on the DCDU-11A to power off the FAN 01B.
Step 3 Label the cables on the panel of the FAN 01B, and remove the cables.
NOTE
Step 4 Remove the faulty FAN 01B.

of the FAN 01B.
2. Support the FAN 01B with one hand, and pull it out of the cabinet with the
DANGER

Figure 1-327 Removing a FAN 01B
Step 5 Install a new FAN 01B or FAN 01D.

1. Place the FAN 01B or FAN 01D in the installation position.
2. Support the FAN 01B or FAN 01D with one hand, and push it into the cabinet
columns.
sides of the FAN 01B or FAN 01D.
● If a FAN 01B is to be installed, reconnect the removed cable to the FAN 01B
● If a FAN 01D is to be installed, reconnect the cables as described in the
following table.
Cable Whe Cable One End The Other
Connecti ther Connecti End
ng to to ng to the Port on Port on the
the Repl New FAN the Faulty New FAN
Faulty ace 01D FAN 01B 01D
FAN 01B the (Connecto (Connector)
Cabl r)
e
FAN 01B No FAN 01D PWR port PWR port It is not

power power (3V3 (3V3 removed.
cable cable connector) connector)

Cable Whe Cable One End The Other

Connecti ther Connecti End
ng to to ng to the Port on Port on the
the Repl New FAN the Faulty New FAN
Faulty ace 01D FAN 01B 01D
FAN 01B the (Connecto (Connector)
Cabl r)
e
Monitori No Monitorin GATE port GATE port It is not

ng signal g signal (bare wire) (bare wire) removed.
cable for cable for
the door the door
status status
sensor sensor

monitori monitorin connector) connector) removed.
ng signal g signal
cable cable
Monitori No Monitorin TEMP1 TEM port (4- It is not

ng signal g signal port (4-pin pin removed.
cable for cable for connector) connector)
the the
temperat temperat
ure ure
sensor sensor
CMUE- No CMUH- COM_IN COM_IN port It is not

BBU BBU port (RJ45 (RJ45 removed.
monitori monitorin connector) connector)
ng signal g signal
cable cable
Monitori No CMUH- COM_OUT COM_OUT It is not

ng signal CMUE port (RJ45 port (RJ45 removed.
cable monitorin connector) connector)
between g signal
cascaded cable
CMUEs
Step 7 Turn on the "SW6" circuit breaker on the DCDU-11A to power on the FAN 01B or
FAN 01D.
Step 8 Check the status of the indicators to determine whether the new FAN 01B or FAN
01B and a FAN 01D, see FAN 01B and CMUH, respectively.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.1.13 Replacing a FAN 01A

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a FAN 01A that
is used in an RFC (Ver.B).
Prerequisites
ESD gloves, a flat-head screwdriver, an ESD box or bag, and the key to the
cabinet door.
Context
NOTE
Either a FAN 01A or a FAN 01D can be used as a replacement for a FAN 01A.
● If the centrifugal fan or the CMUA in a FAN 01A is faulty, you need to replace
the FAN 01A.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a FAN 01A.
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the "FAN" circuit breaker on the DCDU-01.
Step 3 Record all cable connections on the panel of the FAN 01A.
Step 4 Remove all cables from the FAN 01A.

NOTE
Step 5 Remove the faulty FAN 01A.

1. Remove the four screws from both mounting ears of the FAN 01A.
2. Support the FAN 01A with one hand, and pull it out of the cabinet with the
Figure 1-328 Removing a FAN 01A
DANGER
Step 6 Install a new FAN 01A or FAN 01D.

1. Place the FAN 01A or FAN 01D in the installation position.
2. Support the FAN 01A or FAN 01D with one hand, and push it into the cabinet
columns.
sides of the FAN 01A or FAN 01D.

● If a FAN 01A is to be installed, reconnect the removed cable to the FAN 01A
● If a FAN 01D is to be installed and the cable needs to be replaced, remove the
01D is to be installed and the cable does not need to be replaced, remove
only the connector at the end of the cable connecting to the faulty FAN 01A
and install the connector in the corresponding port on the new FAN 01D, as


bin Connect ethe Connect End
et ing to r to ing to Port on Port on the
the Repl the New the New FAN
Faulty ace FAN 01D Faulty 01D
FAN the FAN 01A (Connector)
01A Cabl (Connect
e or)
RF FAN 01A No FAN 01D PWR port PWR port It is not

C power power (3V3 (3V3 removed.
cable cable connector connector)
)
Monitori No Monitori GATE port GATE port It is not

ng ng signal (bare (bare wire) removed.
signal cable for wire)
cable for the door
the door status
status sensor
sensor

monitori monitori connector connector) removed.
ng ng signal )
signal cable
cable
Monitori No Monitori TEM port TEM port It is not

ng ng signal (4-pin (4-pin removed.
signal cable for connector connector)
cable for the )
the temperat
tempera ure
ture sensor
sensor
CMUA- No CMUH- COM_IN COM_IN It is not

BBU BBU port (RJ45 port (RJ45 removed.
monitori monitori connector connector)
ng ng signal )
signal cable
cable
Monitori No CMUH- COM_OU COM_OUT It is not

ng CMUA T port port (RJ45 removed.
signal monitori (RJ45 connector)
cable ng signal connector
between cable )
cascade
d
CMUAs

Step 8 Turn on the circuit breaker for the FAN 01A or FAN 01D on the DCDU-01.
Step 9 Check the status of the indicators to determine whether the new FAN 01A or FAN
01A and a FAN 01D, see CMUA and CMUH, respectively.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.1.14 Replacing a FAN

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a FAN that is
used in a BTS3900 (Ver.B) or a BTS3900L (Ver.B) cabinet.
Prerequisites
Context
● Replacing a FAN interrupts heat dissipation of the cabinet and therefore may
cause overtemperature alarms.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a FAN.
● The procedure for replacing a FAN in a BTS3900 (Ver.B) is the same as that in
a BTS3900L (Ver.B). This section uses the BTS3900 (Ver.B) as an example.

Figure 1-329 Position of the handle in a BTS3900L (Ver.B)
Figure 1-330 Position of the handle in a BTS3900 (Ver.B)
NOTE
The handle is only for pulling an RFU and a FAN outwards horizontally.
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the DC power distribution switch on the DCDU-01. The following figure
shows the position of the switch on the DCDU-01 panel.

Figure 1-331 Position of the FAN switch
Step 3 Label the cables on the panel of the FAN, and remove the cables.
Step 5 Remove the four screws from the FAN, and use the handle to pull it outwards till
one-third of its length. Support the FAN with one hand, and pull it out of the
cabinet with the other hand, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-333 Removing the FAN
Step 6 Insert a new FAN, and tighten the four screws to 3 N·m (26.55 lbf·in.) on the FAN.
Step 8 Reconnect the removed cables to the ports on the panel of the new FAN according
to the cable connection record.
Step 9 Turn on the switch for the FAN on the DCDU-01.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.1.15 Replacing an FAU03D-03

The FAU03D-03 can be installed in an IBC10 (Ver.B). Replace the FAU03D-03 that
is faulty and cannot be repaired in time.
Prerequisites
ESD gloves, a flat-head screwdriver, a Phillips screwdriver, and an ESD box or
bag.


Context
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace an FAU03D-03.
● The following figure shows the position of the FAU03D-03 in a cabinet.

Figure 1-334 Position of the FAU03D-03 in a cabinet
(1) FAU03D-03
Procedure
Step 1 Record the positions of connectors to which cables for the FAU03D-03 are
connected and remove the connectors from the FAU03D-03.
Step 2 Use a Phillips screwdriver to loosen the four M6 screws on the FAU03D-03, raise
the mounting frame to remove its mounting ears from the cabinet, and remove
the faulty FAU03D-03, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-335 Removing the faulty FAU03D-03
Step 3 Install the new FAU03D-03, as shown in the following figure.

1. Use both hands to hold the FAU03D-03, keep the side with the "FAU03D-03"
silkscreen outwards and the port of the cable rightwards, and place the
bottom of the FAU03D-03 on the bottle gourd-shaped mounting pegs of the
installation plate.
2. Use a torque screwdriver to tighten the four captive screws on the installation
plate of the FAU03D-03 to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).

Figure 1-336 Installing the new FAU03D-03
Step 4 Connect the connectors of the power cable and monitoring signal cable for the
FAU03D-03 to the corresponding ports.
Step 5 Observe the indicator status to determine whether the FAU03D-03 is working
properly. For details about the status of the indicators, see FAU03D-03.

----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

An FAU03D-02 can be used in an IBC10. An FAU03D-02 needs to be replaced if it
is faulty and cannot be repaired in time.
Prerequisites
bag.
Context
● It takes about five minutes to replace an FAU03D-02.
● The following figure shows the positions of FAU03D-02s in a cabinet.

Figure 1-337 Positions of FAU03D-02s in a cabinet
(1) FAU03D-02
Procedure
NOTICE
components.

Step 2 Record the positions to which cables for the FAU03D-02 are connected and
remove the cable connectors from the FAU03D-02.
Step 3 Use a Phillips screwdriver to loosen the four M6 screws on the FAU03D-02 and
pull out the faulty FAU03D-02, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-338 Removing a faulty FAU03D-02
Step 4 Install a new FAU03D-02, as shown in the following figure.

1. Use both hands to hold the FAU03D-02, keep the side with the "FAU03D-02"
silkscreen outwards and the ports of the cable rightwards, and place the
bottom of the FAU03D-02 on the bent edge of the installation plate.
2. Use a torque screwdriver to tighten the four captive screws on the installation
plate of the FAU03D-02 to 2 N·m (17.7 lbf·in.).

Figure 1-339 Installing a new FAU03D-02
Step 5 Connect the power cable and monitoring cable for the FAU03D-02 to the
corresponding ports.
Step 6 Check the status of the indicators to determine whether the FAU03D-02 is
working properly. For details about the status of indicators, see FAU03D-02.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the FAU03D-01
that is used in a BTS3900AL cabinet.
Prerequisites


Context
● Replacing an FAU03D-01 disables heat dissipation and interrupts monitoring
services on the FAU03D-01.
● The following figure shows the position of an FAU03D-01.
Figure 1-340 Position of an FAU03D-01
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the EPC4 connector on the FAU03D-01 power cable from the LOAD9 port
on the lower DCDU-12C.
Step 3 Remove the faulty FAU03D-01, as shown in the following figure.

1. Record the cable connections on the faulty FAU03D-01, and disconnect the
cables from the faulty FAU03D-01.
NOTE
screwdriver away.
2. Remove the four screws from both mounting ears of the faulty FAU03D-01,
and gently pull the faulty FAU03D-01 out of the cabinet.
Figure 1-341 Removing the faulty FAU03D-01
Step 4 Install a new FAU03D-01.

1. Gently push the new FAU03D-01 into the installation position, and use four
screws to secure it to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
2. Reconnect the cables to the new FAU03D-01 according to the cable
connection record.
Step 5 Check the power-on status of the FAU03D-01.
1. Reconnect the EPC4 connector on the FAU03D-01 power cable removed in
Step 2 to the LOAD9 port on the lower DCDU-12C.
2. Check the status of indicators on the panel of the FAU03D-01 to determine
whether the FAU03D-01 is working properly. When the module is working
properly, the RUN indicator is blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s) or (on
for 0.125s and off for 0.125s), and the ALM indicator is steady off.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

An FAU02D-15 can be used in an ILC29. This section describes the procedure and
precautions for replacing an FAU02D-15.
Prerequisites
Context
● The following figure shows the position of the FAU02D-15 in an ILC29.

Figure 1-342 Position of the FAU02D-15 in an ILC29
(1) FAU02D-15
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the DC output connector from the "LOAD8" port on the panel of the
DCDU-12B.

NOTE
Step 3 Remove the FAU02D-15 to be replaced.

1. Record the cable connections on the FAU02D-15, and remove the cables.
CAUTION
When removing the fan assembly, do not touch rotating fans to prevent injury
of your hands.
Figure 1-343 Removing an FAU02D-15

1. Slide the new FAU02D-15 into the installation position in the cabinet, and
tighten the four screws on the mounting ears to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
2. Reconnect the cables to the ports on the panel of the new FAU02D-15
according to the labels on the cables.
Step 5 Reconnect the connector removed in Step 2 into the corresponding port.
Step 6 Check the status of indicators to determine whether the new FAU02D-15 is
properly working.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.


An FAU01D-05 can be installed in an MRE1000. This section describes the
procedure and precautions for replacing an FAU01D-05.
Prerequisites
Context
● An FAU01D-05 houses a CCUB and fans. If any of the components is faulty,
replace the FAU01D-05.
● The following figure shows the installation position of the FAU01D-05 in an
MRE1000.
Figure 1-344 Installation position of the FAU01D-05 in an MRE1000

● A handle is required during the replacement. The handle is placed in a

cabinet, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-345 Installation position of the handle
(1) Handle
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 For an MRE1000, remove a connector from the LOAD5 port on the EPU03A-21.
NOTE
Step 3 Remove the FAU01D-05 to be replaced.

1. Record the cable connections on the FAU01D-05, and remove the cables.
NOTE
screwdriver away.
ears of the fan assembly, and use a handle to gently pull the fan assembly
out of the cabinet along the guide rails, as shown in the following figure.
DANGER
Figure 1-346 Removing an FAU01D-05

1. Slide the new FAU01D-05 into the installation position in the cabinet, and
2. Reconnect the cables to the ports on the panel of the new FAU01D-05
according to the labels on the cables.
3. Reinstall the connector into the LOAD5 port on the EPU03A-21.
Step 5 Check the status of the indicator to determine whether the new FAU01D-05 is
properly working. When the FAU01D-05 is properly working, the indicator is
blinking green (1s on and 1s off).
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

An FAU01D-01 can be used in an OMB (Ver.C) cabinet. If an FAU01D-01 is faulty
and cannot be repaired in time, you must replace it.
Prerequisites
Context
● The following figure shows the position of an FAU01D-01.

Figure 1-347 Position of an FAU01D-01
(1) Inner air circulation fan assembly (2) Outer air circulation fan assembly
Procedure
● Replace an inner air circulation fan assembly.
a. Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
NOTICE
b. Remove the connector on the HEUB power cable from the "LOAD9" port
on the PDU10D-01. Remove the female fast connector (pressfit type) on
the FAU01D-01 power cable from the PDU10D-01.
c. Disconnect the interconnection terminals from the FAU01D-01 power
cable and remove the cable for the temperature sensor on the inner air
circulation fan.
d. Pinch the two tabs on the panel of the inner air circulation fan assembly
to remove it from the cabinet, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-348 Removing the inner air circulation fan assembly
e. Pinch the two tabs on the panel of the new inner air circulation fan
assembly and place the FAU01D-01 into position.
f. Reconnect the interconnection terminals to the power cable for the new
FAU01D-01 and reinstall the cable for the temperature sensor.
g. Reconnect the female fast connector (pressfit type) on the FAU01D-01
power cable to the PDU10D-01.
h. Check the status of the FAU01D-01 to determine whether the FAU01D-01
works properly.
● Replace an outer air circulation fan assembly.
a. Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
NOTICE
b. Remove the female fast connector (pressfit type) on the FAU01D-01

power cable from the PDU10D-01.
c. Disconnect the interconnection terminals from the FAU01D-01 power
cable.
d. Loosen the screws on the base plate and swing the plate downwards to
an angle about 45°, and then pinch the two tabs on the panel of the
outer air circulation fan assembly to remove the faulty FAU01D-01, as

Figure 1-349 Removing the outer air circulation fan assembly
e. Install the new FAU01D-01, and then tighten the base plate into position.
f. Reconnect the interconnection terminals to the FAU01D-01 power cable.
g. Reconnect the female fast connector (pressfit type) on the FAU01D-01
power cable to the PDU10D-01.
h. Reconnect the connector on the HEUB power cable to the "LOAD9" port
on the PDU10D-01.
i. Check the status of the FAU01D-01 to determine whether the FAU01D-01
works properly.
j. Take off the ESD wrist strap or ESD gloves, and pack up all tools.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.1.21 Replacing a Fan Assembly (APM30H (Ver.D_A2)/TMC11H (Ver.D_A2))

If the fan assembly in an APM30H (Ver.D_A2) or TMC11H (Ver.D_A2) becomes
faulty, you must replace it. The CMUEA and fan are installed in one fan assembly.
If any component becomes faulty, you must replace the whole assembly.
Prerequisites
available.

Context
● The following figure shows the position of the fan assembly in an APM30H.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a fan assembly.
Figure 1-350 Position of the fan assembly in an APM30H
Procedure
NOTICE
components.
Step 2 In an APM30H (Ver.D_A2), remove the connector on the fan power cable from the
DC output port "LOAD2" on the EPU. In a TMC11H (Ver.D_A2), remove the
connector from the DC output port "LOAD9" on the DCDU-12C.
Step 3 Remove the faulty fan assembly.
1. Record all the cable connections on the fan assembly, and remove the cables.
of the fan assembly, and then remove the fan assembly from the cabinet, as

DANGER
When removing the fan assembly, do not touch the air intake vent at the
bottom of the fan assembly.
Figure 1-351 Removing a fan assembly
Step 4 Place the faulty fan assembly in the ESD box or bag.
Step 5 Install the new fan assembly.
1. Slide the new fan assembly into the installation position in the cabinet, and
2. Reconnect the removed cables to the corresponding ports on the new fan
assembly.
Step 6 In an APM30H (Ver.D_A2), reinsert the connector on the power cable for the fan
assembly into the DC output port "LOAD2" on the EPU. In a TMC11H (Ver.D_A2),
reinsert the connector into the DC output port "LOAD9" on the DCDU-12C.
Step 7 Check the status of the indicators to determine whether the new fan assembly is
working properly. For details about the status of the indicators, see CMUEA.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.

1.5.26.1.22 Replacing a Fan Assembly (APM30 (Ver.D_A1/Ver.E_A1)/TMC (Ver.D_A1/

Ver.E_A1))
If the fan assembly in the APM30 (Ver.D_A1), APM30 (Ver.E_A1), TMC (Ver.D_A1),
or TMC (Ver.E_A1) is faulty, you must replace the fan assembly.
Prerequisites
available.
Context
● The following figure shows the position of the fan assembly in the APM30.
● It takes about 10 minutes to replace the fan assembly.
Figure 1-352 Position of the fan assembly in the APM30

Procedure
NOTICE
components.
Step 2 Power off the CMUH assembly.

● In an AC scenario, remove the output power cable connector from the LOAD2
port on the EPU.
● In a DC scenario, remove the output power cable connector from the LOAD9
port on the DCDU.
Step 3 Remove the faulty fan.

1. Loosen the two captive screws on the supporting plate, and then remove the
supporting plate by pulling the handle, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-353 Removing the supporting plate
2. Remove the fan cables from the transfer board. Use a Phillips screwdriver to
remove the four screws on the faulty fan, and then remove the faulty fan, as

Figure 1-354 Removing the faulty fan
Step 4 Place the faulty fan in the ESD box or bag.

Step 5 Install the new fan. Push the supporting plate into the installation position and
tighten the two captive screws on the plate.
Step 6 Reconnect the removed power cable to the "LOAD2" port on the EPU.
Step 7 Check the status of the indicators to determine whether the new fan assembly
works properly.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
1.5.26.1.23 Replacing a Fan Assembly in an RFC (Ver.D_A/Ver.E_A)

When the fan assembly in an RFC (Ver.D_A2), RFC (Ver.D_A1), RFC (Ver.E_A2), or
RFC (Ver.E_A1) is faulty, the fan assembly must be replaced.
Prerequisites
available.

Context
● The following figure shows the position of the fan assembly in an RFC.
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a fan assembly.
Figure 1-355 Position of a fan assembly
Procedure
NOTICE
components.

Step 2 Remove the EPC4 connector from the "LOAD3" port on the DCDU-13A on the left
side.
Step 3 Remove the faulty fan assembly.
1. Record all the cable connections on the panel of the fan assembly, and
remove the cables.
of the fan assembly, and pull the box out of the cabinet along the guide rails
gently, as shown in the following figure.
CAUTION
Do not touch the faulty fan if the fan is still rotating in case of injury.
Step 4 Place the faulty fan assembly in the ESD box or bag.
Step 5 Install a new fan assembly.
1. Push the new fan assembly into the installation position, and tighten the
screws on the two mounting ears to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
2. Reconnect the removed cables to the corresponding ports on the new fan
assembly.
Step 6 Reconnect the EPC4 connector to the "LOAD3" port on the DCDU-13A.
Step 7 Check the status of the indicators to determine whether the new fan assembly is
working properly.

----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
1.5.26.1.24 Replacing a Fan Assembly (OMB)

If a fan assembly in an OMB is faulty and cannot be repaired in time, you must
replace it.
Prerequisites
ESD gloves, an M3 Phillips screwdriver, and an M6 Phillips screwdriver.
● The quantities and types of modules to be replaced are confirmed, and the
new modules are ready.
Context
The following figure shows the position of the fan assembly in a cabinet.
Figure 1-357 Position of the fan assembly
(1) Inner air circulation fan (2) Outer air circulation fan

Procedure
● Replace an inner air circulation fan assembly.
NOTICE
boards, modules, or other electronic components.
b. Remove the HEUA power cable from the DC output port "LOAD1" on the
EPS30-4815AF in an AC cabinet or the DC output port "LOAD7" on the
DCDU-03B in a DC cabinet.
c. Remove the power cable from the "IntFAN" port and the temperature
sensor cable from the "ISENSOR" port on the HEUA.
d. Loosen the two captive screws from both sides of the inner air circulation
fan assembly, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-358 Removing the inner air circulation fan assembly
e. Insert the new inner air circulation fan assembly and tighten the two
captive screws on both sides.
f. Reconnect the power cable to the "IntFAN" port and the temperature
sensor cable to the "ISENSOR" port on the HEUA.
g. Reconnect the HEUA power cable to the DC output port "LOAD1" on the
DCDU-03B.
h. Check the status of the inner air circulation fan assembly to determine
whether it works properly.
● Replace an outer air circulation fan assembly.

NOTICE
boards, modules, or other electronic components.
b. Remove the HEUA power cable from the DC output port "LOAD1" on the
c. Remove the power connector from the outer air circulation fan assembly.
d. Loosen the two captive screws on the panel of the outer air circulation
fan assembly, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-359 Removing the outer air circulation fan assembly
e. Install the new outer air circulation fan assembly and tighten the two
captive screws.
f. Connect the power cable for the outer air circulation fan assembly to the
corresponding connector on the fan assembly.
g. Reconnect the HEUA power cable to the DC output port "LOAD1" on the
h. Check the status of the outer air circulation fan assembly to determine
whether it works properly.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
● Fill in the fault form with detailed information about the removed
component.

1.5.26.2 Replacing the Fan in the Front Door of the APM5930/BBC5200/

BBC5300 Series Cabinets
This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the top fan and
fan in the front door of the APM5930(AC), APM5930(DC), BBC5200D, BBC5300D,
BBC5200T, or BBC5300T.
1.5.26.2.1 Replacing the Top Fan of an APM5930

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the top fan in
an APM5930(AC) or APM5930(DC).
Prerequisites
Context
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a fan.
● The position of the top fan and the procedure for replacing the fan in an
APM5930(AC) are the same as those in an APM5930(DC). The following
figure shows the position of the top fan in an APM5930(AC) as the example.

Figure 1-360 Position of the top fan in an APM5930(AC)
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the connector on the output power cable from the "FAN_EXT" port on the
FAN02G.
Step 3 Remove the fan to be replaced.

1. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four M4 screws on the protective
cover of the top fan, and remove the protective cover, as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 1-361 Removing the protective cover
2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the M4 screw on the waterproof box on

the left of the cabinet top, and remove the protective cover of the waterproof
box, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-362 Removing the protective cover of the waterproof box
3. Remove the connector from the interconnection terminal of the top fan, as

Figure 1-363 Removing the connector from the interconnection terminal
4. Remove the connector from the interconnection terminal of the top fan, and
remove the rubber plug from the cable hole, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-364 Removing the fan cable
5. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four M4 screws used to secure the
fan, and remove the faulty fan, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-365 Removing the fan
Step 4 Place the faulty fan in an ESD box or bag.

Step 5 Install the new fan. Connect the new fan cable to the interconnection terminal
according to the recorded cable connections, and the recommended tightening
torque is 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
Step 6 Reinsert the connector on the power cable of the top fan to the "FAN_EXT" port
on the FAN02G.
Step 7 Listen to the sound generated by the running fan and observe the status of
indicators on the CCUC to determine whether the new fan is working properly. For
details about the status of the indicators, see FAN02G.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.2.2 Replacing the Fan Mounting Frame (BBC5200D/BBC5300D)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the fan
mounting frame in a BBC5200D or BBC5300D.

Prerequisites
Context
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a fan mounting frame.
● The procedure for replacing a fan mounting frame in a BBC5200D is the same
as that in a BBC5300D. This section uses a BBC5200D as the example.
● The following figure shows the position of the fan mounting frame in the
front door of a BBC5200D.

Figure 1-366 Position of the fan mounting frame in a BBC5200D
(1) Fan mounting frame in the front door (2) Power input port for the fan in the front
door

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 In a BBC5200D, remove the SPC1 connector on the fan power cable from the
power distribution box. In a BBC5300D, use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the
two M4 screws from the OT terminals on the fan power cable connected to the
Step 3 Remove the fan mounting frame to be replaced.

1. Open the cover plate for the CMUH (BBC5200D) or CCU01D-03 (BBC5300D),
record all cable connections on the CMUH (BBC5200D) or CCU01D-03
(BBC5300D), and remove the cables.
2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from the cover plate of
the fan, and remove the cover plate, as shown in the following figure.
3. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws used to secure the fan to
be replaced, and remove the fan, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-367 Removing the fan mounting frame
Step 4 Install the new fan mounting frame.

1. Place the new fan mounting frame on the installation position, hold it with
one hand, use a screwdriver to secure the four screws with the other hand,
and tighten the screws to 0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf·in.).
2. Install the cover plate for the fan mounting frame in the front door, and
secure the four captive screws on the cover plate.
3. Reconnect the cables to the corresponding ports on the CMUH (BBC5200D) or
CCU01D-03 (BBC5300D) according to the cable connections recorded in Step
3.1.
4. Close the cover plate for the CMUH (BBC5200D) or CCU01D-03 (BBC5300D).
Step 5 Reconnect the connector for the fan power cable removed in Step 2.
indicators on the CMUH (BBC5200D) or CCU01D-03 (BBC5300D) to determine
whether the new fan is working properly. For details about the status of indicators
on the CMUH (BBC5200D) or CCU01D-03 (BBC5300D), see CMUH or CCU01D-03.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.2.3 Replacing a TEC (BBC5200T/BBC5300T)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a
thermoelectric cooler (TEC) in a BBC5200T or BBC5300T.
Prerequisites
Context
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a TEC.
● The procedure for replacing a TEC in a BBC5200T is the same as that in a
BBC5300T. This section uses a BBC5200T as the example.

● The following figure shows the position of the TEC in a cabinet.
Figure 1-368 Position of the TEC
(1) TEC (2) TEC power input port

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 In a BBC5200T, remove the SPC1 connector from the BAT port on the distribution
box. In a BBC5300T, remove the two M4 screws from the OT terminals on the TEC
power cable connected to the power distribution box.
Step 3 Remove the TEC to be replaced.
1. Open the cover plate for the CMUH (BBC5200T) or CCU01D-03 (BBC5300T),
record all cable connections on the CMUH (BBC5200T) or CCU01D-03
(BBC5300T), and remove the cables, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-369 Opening the cover plate for the CMUH (BBC5200T) or
CCU01D-03 (BBC5300T)
2. Remove the two screws used to secure the protective cover for the TEC from
the inner side of the front door, and open the protective cover, as shown in

Figure 1-370 Opening the protective cover for the TEC
3. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the six M4 screws from the TEC, and
remove the TEC, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-371 Removing the TEC
Step 4 Install the new TEC.

1. Route the cables for the new TEC to the CMUH (BBC5200T) or CCU01D-03
(BBC5300T) through the cover plate on the front door, and use six M4 screws
to secure the TEC on the cover plate to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).

2. Close the protective cover for the TEC, and reinstall the two screws used to
secure the protective cover. The recommended tightening torque is 2 N·m
(17.70 lbf·in.).
3. Reconnect the cables to the corresponding ports on the CMUH (BBC5200T) or
CCU01D-03 (BBC5300T) according to the recorded cable connections.
4. Close the cover plate for the CMUH (BBC5200T) or CCU01D-03 (BBC5300T).
Step 5 Reconnect the connector for the TEC power cable removed in Step 2.
indicators on the CMUH (BBC5200T) or CCU01D-03 (BBC5300T) to determine
whether the new TEC is working properly. For details about the status of the
indicators, see CMUH or CCU01D-03.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.2.4 Replacing an Air Conditioner (BBC5200T-L/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/

IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E))
This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing an air
conditioner in a BBC5200T-L/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E).
Prerequisites
Context
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace an air conditioner.
● The procedure for replacing an air conditioner in a BBC5200T-L is the same as
that in a BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E). This section uses
a BBC5200T-L as an example.

● The following figure shows the position of the air conditioner in a BBC5200T-
L.
Figure 1-372 Position of a BBC5200T-L air conditioner
(1) Air conditioner
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the PMU 15A, as shown in the following figure.

1. Remove the two M4 screws connecting the mounting ear of the PMU 15A to
the cabinet door, and remove the PMU 15A (with the mounting ear).
2. Record the cable connections on the PMU 15A panel, and remove the cables.

Figure 1-373 Removing a PMU 15A
Step 3 Remove the power cable, PGND cable, and monitoring cable from the air
conditioner, as shown in the following figure.
1. Cut off the cable ties on the air conditioner cable bridge.
2. Use a flat-head screwdriver to loosen the two screws on both ends of the
power cable connector, and then remove the power connector and the PGND
cable.
3. Insert a flat-head screwdriver into the upper "NC" and "COM" ports, gently
lift the module, and remove the monitoring cable.
Figure 1-374 Removing the power cable, PGND cable, and monitoring cable
from the air conditioner
Step 4 Remove the air conditioner to be replaced.

1. Use a torque screwdriver to remove the four M4 nuts from the attachment
plate, and remove the attachment plate, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-375 Removing the air conditioner attachment plate
2. Use a torque screwdriver to remove the ten M5 nuts from the air conditioner,
and remove the air conditioner, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-376 Removing the air conditioner
Step 5 Install a new air conditioner.

1. Place the new air conditioner into the front door of the cabinet, and then use
ten M5 nuts to secure the air conditioner to the cover plate on the front door.
The recommended torque is 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
2. Install the attachment plate and tighten the four M4 nuts on the attachment
plate to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
Step 6 Reconnect the air conditioner power cable, PGND cable, and monitoring cable
removed in 3 and bind them to the air conditioner cable bridge.
Step 7 Reinstall the PMU 15A removed in 2. For details, see Installing a PMU 15A in the
BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L.
Step 8 Listen to the sound generated by the operating fan and observe the status of
indicators on the CMUH to determine whether the new air conditioner is working
properly. For details about the status of the indicators, see CMUH.

----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.3 Replacing the Fan in the Front Door (APM30H (Ver.E)/TMC11H

(Ver.E))
This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the fan for the
heat exchanger in the front door of an APM30H (Ver.E) or a TMC11H (Ver.E)
cabinet.
Prerequisites
Context
● The following figure shows the position of a fan in the front door of an
APM30H.

Figure 1-377 Position of a fan in the front door of an APM30H
(1) Fan in the front door (2) Fuse terminal for the power cable of the
fan in the front door
● The following figure shows the position of a fan in the front door of a
TMC11H.
Figure 1-378 Position of a fan in the front door of a TMC11H

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 If a fan in the front door of an APM30H is to be replaced, remove the output
power cable connector from the "LOAD2" port on the EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08,
EPU05A-07, or EPU05A-09. If a fan in the front door of a TMC11H is to be
replaced, remove the cable connector from the "LOAD9" port on the DCDU-12C.
NOTE

1. Remove the cable connector from the interconnection terminal on the fan in
the front door, and remove the rubber plug from the cable hole, as shown in
Figure 1-379 Removing the cable for the fan
2. Use a socket screwdriver to remove the M4 nut below the air deflector and
remove the air deflector, as shown in the following figure.
3. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the 15 M4 screws from the heat
exchanger, and remove the heat exchanger and air deflector from the front
door, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-380 Removing the heat exchanger
(1) Heat exchanger (2) Air deflector
4. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four M4 screws from the cover plate
for the fan, and remove the cover plate, as shown in the following figure.
5. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four M4 screws from the fan support,
and remove the fan and the support, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-381 Removing the fan and its support

6. Use a cable cutter to cut off the cable ties securing the power cable for the
fan, use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four M4 screws securing the fan,
and remove the faulty fan, as shown in the following figure.
Step 4 Place the faulty fan in an ESD box or bag.
Step 5 Install a new fan and tighten the screws to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
1. Install the new fan onto the support.
2. Reinstall the support in the fan cavity and tighten the four M4 screws on the
support.
3. Reinstall the cover plate onto the heat exchanger and tighten the four M4
screws on the cover plate.
4. Route the cable for the new fan through the cable hole on the right side of
the front door, and install a rubber plug in the cable hole.
5. Reinstall the air deflector on the front door and tighten the 15 M4 screws of
the heat exchanger and the M4 nut below the air deflector.
6. Reconnect the cable for the new fan to the interconnection terminal
according to the recorded cable connection.
Step 6 If a fan in the front door of an APM30H is to be replaced, reconnect the power
cable connector to the "LOAD2" port on the EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08, EPU05A-07,
or EPU05A-09. If a fan in the front door of a TMC11H is to be replaced, reconnect
the power cable connector to the "LOAD9" port on the DCDU-12C.
Step 7 Listen to the sound generated by the running fan and observe the status of the
indicators on the CCUB to determine whether the new fan is working properly. For
details about the status of the indicators, see FAN 02E.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.4 Replacing the Fan in the Front Door (APM30H (Ver.D_A1/Ver.E_A1)/

TMC11H (Ver.D_A1/Ver.E_A1))
When the fan in the front door of an APM30H (Ver.D_A1), TMC11H (Ver.D_A1),
APM30H (Ver.E_A1), or TMC11H (Ver.E_A1) is faulty and cannot be repaired within
a short period, the fan must be replaced.
Prerequisites
● The type of the EPU to be replaced is confirmed according to 1.6.1 Querying
the Electronic Label of a Cabinet, and a new EPU is available.
Context
● The following figure shows the position of the fan in the front door of an
APM30H.
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace the fan in the front door.

Figure 1-383 Position of the fan in the front door
Procedure
NOTICE
components.
Step 2 If a fan in the front door of an APM30H (Ver.D_A1) or APM30H (Ver.E_A1) is to be

replaced, remove the output power cable connector from the LOAD2 port on the
EPU. If a fan in the front door of a TMC11H (Ver.D_A1) or TMC11H (Ver.E_A1) is
to be replaced, remove the output power cable connector from the LOAD9 port on
the DCDU.

1. Remove the four M4x8 screws from the front door of the cabinet, and then
remove the faulty fan and air deflector, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-384 Removing the fan and air deflector
2. Remove the four M4x8 screws securing the air deflector from the removed
fan assembly, and then remove the air deflector. Remove the eight ST4.8x13F
screws securing the fan, and then remove the fan, as shown in the following
figure.
Figure 1-385 Removing the air deflector


Step 5 Install the new fan, as shown in the following figure.
1. Thread the eight ST4.8x13F screws through the protective screen to secure the
new fan to the fan assembly to 0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf·in.).
2. Use four M4x8 screws to secure the air deflector to the fan assembly to 0.55
N·m (4.87 lbf·in.).
3. Use the four M4x8 screws to secure the repaired fan assembly to the door to
0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf·in.).
Step 6 If a fan in the front door of an APM30H (Ver.D_A1) or APM30H (Ver.E_A1) is to be
replaced, reconnect the power cable connector to the LOAD2 port on the EPU. If a
fan in the front door of a TMC11H (Ver.D_A1) or TMC11H (Ver.E_A1) is to be
replaced, reconnect the power cable connector to the LOAD9 port on the DCDU.
indicators on the CMUEA or CMUH to determine whether the new fan is working
properly. For details about the status of the indicators, see CMUEA or CMUH.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
1.5.26.5 Replacing the Fan in the Front Door (APM30H (Ver.D/Ver.D_A2)/

TMC11H (Ver.D/Ver.D_A2))
This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the fan in the
front door of an APM30H (Ver.D)/TMC11H (Ver.D)/APM30H (Ver.D_A2)/TMC11H
(Ver.D_A2).
1.5.26.5.1 Querying the Fan Type

Before replacing a fan, query the fan type by checking the electronic label of the
cabinet remotely.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the DSP BTSELABEL command on the LMT to query the information of the
board that is configured on the GSM side or run the DSP ELABEL command on
the LMT to query the information of the board that is configured on the eGBTS,
UMTS or LTE side.
Step 2 Confirm the type of the cabinet that houses the faulty fan according to the ExInfo
area in the query result.

● If Heat Dissipation Parts.Panasonic is displayed in the ExInfo area, the faulty

fan is in a Panasonic heat exchanger.
● If no related information is displayed in the ExInfo area, the faulty fan is in a
Huawei heat exchanger.
● If Heat Dissipation Parts.Huawei is displayed in the ExInfo area, the faulty
fan is in a Huawei heat exchanger.
Step 3 Prepare a new fan according to the type of the heat exchanger.
----End
1.5.26.5.2 Replacing the Fan in a Huawei Heat Exchanger in the Front Door
This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the fan in a
Huawei heat exchanger in the front door of an APM30H (Ver.D), TMC11H (Ver.D),
APM30H (Ver.D_A2), or TMC11H (Ver.D_A2).
Prerequisites
● The quantity and model of fans to be replaced are confirmed. For details, see
1.5.26.5.1 Querying the Fan Type.
Context
● The following figure shows the positions of the fans in the front doors of an
APM30H (Ver.D) and an APM30H (Ver.D_A2).
Figure 1-386 Positions of the fans in the front doors of APM30Hs
(1) Fan in the front door (2) Fuse terminal block for the power cable
for the fan in the front door

● The following figure shows the positions of the fans in the front doors of a
TMC11H (Ver.D) and a TMC11H (Ver.D_A2).
Figure 1-387 Positions of the fans in the front doors of TMC11Hs
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Before replacing the fan in the front door of an APM30H, remove the connector
on the output power cable from the LOAD2 port on the EPU. Before replacing the
fan in the front door of a TMC11H, remove the cable connector from the LOAD9
NOTE

1. Remove the connector from the interconnection terminal on one side of the
front door, and remove the rubber plug from the cable hole, as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 1-388 Removing the cable for a fan
Figure 1-389 Removing a heat exchanger
for the fan cavity, and remove the cover plate, as shown in the following
figure.

5. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four M4 screws from the supporting
plate for the fan. Then remove the fan and its supporting plate together, as
Figure 1-390 Removing a fan and its supporting plate
and remove the fan, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-391 Removing a fan


Step 5 Install the new fan and tighten all screws in this step to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
1. Install the new fan onto the supporting plate.
2. Reinstall the supporting plate in the fan cavity and tighten the four M4
screws on the supporting plate.
3. Reinstall the cover plate and tighten the four M4 screws on the four corners
of the cover plate.
5. Reinstall the air deflector on the front door and tighten the 15 M4 screws
onto the heat exchanger one by one.
6. Reconnect the cables for the new fan to the interconnection terminal
Step 6 After installing a new fan in the front door of the APM30H, reconnect the power
cable connector to the LOAD2 port on the EPU. After installing a new fan in the
front door of the TMC11H, reconnect the power cable connector to the LOAD9
indicators on the CMUEA to determine whether the new fan is working properly.
For details about the status of the indicators, see CMUEA.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.5.3 Replacing the Fan in a Panasonic Heat Exchanger in the Front Door
Panasonic heat exchanger in the front door of an APM30H (Ver.D), APM30H
(Ver.D_A2), TMC11H (Ver.D), or TMC11H (Ver.D_A2).
Prerequisites

Context
APM30H.
Figure 1-392 Positions of the fans in the front doors of APM30Hs
● The following figure shows the position of the fan in the front door of a
TMC11H.
Figure 1-393 Positions of the fans in the front doors of TMC11Hs
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Before replacing the fan in the front door of an APM30H, remove the connector
on the output power cable from the LOAD2 port on the EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04.
Before replacing the fan in the front door of a TMC11H, remove the cable
connector from the LOAD9 port on the DCDU-12C.
NOTE

1. Remove the connector from the interconnection terminal on one side of the
front door, and remove the rubber plug from the cable hole, as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 1-394 Removing the cable for a fan

figure.
Figure 1-396 Removing a fan and its supporting plate

1. Remove the four M4 screws reserved on the supporting plate for the fan, and
rotate the supporting plate 90 degrees clockwise.
2. Use the four reserved M4 screws to secure the fan to the supporting plate, as
Figure 1-398 Installing a new fan onto a supporting plate

3. Reinstall the supporting plate in the fan cavity and tighten the four M4
screws on the supporting plate.
4. Reinstall the cover plate and tighten the four M4 screws on the four corners
of the cover plate.
6. Reinstall the air deflector on the front door and tighten the 15 M4 screws
onto the heat exchanger one by one.
7. Reconnect the cables for the new fan to the interconnection terminal
Step 5 After installing a new fan in the front door of an APM30H, reinsert the connector
on the power cable into the LOAD2 port on the EPU05A-02 or EPU05A-04. After
installing a new fan in the front door of a TMC11H, reinsert the cable connector
into the LOAD9 port on the DCDU-12C.
indicators on the CMUEA to determine whether the new fan is working properly.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.6 Replacing the Fan in the Front Door (APM30H (Ver.C)/TMC11H

(Ver.C))
This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the fan
assembly in an APM30H (Ver.C) or TMC11H (Ver.C).

cabinet remotely.
Procedure
UMTS or LTE side.


----End
Huawei heat exchanger in the front door of an APM30H (Ver.C) or a TMC11H
(Ver.C) cabinet.
Prerequisites
Context
APM30H.

Figure 1-399 Position of the fan in the front door of an APM30H
(1) Fan in the front door (2) Fuse for the fan
TMC11H.
Figure 1-400 Position of the fan in the front door of a TMC11H
(1) Fan in the front door (2) Power switch for the fan in the front
door

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Before replacing the fan in the front door of an APM30H, remove the fuse from
the FUSE 5 slot on the EPU. For detailed operations, see 1.5.25.13 Replacing a
Fuse (EPU03A/EPS). Before replacing the fan in the front door of a TMC11H, turn
off the "SW9" circuit breaker on the DCDU-11C.

1. Record the connections of the cable between the faulty fan and the transfer
board. Then disconnect the cable and remove the rubber plug from the cable
hole, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-401 Disconnecting the cable for the fan

remove the air deflector from the heat exchanger, as shown in the following
figure.

4. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the seven M4 screws from the cover
plate for the fan cavity, and remove the cover plate, as shown in the following
figure.

Figure 1-403 Removing the fan and its supporting plate
6. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four M4 screws securing the fan, and
remove the fan from the supporting plate, as shown in the following figure.

1. Install the new fan onto the supporting plate and tighten the four M4 screws
securing the fan.
2. Install the new fan into the fan cavity in the heat exchanger and tighten the
four M4 screws on the four corners of the supporting plate.
3. Reinstall the cover plate for the fan cavity onto the heat exchanger and
tighten the seven M4 screws on the cover plate.
5. Reinstall the air deflector onto the heat exchanger and tighten the M4 nut.
6. Reinstall the heat exchanger onto the front door and tighten the 15 M4
screws onto the heat exchanger one by one.
7. Reconnect the cables for the new fan to the transfer board according to the
cable connection record.
Step 6 After installing a new fan in the front door of the APM30H, reinstall the fuse into
the FUSE 5 slot on the EPU. After installing a new fan in the front door of the
TMC11H, turn on the "SW9" circuit breaker on the DCDU-11C.
indicators on the CMUE to determine whether the new fan is working properly.
For details about the status of the indicators, see CMUE.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
Panasonic heat exchanger in the front door of an APM30H (Ver.C) or a TMC11H
(Ver.C) cabinet.
Prerequisites

Context
APM30H.
(1) Fan in the front door (2) Fuse for the fan
TMC11H.

Figure 1-406 Position of the fan in the front door of a TMC11H
door
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Before replacing the fan in the front door of an APM30H, remove the fuse from
the FUSE 5 slot on the EPU. For detailed operations, see 1.5.25.13 Replacing a
Fuse (EPU03A/EPS). Before replacing the fan in the front door of a TMC11H, turn
off the "SW9" circuit breaker on the DCDU-11C.
1. Record the connections of the cable between the faulty fan and the transfer
board. Then disconnect the cable and remove the rubber plug from the cable
hole, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-407 Disconnecting the cable for the fan

remove the air deflector from the heat exchanger, as shown in the following
figure.

Step 4 Install a new component.

● If the new component is the fan in a Panasonic heat exchanger, perform the
following operations:
a. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four M4 screws from the cover
plate for the fan cavity, and remove the cover plate, as shown in the
following figure.
b. Use a cable cutter to cut off the cable ties securing the power cable for
the fan, use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four M4 screws securing
the fan, and remove the fan, as shown in the following figure.

c. Install the new fan and tighten all screws in this step to 1.2 N·m (10.62
lbf·in.).
i. Install the new fan into the fan cavity in the heat exchanger and
tighten the four screws around the fan.
ii. Reinstall the cover plate and tighten the four M4 screws on the four
corners of the cover plate.
iii. Route the cable for the new fan through the cable hole on the right
side of the front door, and install a rubber plug in the cable hole.
iv. Reinstall the air deflector onto the heat exchanger and tighten the
M4 nut.
v. Reinstall the heat exchanger onto the front door and tighten the 15
M4 screws onto the heat exchanger one by one.
vi. Reconnect the cables for the new fan to the transfer board according
to the cable connection record.
● If the new component is a Huawei heat exchanger, perform the following
operations:
a. Reinstall the air deflector onto the heat exchanger and tighten the M4
nut to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
b. Reinstall the heat exchanger onto the front door and tighten the 15 M4
screws to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
c. Reconnect the cables for the new fan to the transfer board according to
the cable connection record.
Step 5 After installing a new fan in the front door of the APM30H, reinstall the fuse into
the FUSE 5 slot on the EPU. After installing a new fan in the front door of the
TMC11H, turn on the "SW9" circuit breaker on the DCDU-11C.

For details about the status of the indicators, see CMUE.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.7 Replacing the Fan in the Front Door (Ver.B)

front door that is used in an APM30H (Ver.B) or a TMC11H (Ver.B) cabinet.

cabinet remotely.
Procedure
UMTS or LTE side.
----End
Huawei heat exchanger in the front door.

Prerequisites
ESD gloves, a Phillips screwdriver, an ESD box or bag, and keys to the cabinet
door.
Context
APM30H.
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the fuse from the slot corresponding to the "LOAD0" port on the EPS to
power off the CMUA. For detailed operations, see 1.5.25.13 Replacing a Fuse
(EPU03A/EPS).
Step 3 Remove the power cable from the FAN_EXT port on the CMUA to power off the
fan.

Step 4 Remove the screws on the cover plate for the transfer plate for the fan, and
remove the cover plate.
Step 5 Label the cables connected to the faulty fan, and then disconnect the cables, as
shown by 1 in the following figure.
Step 6 Remove the eight screws on the cover plate for the fan cavity, and remove the
cover plate, as shown by 2 in the following figure.
Step 7 Remove the baffle plate and rubber plug from the cable hole on one side of the
fan cavity, and remove the cable for the fan, as shown by 3 in the following figure.
Step 8 Remove the four screws on the support plate for the fan, and remove the support
plate and fan from the APM30H, as shown by 4 in the following figure.
Figure 1-411 Removing the fan in the front door of the APM30H
Step 9 Remove the four screws fixing the fan from the support plate and then remove
the fan.
Step 10 Route the cable for the new fan through the cable hole in the supporting plate,
and tighten the four screws to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
Step 11 Reinstall the cover plate with a new fan into the fan cavity, and tighten the four
Step 12 Route the cable for the fan through the cable hole on the fan cavity, and add the
rubber plug and baffle plate onto the cable hole.

Step 13 Tighten the two screws on the baffle plate to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
Step 14 Reconnect the cables for the fan to the transfer plate according to the cable
connection record, and reinstall the cover plate for the transfer plate.
Step 15 Reconnect the connector on the CMUA side to the FAN_EXT port on the CMUA.
Step 16 Reinstall the fuse in the slot corresponding to the LOAD0 port.
indicators on the CMUA panel to determine whether the new fan in the front door
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
Panasonic heat exchanger in the front door of a cabinet.
Prerequisites
ESD gloves, a Phillips screwdriver, a cable cutter, a socket screwdriver, and an
ESD box or bag.
Context
NOTE
The fan in the front door of a Panasonic heat exchanger or a Huawei heat exchanger can
be a replacement for the fan in the front door of a Panasonic heat exchanger.
APM30H.

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the fuse from the slot near the DC output port LOAD0 on the EPS to
power off the CMUA. For detailed operations, see 1.5.25.13 Replacing a Fuse
(EPU03A/EPS).
Step 3 Remove the connector from the FAN_EXT port on the CMUA to power off the fan
in the front door.
Step 4 Record the cable connections of the faulty fan on the transfer board. Then
disconnect the cable from the transfer board and remove the rubber plug from the
cable hole, as shown in the following table.

Figure 1-413 Removing the cable from a faulty fan
Step 5 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the five screws on the air deflector, use a
socket screwdriver to remove the nut below the air deflector, and remove the air
deflector, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-414 Removing an air deflector

Step 6 Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the nine screws from the heat exchanger, and
remove the heat exchanger from the front door of the APM30H, as shown in the
following figure.
Step 7 Install a new component.

● If the new component is a Huawei heat exchanger, perform the following
operations:
a. Reinstall the new heat exchanger onto the front door and tighten the
nine screws onto the heat exchanger one by one.
b. Reinstall the air deflector onto the heat exchanger and tighten the five
screws and one nut.
c. Reconnect the cable for the fan to the transfer board, as shown in the
following figure. Then reinstall the cover plate onto the transfer board.

Figure 1-416 Installing cables
d. Reinstall the cable connector onto the FAN_EXT port on the CMUA.
e. Reinsert the fuse into the slot near the LOAD0 port.
● If the new component is the fan in a Panasonic heat exchanger, perform the
following operations:
a. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the five screws from the cover plate
figure.
Figure 1-417 Removing the cover plate for a fan cavity

b. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from the fan, and
remove the fan, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-418 Removing a faulty fan
c. Install the new fan into the fan cavity in the heat exchanger and tighten
the four screws on the fan to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
d. Reinstall the cover plate for the fan cavity onto the heat exchanger and
tighten the five screws to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.) on the cover plate.
e. Route the cable for the new fan through the cable hole on the right side
of the front door, and install a rubber plug in the cable hole.
f. Reinstall the heat exchanger onto the front door and tighten the nine
screws onto the heat exchanger one by one to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
g. Reinstall the air deflector onto the heat exchanger and tighten the five
screws and one nut to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
h. Reconnect the cable for the new fan to the transfer board according to
the cable connection record.
i. Reinsert the fuse into the slot near the LOAD0 port.
indicators on the CMUA panel to determine whether the new fan in the front door
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.8 Replacing the Fan in the Front Door (IBBS700D)

front door of IBBS700D.
Prerequisites
Context
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a fan in the front door.
● The following figure shows the position of the fan in the front door of the
cabinet.

Figure 1-419 Position of the fan in the front door
● The following figure shows the position of the power switch.
Figure 1-420 Position of the power switch

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the power switch on the power distribution box in the cabinet.
NOTICE
Reserve all the removed screws for later use.
1. Record the connections of the cables between the CMUEA and fan, and
remove the cables.
2. Remove the rubber plug and then remove the cables and temperature sensor
from the rubber plug.
3. Use an M4 Phillips screwdriver to remove the six screws from the cover plate
of the fan mounting frame, and then remove the cover plate.
4. Use an M4 torque socket to remove the four nuts from the fan installation
plate, and then remove the fan installation plate.
5. Use an M4 Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from the faulty fan,
and then remove the faulty fan.
Step 4 Install a new fan.

1. Route the power cable of the new fan through the cable hole on the fan
installation plate. Then install the new fan on the fan installation plate and
use an M4 Phillips screwdriver to tighten the four screws to 1 N·m (8.85
lbf·in.).
NOTICE
Use cable ties to bind the fan power cable on the inner side of the cable hole
so that the cable does not conflict with the fan.
2. Reinstall the fan installation plate and use an M4 torque socket to tighten the
four nuts to 1 N·m (8.85 lbf·in.).
3. Route the power cable of the new fan through the cable hole at the top of
the fan mounting frame. Then route the power cable and temperature sensor
through the rubber plug and reinstall the rubber plug.

4. Install the cover plate of the fan mounting frame and use an M4 Phillips
screwdriver to tighten the six screws to 1 N·m (8.85 lbf·in.).
5. Reconnect the removed cables between the CMUEA and fan according to the
Step 5 Check the power-on status of the new fan.
1. Turn on the corresponding circuit breaker on the power distribution box in the
cabinet.
2. Check the operating status of the new fan and the status of indicators on the
CMUEA panel to determine whether the new fan is working properly. When
the new fan is working properly, the RUN indicator on the CMUEA is blinking
green (on for 1s and off for 1s) and the ALARM indicator is steady off.
NOTICE
Do not touch a rotating fan.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.9 Replacing the Inner Air Circulation Fan (BTS3900AL)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the inner air
circulation fan that is used in a BTS3900AL.
Prerequisites
ESD gloves, a screwdriver, and a pair of diagonal pliers.
Context
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace an inner air circulation fan.
● The following figure shows the position of the inner air circulation fan in a
cabinet.

Figure 1-421 Position of the inner air circulation fan
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the EPC4 connector on the CMUF power cable from the LOAD9 port on
the DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment to power off the CMUF.
1. Record the power cable connection on the inner panel of the front door, and
then remove the power cable and rubber plug, as shown in the following
figure.

Figure 1-422 Removing the power cable for the faulty inner air circulation fan
2. Remove the cover plate for the inner air circulation fan from the top of the
front door, as shown in following figure.
Figure 1-423 Removing the cover plate of the fan

3. Remove the installation plate for the faulty fan, and then remove the faulty
fan from the installation plate, as shown in the following figure.

reinstall the fan installation plate.
2. Route the power cable through the cable hole on the inner side panel of the
front door, and then reinstall the rubber plug and cover plate of the fan.
1. Reconnect the power cable disconnected from the faulty fan to the new fan
according to the cable connection records.
2. Reconnect the EPC4 connector on the CMUF power cable to the LOAD9 port
on the DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment to power on the CMUF.
CMUF panel to determine whether the new fan is working properly. When the
module works properly, the RUN indicator blinks green (on for 1s and off for
1s).
NOTICE
Do not touch the rotating fan.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.10 Replacing the Inner Air Circulation Fan (IBBS700T)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the inner air
circulation fan in IBBS700T.
Prerequisites
Context
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace an inner air circulation fan.
● The following figure shows the position of the inner air circulation fan.

Figure 1-425 Position of the inner air circulation fan

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 3 Remove the faulty inner air circulation fan.
NOTICE
1. Record the power cable connection of the inner air circulation fan on the
inner wall of the front door, and then remove the interconnection terminal
and rubber plug.
2. Use an M4 Phillips screwdriver to remove the ten screws from the cover plate
of the inner air circulation fan, and then remove the cover plate.
3. Use an M4 Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws that secure the fan
installation plate to the cabinet door, and then remove the fan installation
plate.
4. Use an M4 Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws that secure the
faulty fan to the fan installation plate, and then remove the faulty fan.
Step 4 Install a new inner air circulation fan.

NOTICE
2. Route the power cable of the new fan through the cable hole on the inner
wall of the front door, and then reinstall the rubber plug and cover plate of
the fan.
3. Reconnect the power cable to the interconnection terminal according to the
Step 5 Check the power-on status of the new inner air circulation fan.

cabinet.
new fan is working properly, the RUN indicator on the CMUF panel is blinking
NOTICE
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.11 Replacing the Outer Air Circulation Fan (BTS3900AL)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the outer air
circulation fan that is used in a BTS3900AL cabinet.
Prerequisites
ESD gloves, a screwdriver, and a pair of diagonal pliers.
Context
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace an outer air circulation fan.
● The following figure shows the position of the outer air circulation fan in a
cabinet.

Figure 1-427 Position of the outer air circulation fan
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the EPC4 connector on the CMUF power cable from the LOAD9 port on
the DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment to power off the CMUF.
1. Remove the six screws from the door of the HAU maintenance cabin, record
the connections of the two power cables for the faulty fan on the CMUF, and
then remove these cables, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-428 Removing the screws from the door of the HAU maintenance
cabin
2. Open the door of the maintenance cabin, remove the rubber plug from the
cable hole, and then remove the cover plate of the fan, as shown in the
following figure.

3. Remove the installation plate for the faulty fan, and then remove the faulty
fan from the installation plate, as shown in the following figure.

1. Route the power cables removed from the faulty fan through the cable hole
on the installation plate. Then, secure the new fan on the installation plate
and reinstall the plate.
2. Route the power cables through the cable holes on the cover plate of the fan,
and then reinstall the rubber plugs and cover plate of the fan.
3. Route the power cables through the cable holes on the door of the HAU
maintenance cabin. Then, close the cabin door and tighten the screws on the
cabin door.
1. Reconnect the power cables to the CMUF according to the cable connection
record.
2. Reconnect the EPC4 connector on the CMUF power cable to the LOAD9 port
on the DCDU-12C in the equipment compartment to power on the CMUF.
module works properly, the RUN indicator blinks green (on for 1s and off for
1s).

NOTICE
Do not touch the rotating fan.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.12 Replacing the Outer Air Circulation Fan (IBBS700T)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the outer air
circulation fan in IBBS700T.
Prerequisites
Context
● Replacing an outer air circulation fan takes about 20 minutes.
● The following figure shows the position of the outer air circulation fan.

Figure 1-431 Position of the outer air circulation fan

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 3 Remove the faulty outer air circulation fan.
NOTICE
1. Record the power cable connection of the outer air circulation fan on the
inner wall of the front door, and then remove the power cable and rubber
plug, as shown in the following figure.
2. Use an M4 Phillips screwdriver to remove the eleven screws from the cover
plate of the outer air circulation fan, and then remove the cover plate.
3. Use an M4 Phillips screwdriver to remove the eight screws from the fan
installation plate of the outer air circulation fan, and then remove the fan
installation plate.
4. Use an M4 Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws that secure the
faulty fan to the fan installation plate, and then remove the faulty fan.
Step 4 Install a new outer air circulation fan.

NOTICE
2. Reroute the power cable of the new fan through the cable holes on the cover
plate of the fan, and then reinstall the rubber plugs and cover plate of the
fan.
3. Reconnect the power cable to the interconnection terminal according to the
Step 5 Check the power-on status of the new outer air circulation fan.

cabinet.
new fan is working properly, the RUN indicator on the CMUF panel is blinking
NOTICE
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.13 Replacing an HAU03A-02 (BBC5200D-L)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing an HAU03A-02
in the BBC5200D-L.
Prerequisites
Context
● It takes about 10 minutes to replace an HAU03A-02.
● The following figure shows the position of an HAU03A-02.

Figure 1-433 Position of an HAU03A-02
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Switch off the external AC power supply.

NOTE
● On an AC BTS3900AL cabinet, turn off the "HEATER" circuit breaker controlling the
power supply to the ACCU.
● On an APM5930(AC) or APM30H, turn off the "AC OUTPUT" circuit breaker controlling
the power supply to the EPU.
Step 3 Remove the faulty HAU03A-02.

1. Record all cable connections on the faulty HAU03A-02, and disconnect the
cables.
2. Remove the four screws from the door on which the mounting ears on both
sides of the faulty HAU03A-02 are installed, and then remove the faulty
HAU03A-02 (with the mounting ears).
3. Remove the four screws from the mounting ears on both sides of the faulty
HAU03A-02, and then remove and reserve the mounting ears.

Step 4 Install a new HAU03A-02 in the BBC5200D-L.

1. Use M4 recessed pan head screws to secure the mounting ears onto the
heater (through round holes on the mounting ears) and use a screwdriver to
Figure 1-434 Installing mounting ears onto a heater
2. Install the heater onto the front door of the cabinet and use a screwdriver to
NOTE
When the heater is installed on the front door of the cabinet, the ports on the heater
panel must face upwards.

Figure 1-435 Installing a heater
Step 5 Check the power-on status of the new HAU03A-02.

1. Turn on the circuit breaker turned off in Step 2.
2. Observe the status of indicators on the HAU03A-02 panel to determine
whether the new HAU03A-02 is working properly. When it is working
properly, the RUN indicator is blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s), and
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

1.5.26.14 Replacing an HAU01A-01 (BBC5200D/BBC5300D/IBBS300D/

IBBS700D)
in the BBC5200D/BBC5300D/IBBS300D/IBBS700D.
Prerequisites
Context
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Switch off the external AC power supply.

NOTE
● On an AC BTS3900AL cabinet, turn off the "HEATER" circuit breaker controlling the
power supply to the ACCU.
● On an APM5930(AC) or APM30H, turn off the "AC OUTPUT" circuit breaker controlling
the power supply to the EPU.

1. Record all cable connections on the faulty HAU01A-01, and disconnect the
cables.
2. Remove the four screws from the door on which the mounting ears on both
sides of the faulty HAU01A-01 are installed, and then remove the faulty
3. Remove the four screws from the mounting ears on both sides of the faulty
HAU01A-01, and then remove and reserve the mounting ears.
Step 4 Install the new HAU01A-01 in a BBC5300D by following the instructions in
Installing an HAU01A-01 in a BBC5300D. Install the new HAU01A-01 in an
IBBS300D by following the instructions in Installing an HAU01A-01 in the
IBBS300D. Install the new HAU01A-01 in an IBBS700D by following the
instructions in Installing an HAU01A-01 in the IBBS700D.
whether the new HAU01A-01 is working properly. When it is working
properly, the RUN indicator is blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s), and
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.15 Replacing an HAU01A-01 (BTS3900AL)

in a BTS3900AL.

Prerequisites
ESD gloves, and a screwdriver.
Context
NOTE
The HAU01A-01 is optional in a BTS3900AL cabinet. This section assumes that two
HAU01A-01s are installed in a BTS3900AL cabinet and describes how to replace one of
the HAU01A-01s.
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the "HEATER" circuit breaker on the PDU05A-01.

Step 3 Remove the faulty HAU01A-01, as shown in Figure 1-438 and Figure 1-439.
1. Remove the six screws from the door of the HAU01A-01 maintenance cavity.
2. Open the cavity door, record the cable connections for the faulty HAU01A-01,
and then remove the connectors on the cables from the faulty HAU01A-01.
3. Remove the four screws from the cavity door on which the mounting ears on
both sides of the faulty HAU01A-01 are installed, and then remove the faulty
4. Remove the four screws from the mounting ears on the faulty HAU01A-01,
and then remove and reserve the mounting ears.
Figure 1-438 Removing the screws from the door of the HAU01A-01 maintenance
cavity

Figure 1-439 Removing the faulty HAU01A-01
Step 4 Install a new HAU01A-01.

1. Reinstall the removed mounting ears on the new HAU01A-01.
2. Install the new HAU01A-01 with the mounting ears on the door of the
HAU01A-01 maintenance cavity.
3. Connect the cables to the new HAU01A-01 based on the cable connection
records.
whether the new HAU01A-01 is working properly. When the module is
working properly, the RUN indicator is blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s
or on for 0.125s and off for 0.125s), and the ALM indicator is steady off.
Step 6 Close the door of the HAU01A-01 maintenance cavity, tighten the screws on the
door, and then reconnect the two fan power cables removed from the faulty
HAU01A-01.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.

component.
1.5.26.16 Replacing an HAU01A-01 (MRE1000)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the HAU01A-01
in an MRE1000.
Prerequisites
Context
● The following figure shows the installation position of an HAU01A-01.

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Disconnect the AC input power supply from the AC power distribution box and
turn off the AC OUTPUT circuit breaker of the AC power distribution box in the
MRE1000.

1. Record all cable connections to the faulty HAU01A-01, and remove the cables.
2. Remove the four screws on the mounting ears on both sides of the faulty
HAU01A-01, and then remove the faulty HAU01A-01 (with the mounting
ears).
Step 4 Insert M4 recessed pan head screws into the round holes of the mounting ears,
install the mounting ears on the new HAU01A-01, and tighten the screws to 2
N·m (17.7 lbf·in.), as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-441 Installing mounting ears onto the heater
Step 5 Install the heater onto the corresponding position in the cabinet. Then use a
screwdriver to tighten the screws to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.), as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 1-442 Installing a heater
Step 6 Reconnect all cables to the HAU01A-01 according to the cable connection records.

1. Turn on the AC OUTPUT circuit breaker on the AC power distribution box in
the MRE1000.
whether the new HAU01A-01 is properly working. If the RUN indicator is
blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s) and the ALM indicator is steady off,
the module is properly working.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.17 Replacing an AC Heater

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing an AC heater.
An AC heater can be used in the APM5930(AC)/APM30H/TMC11H (Ver.E),
APM30H/TMC11H (Ver.B), APM30H/TMC11H (Ver.C), APM30H/TMC11H (Ver.D),
APM30H/TMC11H (Ver.D_A2), APM30H/TMC11H (Ver.D_A1), APM30H/TMC11H
(Ver.E_A2), or APM30H/TMC11H (Ver.E_A1).

Prerequisites
Context
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a heater.
● An AC heater can be installed in a 1 U transmission space based on the actual
condition.
● The procedure for replacing an AC heater in the APM30H/TMC11H (Ver.B),
APM30H/TMC11H (Ver.C), APM30H/TMC11H (Ver.D), APM30H/TMC11H
(Ver.E), APM30H/TMC11H (Ver.D_A2), APM30H/TMC11H (Ver.D_A1),
APM30H/TMC11H (Ver.E_A2), APM30H/TMC11H (Ver.E_A1), or MRE1000 is
the same. This section uses the APM30H/TMC11H (Ver.D) and APM30H/
TMC11H (Ver.E) as the examples.
CAUTION
After a heater is installed, do not move it during routine operations.

Figure 1-443 Position of the AC heater in an APM5930(AC)
(1) AC heater (2) Power switch for the AC heater

Figure 1-444 Position of the AC heater in an APM30H

Figure 1-445 Position of the AC heater in a TMC11H

Figure 1-446 Position of the AC heater in an MRE1000
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the power switch for an AC heater. The preceding figure shows the
position of the power switch for an AC heater.
Step 3 Remove the AC heater to be replaced, as shown in the following figure.
1. Remove the power plug from the faulty AC heater.
2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from the AC heater
panel, and gently pull the AC heater out of the cabinet.

Figure 1-447 Removing the AC heater
Step 4 Install a new AC heater, as shown in the following figure.

1. Place the new AC heater on the installation position, and push it into the
cabinet gently.
2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten the four screws on the AC heater panel to
2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
3. Reconnect the power plug for the AC heater to the power input port on the
AC heater.
Figure 1-448 Installing the AC heater
Step 5 Turn on the power switch that has been turned off in Step 2.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.

component.
1.5.26.18 Replacing an HAU01A-01 (APM5930(DC))

in an APM5930(DC) cabinet.
Prerequisites
Context
CAUTION
After a heater is installed, do not move it during routine operations.

Figure 1-449 Position of the HAU01A-01 in an APM5930(DC)
(1) HAU01A-01
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Switch off the external power supply to the HAU01A-01.

Step 3 Remove the HAU01A-01 to be replaced, as shown in the following figure.

1. Remove the power plug from the HAU01A-01. Use a Phillips screwdriver to
remove the four M6 screws from the enclosure frame, and then remove the
HAU01A-01 and the enclosure frame from the cabinet.
Figure 1-450 Removing the HAU01A-01 cable and the enclosure frame
2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the two M4 screws from the rear of the
HAU01A-01, and then remove the HAU01A-01 from the enclosure frame.
Figure 1-451 Removing the HAU01A-01 from the enclosure frame
Step 4 Install a new AC heater.

1. Place a new HAU01A-01 in the enclosure frame, and then use a Phillips
screwdriver to tighten the two M4 screws on the rear of the HAU01A-01.
2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten the four M6 screws on the enclosure
frame to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
3. Connect the power plug to the power input port on the HAU01A-01.
Step 5 Connect the HAU01A-01 to the external power supply.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

1.5.26.19 Replacing a Fan Mounting Frame (BBC5200D-L/BBC5200D-L

(Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E))
This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a fan mounting
frame in a BBC5200D-L/BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E).
Prerequisites
Context
● It takes about 20 minutes to replace a fan mounting frame.
● The procedure for replacing a fan mounting frame in a BBC5200D-L is the
same as that in a BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E). This
section uses a BBC5200D-L as an example.
● The following figure shows the position of a fan mounting frame in the front
door of a BBC5200D-L.
Figure 1-452 Position of a fan mounting frame in a BBC5200D-L
(1) Fan mounting frame in the front door

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 In a BBC5200D-L, remove the SPC1 connector on the fan power cables from the
Step 3 Remove the fan mounting frame to be replaced.
1. Open the cover plate for the CMUH, record all cable connections on the
CMUH, and remove the cables.
2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove nine screws from the cover plate for the
fan, and remove the cover plate, as shown in the following figure.
3. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove four screws used to secure the fan to be
replaced, and remove the fan, as shown in the following figure.
Step 4 Install the new fan mounting frame.

NOTE
When installing a fan to the fan cover, ensure that the nameplate of the fan is facing
outwards to prevent the fan from being reversely installed.
1. Place the new fan mounting frame on the installation position, hold it with
one hand, use a screwdriver to secure four screws with the other hand, and
tighten the screws to 0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf·in.).
2. Install the cover plate for the fan mounting frame in the front door, and
secure nine screws on the cover plate.
3. Reconnect the cables to the corresponding ports on the CMUH according to
the cable connection record in Step 3.1.

4. Close the cover plate for the CMUH.

Step 5 Reconnect the connector for the fan power cable removed in Step 2.
indicators on the CMUH to determine whether the new fan is working properly.
For details about the status of the indicators on a CMUH, see CMUH.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.20 Replacing a Fan Mounting Frame (IBBS200D (Ver.D)/IBBS200D

(Ver.E))
frame in an IBBS200D (Ver.D) or IBBS200D (Ver.E).
Prerequisites
Context
IBBS200D.

Figure 1-454 Position of the fan in the front door of an IBBS200D
(1) Fan mounting frame in the front door (2) Power input port for the fan mounting
frame in the front door
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the connector on the fan power cable from the power distribution box in
the IBBS200D.
1. Open the cover plate for the CMUEA or CMUH, record all cable connections
on the CMUEA or CMUH, and remove the cables.
2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from the cover plate for
3. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from the fan, and remove
the fan, as shown in the following figure.


1. Place the new fan on the installation position, hold it with one hand, and use
a screwdriver to secure the four screws with the other hand to 0.55 N·m (4.87
lbf·in.).
2. Install the fan in the front door, and secure the four captive screws on the
cover plate.
3. Reconnect the cables to the corresponding ports on the CMUEA or CMUH
according to the record in Step 3.1.
4. Close the cover plate for the CMUEA or CMUH.
Step 5 Reinstall the connector for the fan power cable removed in Step 2.
indicators on the CMUEA or CMUH to determine whether the new fan is working
properly. For details about the status of the indicators on a CMUEA and a CMUH,
see CMUEA and CMUH, respectively.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

1.5.26.21 Replacing a Fan Mounting Frame (IBBS200D (Ver.B)/IBBS200D

(Ver.C))
frame in an IBBS200D (Ver.B) or IBBS200D (Ver.C).
Prerequisites
Context
● The fan mounting frame in the front door of an IBBS200D houses two
centrifugal fans. You need to replace only the faulty fan during the
maintenance. This section describes how to replace the left fan.
IBBS200D.
Figure 1-456 Positions of fans in the front doors of the IBBS200D cabinets
door
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the circuit breaker "TEC/FAN_SW2" for the fan assembly on the power
distribution box in the IBBS200D.

1. Label the cables below the fan mounting frame, and remove the cables.
2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the five screws from the fan mounting
frame, and remove the fan mounting frame, as shown in the following figure.
3. Label the cables connecting to the CMUE, and remove the cables.

Step 4 Install the new fan.

a screwdriver to secure the four screws with the other hand to 0.55 N·m (4.87
lbf·in.).
2. Reconnect the cables to the corresponding ports on the CMUE according to
the labels.
3. Install the fan mounting frame on the front door, and secure the five screws
on the cover plate.
4. Reconnect the cables to the corresponding ports on the bottom panel of the
fan mounting frame according to the labels.
Step 5 Turn on the circuit breaker "FAN/TEC_SW2" on the power distribution box.
For details about the status of indicators, see CMUE.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.22 Replacing a Fan Mounting Frame (IBBS300D)

frame that is used in an IBBS300D.
Prerequisites

Context
● The following figure shows the position of a fan in the front door of an
IBBS300D.
Figure 1-459 Position of a fan mounting frame in an IBBS300D
(1) Fan mounting frame in the front door
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the input power cable for the fan in the IBBS300D from the DC output
terminal LOAD8 at the right of the EPU in the APM30H.

1. Open the cover plate for the CCU01D-03, record all cable connections on the
CCU01D-03, and remove the cables.
the fan, and remove the cover plate and fan, as shown in the following figure.


1. Use a screwdriver to tighten the four screws on the cover plate and fan to
0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf.in). The following figure shows the installation direction of
a fan.
Figure 1-461 Installation direction of a fan
2. Install the cover plate and fan on the front door and tighten the four M3
screws on the cover plate to 0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf.in).
3. Reconnect the cables to the corresponding ports on the CCU01D-03 according
to the record in Step 3.1.

NOTE
Route the redundant cables through the cable bridge, and use cable ties to bind them to
the cable bridge.
4. Close the cover plate for the CCU01D-03.
Step 5 Reinstall the fan power cable connector removed in Step 2.
indicators on the CCU01D-03 to determine whether the new fan is working
properly. For details about the status of the indicators, see CCU01D-03.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.23 Replacing a Fan (IBBS20D)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a fan that is
used in an IBBS20D.
Prerequisites
Context
● The following figure shows the positions of the fan in the front door and the
port for feeding power into the fan in an IBBS20D.

Figure 1-462 Positions of the fan in the front door and the port for feeding
power into the fan
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the fan.

1. Remove the power cable from the CMUG unit to power off the CMUG unit.
Figure 1-463 Removing the power cable from the CMUG unit
2. Record the connection of the power cable for the fan, and then remove the
power cable.


a screwdriver to secure the four ST4.8 screws with the other hand to 0.55 N·m
(4.87 lbf·in.).
NOTICE
When installing the fan, note that the cable outlet for the fan power cable is
on the bottom of the fan, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-466 Cable outlet for the fan power cable
(1) Fan power cable
2. Install the fan in the front door, and tighten the four M4 screws on the cover
plate to 0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf·in.).
3. Install the fan power cable according to the recorded cable connection.
4. Install the CMUG power cable.
indicators on the CMUG to determine whether the new fan is working properly. In
normal cases, the RUN indicator on the CMUG is blinking green (on for 1s and off
for 1s) and the ALM indicator is steady off.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.26.24 Replacing a TEC (IBBS200T (Ver.E))

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a TEC that is
used in an IBBS200T (Ver.E).
Prerequisites


Context
Figure 1-467 Position of a TEC
(1) TEC (2) FAN/TEC power input (3) FAN/TEC power input
terminal of the IBBS200T circuit breaker of the IBBS300T
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the input power cable connector from the "BAT" port on the power
distribution box of the IBBS200T, or turn off the circuit breaker at the right side of
the IBBS300T.

Step 3 Remove the faulty TEC.

1. Open the cover plate for the CMUH, record all cable connections on the
CMUH, and remove the cables, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-468 Opening the cover plate for a CMUH
2. Remove the two screws for the protective cover for the TEC from the inner
side of the front door, and open the protective cover, as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 1-469 Opening the TEC protective cover

Figure 1-470 Removing a TEC
Step 4 Installing a new TEC.

1. Route the cables for the new TEC to the CMUH through the cover on the
front door, and use six M4 screws to secure the TEC on the cover to 1.2 N·m
(10.6 lbf·in.).
2. Reinstall the protective cover for the TEC, and use the two screws to secure
the protective cover to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
3. Reconnect the cables for the new TEC to the corresponding ports on the
CMUH according to the record.
4. Close the cover for the CMUH.
Step 5 Reinstall the TEC power cable connector removed in Step 2.
indicators on the CMUH to determine whether the new TEC is working properly.
For details about the status of the indicators, see CMUH.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

1.5.26.25 Replacing the TEC (IBBS200T (Ver.D_A2/Ver.E_A2))

A TEC dissipates heat for the storage batteries and ensure the normal operation of
an IBBS200T in high-temperature areas. If the TEC in an IBBS200T (Ver.D_A2) or
an IBBS200T (Ver.E_A2) is faulty, replace it.
Prerequisites
Context
● The following figure shows the position of the TEC in the IBBS200T.
Figure 1-471 Position of the TEC
(1) TEC (2) Fuse terminal for the TEC power cable
Procedure

NOTICE
components.
Step 2 Record the connections of the alarm cable and power cable for the TEC. Then
remove the alarm cable from the transfer terminal on the signal cable and the
power cable from the input power transfer terminal for the TEC.
Step 3 Remove the TEC.
1. Remove the seven screws from the TEC protective cover, and then rotate the
TEC protective cover 90 degrees clockwise, as shown in Figure 1-472.
2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the six M4 screws on the TEC, and then
remove the faulty TEC from the front door, as shown in Figure 1-473.

Step 4 Place the faulty TEC in the ESD box or bag.

Step 5 Install the new TEC.
1. Route the cables for the new TEC (including the power cable and alarm
cable) through the front door. Use a Phillips screwdriver to tighten the six
M4x10 screws to secure the TEC to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
2. Close the TEC protective cover. Use two screws removed in Step 3.1 to secure
the TEC protective cover to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
Step 6 Connect the power cable and alarm cable for the new TEC to the corresponding
terminal.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
1.5.26.26 Replacing a TEC (IBBS200T (Ver.D))

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a TEC that is
used in an IBBS200T (Ver.D) or an IBBS300T.

Prerequisites
Context
NOTE
There are multiple types of TEC spare parts and the methods for replacing different types of
spare parts are the same. The following uses one type as an example.
(1) TEC (2) Fuse terminal for the TEC power cable
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the connecter on the TEC input power cable from the power distribution
box in the IBBS200T.
Step 3 Remove the faulty TEC.
1. Remove the cover for the CMUEA, as shown in the following figure. Record
the cable connections on the CMUEA and disconnect the cables, as shown in
2. Remove the two screws for the protective cover for the TEC from the inner
side of the front door, and open the protective cover, as shown in the
following figure.

Step 4 Install a new TEC.

1. Route the cables for the new TEC to the CMUEA through the cover on the
front door, and use six M4 screws to secure the TEC on the cover to 1.2 N·m
(10.62 lbf·in.).
CMUEA according to the record.
4. Close the cover for the CMUEA.
Step 5 Reconnect the connector on the TEC power cable removed in Step 2 to the TEC.
indicators on the CMUEA to determine whether the new TEC is working properly.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

1.5.26.27 Replacing a TEC (IBBS200T (Ver.B)/IBBS200T (Ver.C))

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a TEC in an
IBBS200T (Ver.B) or IBBS200T (Ver.C).
Prerequisites
Context
NOTE
There are multiple types of TEC spare parts and the methods for replacing different types of
spare parts are the same. The following uses one type as an example.
(1) TEC (2) Power switch for the TEC

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the circuit breaker "FAN/TEC_SW2" for the TEC on the power distribution
box on the right inner wall of the IBBS200T.
Step 3 Remove the TEC to be replaced.

1. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the two screws from the mounting kits
for the CMUE, and remove the mounting kits, as shown in the following
figure.
2. Record the cable connections near the TEC and on the CMUE, and disconnect
the cables.
3. Remove the two screws used to secure the protective cover for the TEC from
the inner side of the front door, and open the protective cover, as shown in

Figure 1-479 Removing a TEC
Step 4 Install a new TEC.

1. Route the cables for the new TEC to the CMUE through the cover on the front
door, and use six M4 screws to secure the TEC on the cover to 1.2 N·m (10.62
lbf·in.).
CMUE according to the record.
4. Reinstall the mounting kits for the CMUE, and use the two screws to secure
the mounting kits.
Step 5 Turn on the circuit breaker "FAN/TEC_SW2" on the power distribution box.
indicators on the CMUE to determine whether the new TEC is working properly.
For details about the status of indicators, see CMUE.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

1.5.26.28 Replacing a Heat Exchanger (BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z))

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the heat
changer that is used in a BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z).
Prerequisites
● The new heat exchanger is ready.
● The installation positions of the cables for the heat exchanger are recorded.
● The following tools and materials are available: a torque wrench, an ESD wrist
strap or a pair of ESD gloves, a Phillips screwdriver, an ESD box or bag,
dustfree cloth, and key to the cabinet door.
Context
● Replacing the heat exchanger does not affect ongoing services.
● It takes about 40 minutes to replace a heat exchanger.
● The following figure shows the position of the heat exchanger in the cabinet.
Figure 1-480 Position of the heat exchanger in the cabinet
(1) The heat exchanger
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Determine the voltage range of the heat exchanger.
Step 3 Remove the connector on the power cable of the heat exchanger.
Step 4 Open the front door of the cabinet. Mark the installation positions of the three
cables connected to the heat exchanger on the front door. Then remove the
cables.
Step 5 Loosen the screws that secure the faulty heat exchanger, and then remove the
faulty heat exchanger.
Step 6 Install the new heat exchanger and secure it by using the removed screws.
Step 7 Connect the cables to the new heat exchanger according to the marked
installation positions.
Step 8 Reconnect the removed power cable to the heat exchanger.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
● After replacing the heat exchanger, check the following items:
– The power cables and alarm cables are correctly connected.
– The related alarms on the Site Maintenance Terminal System are cleared.
component.
1.5.26.29 Replacing a Heat Exchanger (MRE1000)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a heat
exchanger in an MRE1000.
Prerequisites
ESD gloves, a pair of diagonal pliers, a flat-head screwdriver, a Phillips
screwdriver, a torque screwdriver, and an ESD box or bag.

Context
● It takes about 30 minutes to replace a heat exchanger.
● The following figure shows the installation position of a heat exchanger.
Figure 1-481 Position of a heat exchanger in an MRE1000
(1) Heat exchanger
Procedure
NOTICE

Step 2 Remove the connector from the "LOAD5" port on the EPU03A-21 in the MRE1000.
NOTE
Step 3 Remove the rubber plug from the cable hole in the lower right of the cabinet, as
Figure 1-482 Removing the cable for the fan
Step 4 Remove the heat exchanger.

1. Use an M6 socket screwdriver to remove the four screws on the side door.
Then open the side door, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-483 Opening the side door of the cabinet
2. Use an M4 Phillips screwdriver to remove the six screws from the cover plate
of the fan, and remove the cover plate, as shown in the following figure.

3. Use an M4 Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from the support
plate for the fan, use a pair of diagonal pliers to cut off cables ties on the
power cable, and remove the support plate, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-485 Removing the support plate for the fan
4. Use an M4 Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws that secure the fan,

Step 5 Install a new fan and tighten the M4 screws to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.) and M6
1. Use four M4 screws to secure a new fan to the support plate.
2. Install the support plate into the fan cavity and use four M4 screws to secure
the support plate.
3. Route the power cable for the new fan through the cable hole on the side
door, and insert a rubber plug into the cable hole.
4. Reinstall the cover plate for the fan and tighten the six M4 screws.
5. Close the side door and use four M6 screws to secure the side door.
6. To power on the FAU01D-05, reinsert the connector into the "LOAD5" port on
the EPU03A-21.
indicators on the CCUB to determine whether the new fan is working properly. For
details about the status of the indicators, see FAN 02E.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.27 Replacing Monitoring Devices

This section describes how to replace different monitoring devices used in 3900
and 5900 series base stations.
1.5.27.1 Replacing a CMUH (BBC5200D-L/BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5200T-L/

BBC5300D/BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/
IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200D (Ver.E)/IBBS200T
(Ver.E))
A CMUH can be used in a BBC5200D-L/BBC5200D/BBC5200T/BBC5200T-L/
BBC5300D/BBC5300T/BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/
IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200D (Ver.E)/IBBS200T
(Ver.E) cabinet. This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing
a CMUH.
Prerequisites


Context
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a CMUH.
● The position of the CMUH on the front door of the BBC5300D is the same as
that on the front door of the IBBS300D. Figure 1-487 uses the BBC5300D as
an example.
● The position of the CMUH on the front door of the BBC5300T is the same as
that on the front door of the IBBS300T. Figure 1-488 uses the BBC5300T as
an example.
● The position of the CMUH on the front door of the BBC5200D is the same as
that on the front door of the IBBS200D. Figure 1-490 uses the IBBS200D as
an example.
● The position of the CMUH on the front door of the BBC5200T is the same as
that on the front door of the IBBS200T. Figure 1-491 uses the IBBS200T as an
example.
● Figure 1-489 shows the position of the CMUH on the front door of the
BBC5200D-L.
● The position of the CMUH on the front door of the BBC5200T-L is the same as
that on the front door of the IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E), IBBS200T-L
(Ver.F_D~E), BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead), and BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead). Figure
1-492 uses the BBC5200T-L as an example.

Figure 1-487 Position of the CMUH in the BBC5300D
(1) CMUH
Figure 1-488 Position of the CMUH in the BBC5300T
(1) CMUH

Figure 1-489 Position of the CMUH in the BBC5200D-L
(1) CMUH
Figure 1-490 Position of the CMUH in the IBBS200D
(1) CMUH

Figure 1-491 Position of the CMUH in the IBBS200T
(1) CMUH
Figure 1-492 Position of the CMUH in the BBC5200T-L
(1) CMUH
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Power off the CMUH.

● For the BBC5200D-L/BBC5200D/IBBS200D, remove the connector on the
CMUH fan power cable from the power distribution box. For the BBC5200T/
IBBS200T, remove the connector on the TEC power cable from the power
distribution box.
● For the BBC5300D/BBC5300T, remove the cable from the DC output terminal
"LOAD11" on the right of the EPU in the APM5930 or "LOAD8" on the right
of the EPU in the APM30H.
● For the BBC5200T-L, remove the -48 V power input fast connector from the
cabinet, and then remove the air conditioner power connector from the
CMUH.
Step 3 Remove the CMUH to be replaced.
1. Open the cover plate for the CMUH with hands, as shown in the following
figure.
Figure 1-493 Opening the cover plate for the CMUH
2. Record all cable connections on the CMUH, and disconnect the cables.
3. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the five M3 screws from the CMUH to be
replaced. Use a 5 mm (0.20 in.) socket wrench to remove the two hexagon
screws, and remove the CMUH, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-494 Removing a CMUH
Step 4 Install a new CMUH. Use a 5 mm (0.20 in.) socket wrench to tighten the two
hexagon screws with a torque of 0.4 N·m to 0.5 N·m (3.54 lbf·in. to 4.43 lbf·in.).
Then tighten the five M3 screws that secure the CMUH.
Step 5 Reconnect the power cable connector removed in 2 or 3.
indicators on the CMUH to determine whether the new fan is working properly.
For details about the status of indicators, see CMUH.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.27.2 Replacing a CCU01D-03 with a CMUH (BBC5300D/BBC5300T/

IBBS300D/IBBS300T)
A CCU01D-03 and a CMUH can be installed in the BBC5300D/BBC5300T/
IBBS300D/IBBS300T. This section describes the procedure and precautions for
replacing a CCU01D-03 with a CMUH.
Prerequisites
● The model of the component to be replaced is confirmed by querying the
cabinet electronic label and a new component is available.

Context
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a CCU01D-03 with a CMUH.
● The positions of the CMUH and CCU01D-03 on the front door of the
BBC5300D are the same as those of the IBBS300D. The positions of the CMUH
and CCU01D-03 on the front door of the BBC5300T are the same as those of
the IBBS300T. Figure 1-495 shows the positions of the CCU01D-03 on the
front doors of the BBC5300D and BBC5300T.
Figure 1-495 Position of the CCU01D-03
Procedure
NOTICE
2. Remove the cable from the DC output terminal "LOAD11" on the right of the
EPU in the APM5930 or "LOAD8" on the right of the EPU in the APM30H.
3. Remove the CCU01D-03 and the monitoring box.
a. Open the cover plate for the CCU01D-03 monitoring box with hands, as

Figure 1-496 Opening the cover plate for the CCU01D-03 monitoring box
b. Record all cable connections on the CCU01D-03, and disconnect the

cables.
c. Use a Phillips screwdriver to loosen the two M4 pan head screws on the
CCU01D-03 monitoring box, and remove the monitoring box, as shown in
Figure 1-497 Removing the CCU01D-03 monitoring box
4. Install a new CMUH monitoring box.

a. Open the cover plate for the CMUH monitoring box, and tighten the two
M4 pan head screws to secure the monitoring box to the cabinet.
b. Reconnect the removed cables to the CMUH.
NOTE
If cables are not long enough during cable installation, cut off cable ties of the
cables, install the connectors properly, and then bind the cables again.
c. Remove the bar code from the removed CCU01D-03 monitoring box and
attach it to the position "1" on the CMUH. Attach the same nameplate
and power distribution label on the original CCU01D-03 to the positions
"2" and "4" on the CMUH, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-498 Installing a CMUH and attaching labels
(1) Barcode (2) Nameplate (3) Qualification (4) Power

card distribution label
5. Reconnect the power cable connector removed in 2.

6. Listen to the sound generated by the running fan and observe the status of
indicators on the CMUH to determine whether the new fan is working
properly. For details about the status of indicators, see CMUH.
Follow-up Procedure
component.
1.5.27.3 Replacing a CCU01D-03 (BBC5300D/BBC5300T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T)

A CCU01D-03 can be installed in the BBC5300D/BBC5300T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T.
This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a CCU01D-03.
Prerequisites
Context
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a CCU01D-03.
● The position of the CCU01D-03 on the front door of the BBC5300D is the
same as that of the IBBS300D. The position of the CCU01D-03 on the front
door of the BBC5300T is the same as that of the IBBS300T. Figure 1-499
shows the positions of the CCU01D-03 on the front doors of the IBBS300D
and IBBS300T.

Figure 1-499 Position of a CCU01D-03 in the IBBS300D/IBBS300T
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the cable from the DC output terminal "LOAD11" on the right of the EPU
in the APM5930 or "LOAD8" on the right of the EPU in the APM30H.
Step 3 Remove the CCU01D-03 to be replaced.
1. Open the cover plate for the CCU01D-03 with hands, as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 1-500 Removing the cover plate from the CCU01D-03
2. Record all cable connections on the CCU01D-03, and disconnect the cables.
3. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the five screws from the CCU01D-03, and
remove the CCU01D-03.
Step 4 Install a new CCU01D-03. This section uses an IBBS300D/IBBS300T as an example.

1. Take out a new CCU01D-03, and set the DIP switch on the new CCU01D-03 to
the correct position, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-501 Position of the DIP switch
2. Place the CCU01D-03 to its installation position, and use a torque screwdriver
to secure the five M3 screws to 0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf·in.).
3. Reconnect the cables removed in Step 3.2 to the CCU01D-03.
Step 5 Reconnect the power cable connector removed in Step 2.

Step 6 Observe the status of indicators on the CCU01D-03 to determine whether the new
CCU01D-03 is working properly. For details about the status of indicators, see
CCU01D-03.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.27.4 Replacing a Temperature Sensor at the Air Intake Vent of the BBU
(IBC10(DC) (Ver.B))
A temperature sensor at the air intake vent of a BBU is installed in an IBC10(DC)
(Ver.B). This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a
temperature sensor at the air intake vent of a BBU.
Prerequisites
bag.
Context
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a temperature sensor at the air intake
vent of a BBU.
● The following figure shows the position of the temperature sensor at the air
intake vent of a BBU.

Figure 1-502 Position of the temperature sensor at the air intake vent of a
BBU in a cabinet

Procedure
Step 1 Remove the temperature sensor at the air intake vent of the BBU.
1. Remove the connector from the "SENSOR" port on the FAU03D-03 and route
the connector on the sensor through the cable hole at the rear of the cabinet
to the front of the cabinet, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-503 Removing the connector from the temperature sensor on the
FAU03D-03
2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four M6 screws from the air
deflector, reserve the four screws, and remove the air deflector from the
cabinet, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-504 Removing the air deflector
3. Remove the RJ45 connector and 5-pin connector from the temperature sensor
at the air intake vent of the BBU.
4. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the two M3x6 screws on the temperature
sensor at the air intake vent of the BBU.
Figure 1-505 Removing the faulty temperature sensor at the air intake vent
of the BBU
Step 2 Install the new temperature sensor at the air intake vent of the BBU.
1. Place the new temperature sensor on the installation position, and use two
M3x6 screws to secure the temperature sensor to 0.8 N·m (7.08 lbf·in.).

2. Reconnect the RJ45 connector and 5-pin connector to the temperature sensor
at the air intake vent of the BBU.
3. Route the cable removed in Step 1.1 through the cable hole at the rear of the
air deflector and then route the cable through the cable hole at the rear of
the cabinet.
NOTICE
When routing a cable, prevent it from pressing any other cables.
4. Place the air deflector into its original position and use a Phillips screwdriver
to tighten the four M6 screws on the air deflector to 4.8 N·m (42.48 lbf·in.).
5. Reconnect the RJ45 connector on one end of the cable for the temperature
sensor at the rear of the cabinet to the "SENSOR" port on the FAU03D-03.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.27.5 Replacing a CMUH (APM30/TMC (Ver.E_A1))

When the CMUH board in an APM30 (Ver.E_A1) or TMC (Ver.E_A1) is faulty, the
CMUH board must be replaced.
Prerequisites
Context
● The installation position and replacement procedure of a CMUH assembly in
an APM30 are the same as those of a CMUH assembly in a TMC.

● The following figure shows the installation position of a CMUH assembly in a

TMC.
● It takes about 10 minutes to replace the CMUH.
Figure 1-506 Position of a CMUH
(1) CMUH assembly (2) ELU
Procedure
NOTICE
components.

● In an AC scenario, remove the output power cable connector from the LOAD2
port on the EPU.

● In a DC scenario, remove the output power cable connector from the LOAD9
port on the DCDU.
Step 3 Remove the faulty CMUH assembly.
1. Loosen the captive screws securing the CMUH assembly, and pull the CMUH
assembly out of the cabinet, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-507 Removing a CMUH assembly
2. Record the cable connections on the CMUH assembly, and remove the cables.
3. Remove the two M3x6 countersunk screws from the cover plate of the CMUH
assembly and the five M3x8 screws securing the CMUH board, and remove
the CMUH board, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-508 Removing a CMUH board
(1) CMUH board (2) Cover plate of the CMUH
Step 4 Place the faulty CMUH board in an ESD box or bag.
Step 5 Install a new CMUH board.

1. Use five M3x8 screws to secure the new CMUH board to the cover plate of
the CMUH assembly to 0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf·in.).
2. Use two M3x6 countersunk screws to secure the cover plate of the CMUH
assembly to 0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf·in.).
3. Reinstall all cables on the CMUH assembly.
4. Tighten the captive screws to secure the CMUH assembly to the cabinet.
Step 7 Observe the status of indicators to determine whether the new CMUH is working
properly. For details about the status of the indicators, see CMUEA.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.

1.5.27.6 Replacing a CMUG (IBBS20D)

A central monitoring unit type G (CMUG) can be used in an IBBS20D cabinet. This
section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a CMUG.
Prerequisites
operations:
Context
The following figure shows the position of the CMUG in an IBBS20D.
Figure 1-509 Position of the CMUG in an IBBS20D
Procedure
Step 1 Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.

NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the CMUG.

1. Record all the cable connections on the panel of the board to be replaced.
2. Remove the power cable from the CMUG to power off the CMUG.
Figure 1-510 Removing the power cable from a CMUG
3. Remove all cables from the CMUG.

4. Use an M6 Phillips screwdriver to loosen the two M6 screws on the CMUG
panel, and remove the CMUG, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-511 Removing a CMUG
5. Use an M3 Phillips screwdriver to loosen the two M3 countersunk screws on

the cover plate of the CMUG, and remove the cover plate, as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 1-512 Removing the cover plate from the CMUG
6. Remove the monitoring signal cable between the ELU and the CMUG.

Figure 1-513 Removing the monitoring signal cable between the ELU and the
CMUG
7. Use an M3 Phillips screwdriver to loosen the four M3 recessed pan head

screws on the CMUG, and remove the CMUG.
Figure 1-514 Removing the CMUG
Step 3 Install a new CMUG.

1. Place the new CMUG to the corresponding position, and use a torque
screwdriver to tighten the four M3 screws on the CMUG to 0.55 N·m (4.87
lbf·in.).
2. Install the monitoring signal cable between the ELU and the CMUG.
3. Install the cover plate onto the CMUG, and use an M3 Phillips screwdriver to
tighten the two M3 countersunk screws on the cover plate to 0.55 N·m (4.87
lbf·in.).
4. Install the CMUG in the cabinet, and tighten the two M6 screws on the CMUG
to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
5. Connect the monitoring signal cable to the CMUG and then the power cable
according to the recorded cable connections.
Step 4 Observe the status of indicators on the CMUG to determine whether the new
CMUG is working properly. The normal indicator status of a CMUG is as follows:
The RUN indicator is blinking green (1s on and 1s off); the ALM indicator is steady
off.

----End
Follow-up Procedure
1.5.27.7 Replacing a CMUF (IBBS700T)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the CMUF in an
IBBS700T.
Prerequisites
Context
● Replacing the CMUF interrupts all the services carried on the CMUF.
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a CMUF.
● The following figure shows the position of the CMUF.

Figure 1-515 Position of the CMUF

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 3 Remove the faulty CMUF.
1. Record the cable connections on the CMUF, and remove the cables.
2. Use an M4 torque socket to remove the ground screw on one side of the
CMUF box, and then remove the PGND cable.
3. Use an M4 Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws securing the CMUF
box, and then remove the CMUF box.
4. Use an M3 Phillips screwdriver to remove the six screws from the CMUF, and
then remove the CMUF.
Step 4 Take out a new CMUF, and set the DIP switch on the new CMUF to the correct
position, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-517 Position and setting of the DIP switch
Step 5 Install a new CMUF.

1. Place the new CMUF in the corresponding position, and use an M3 Phillips
screwdriver to tighten the six screws on the CMUF to 0.3 N·m (2.65 lbf·in.).
2. Install the CMUF, and use an M4 Phillips screwdriver to tighten the four
screws on the CMUF to 1 N·m (8.85 lbf·in.).
3. Connect the PGND cable to the ground point on one side of the CMUF and
use an M4 torque socket to tighten the ground screw securing the PGND
cable to 1 N·m (8.85 lbf·in.).
4. Reconnect the cables to the new CMUF according to the cable connection
records.
NOTE
Use an M3 torque screwdriver to tighten the screws on the 3V3 connector at one end
of the CMUF power cable to 0.25 N·m (2.21 lbf·in.).
Step 6 Check the power-on status of the new CMUF.

cabinet.
2. Check the status of the indicators on the new CMUF panel to determine
whether the new CMUF is working properly. When the new module is working
properly, the RUN indicator is blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s) and the
ALARM indicator is steady off.
Step 7 If the new CMUF passes the power-on check, remove the bar code label from the
faulty CMUF and attach it to the same position on the new CMUF.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.27.8 Replacing a CMUEA (APM30 (Ver.D_A1)/TMC (Ver.D_A1))

If the CMUEA in an APM30 (Ver.D_A1) or a TMC (Ver.D_A1) is faulty, you must
replace it.
Prerequisites
Context
● The following figure shows the position of the CMUEA in the APM30.
● It takes about 10 minutes to replace the CMUEA.

Figure 1-518 Position of the CMUEA in the APM30
(1) CMUEA (2) ELU (3) Fuse terminal for the

CMUEA power cable
Procedure
NOTICE
components.

Step 2 Remove the connector from the LOAD2 port on the EPU.
Step 3 Remove the faulty CMUEA.
1. Record all the cable connections on the CMUEA panel, and then remove these
cables.
2. Loosen the captive screws on the CMUEA assembly, and then remove the
assembly from the cabinet, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-519 Removing the CMUEA assembly
3. Remove the two M3x6 countersunk screws on the CMUEA cover plate and the
five M3x8 screws on the CMUEA, and then remove the CMUEA, as shown in

Figure 1-520 Removing the CMUEA
Step 4 Place the faulty CMUEA in the ESD box or bag.
Step 5 Install the new CMUEA.

1. Use five M3x8 screws to secure the new CMUEA to the CMUEA cover plate to
0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf·in.).
2. Use two countersunk M3x6 screws to secure the CMUEA cover plate to the
CMUEA assembly to 0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf·in.).
3. Tighten the captive screws to secure the CMUEA assembly to the cabinet.
Step 7 Check the status of the indicators to determine whether the CMUEA works
properly. For details about the status of the indicators, see CMUEA.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.

1.5.27.9 Replacing a CMUEA (RFC (Ver.D_A))/CMUH (RFC (Ver.E_A))

When the CMUEA in an RFC (Ver.D_A2) or RFC (Ver.D_A1) or the CMUH in an RFC
(Ver.E_A2) or RFC (Ver.E_A1) is faulty, the CMUEA or CMUH must be replaced.
Prerequisites
Context
● The following figure shows the position of a CMUEA or CMUH in an RFC.
● The procedure for replacing a CMUEA is the same as that for replacing a
CMUH. The following figures use the CMUEA as example.
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a CMUEA or CMUH.

Figure 1-521 Position of a CMUEA or CMUH
(1) CMUEA or CMUH assembly (2) Fuse terminal block for CMUEA or CMUH
power cables
Procedure
NOTICE
components.
Step 2 Remove the EPC4 connector from the LOAD3 port on the DCDU-13A on the left
side.
Step 3 Remove the faulty CMUEA or CMUH.

1. Record the cable connections on the CMUEA or CMUH, and remove the
cables.

2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from the CMUEA or
CMUH panel, and pull the CMUEA or CMUH out of the cabinet, as shown in
Figure 1-522 Removing a CMUEA or CMUH assembly
3. Remove the CMUEA or CMUH from the support, record the connections of
two fan transfer cables on the CMUEA or CMUH, and remove the cables.
Step 4 Place the faulty CMUEA or CMUH in an ESD box or bag.
Step 5 Install a new CMUEA or CMUH.

1. Install the new CMUEA or CMUH on the support and reconnect the fan
transfer cables to the new CMUEA or CMUH.
2. Push the support for the new CMUEA or CMUH assembly into the installation
position, and tighten the four screws on the mounting ears on both sides of
the CMUEA or CMUH assembly to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
3. Reconnect the cables to the corresponding ports on the new CMUEA or
CMUH according to the records.
Step 6 Reinstall the EPC4 connector in the LOAD3 port on the DCDU-13A.
Step 7 Check the status of the indicators to determine whether the new CMUEA or
CMUH is working properly. For details about the status of the indicators, see
CMUEA or CMUH.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
1.5.27.10 Replacing a CMUEA (IBBS700D)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the CMUEA in
an IBBS700D.
Prerequisites
Context
● Replacing the CMUEA interrupts all the services carried on the CMUEA.
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a CMUEA.
● The following figure shows the position of the CMUEA.

Figure 1-523 Position of the CMUEA

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 3 Remove the faulty CMUEA.
1. Record the cable connections on the CMUEA, and remove the cables.
2. Use an M4 torque socket to remove the ground screw on one side of the
CMUEA, and then remove the PGND cable.
3. Use an M4 Phillips screwdriver to remove the three screws that secure the
CMUEA box, and then remove the CMUEA box.
4. Use an M3 Phillips screwdriver to remove the five screws from the CMUEA,
and then remove the CMUEA.
Step 4 Take out a new CMUEA, and set the DIP switch on the new CMUEA to the correct
position, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-525 Position and setting of the DIP switch
Step 5 Install a new CMUEA.

1. Place the new CMUEA in the corresponding position, and use an M3 Phillips
screwdriver to tighten the five screws on the CMUEA to 0.3 N·m (2.65 lbf·in.).
2. Install the CMUEA, and use an M4 Phillips screwdriver to tighten the three
screws on the CMUEA to 1 N·m (8.85 lbf·in.).
3. Connect the PGND cable to the ground point on one side of the CMUEA and
use an M4 torque socket to tighten the ground screw securing the PGND
cable to 1 N·m (8.85 lbf·in.).
4. Reconnect the cables to the new CMUEA according to the cable connection
records.
NOTE
Use an M3 torque screwdriver to tighten the screws on the 3V3 connector at one end
of the CMUEA power cable to 0.25 N·m (2.21 lbf·in.).
Step 6 Check the power-on status of the new CMUEA.

cabinet.
2. Check the status of indicators to determine whether the new CMUEA is
working properly. When the new CMUEA is working properly, the RUN
indicator is blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s) and the ALARM indicator
is steady off.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.

component.
1.5.27.11 Replacing a CMUEA (IBBS200D (Ver.D)/IBBS200T (Ver.D))

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a CMUEA that
is used in an IBBS200D (Ver.D) or an IBBS200T (Ver.D) cabinet.
Prerequisites
Context
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a CMUEA.
● Either a CMUEA or a CMUH can be used as a replacement for a CMUEA.
● The following figures show the positions of the CMUEA on the front doors of
an IBBS200D and an IBBS200T, respectively.
Figure 1-526 Position of the CMUEA in an IBBS200D
(1) CMUEA (2) Power switch for the CMUEA

Figure 1-527 Position of the CMUEA in an IBBS200T
(1) CMUEA (2) Power switch for the CMUEA
Procedure
● Replace the CMUEA in the IBBS200D or IBBS200T.
NOTICE
b. For the IBBS200D, remove the connector on the fan power cable from the
power distribution box in the IBBS200D. For the IBBS200T, remove the
connector on the TEC power cable from the power distribution box in the
IBBS200T.
c. Remove the cover for the CMUEA, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-528 Removing the cover for a CMUEA
d. Record the cable connections on the CMUEA, and remove the cables.
e. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the five screws from the CMUEA,
and remove the CMUEA.
f. Take out a new CMUEA, and set the DIP switch on the new CMUEA to
the correct position, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-529 Position of a DIP switch
g. Stick the label delivered with the new CMUEA to the corresponding
position on the CMUEA assembly, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-530 Position for sticking the label for the CMUEA in an
IBBS200D
Figure 1-531 Position for sticking the label for the CMUEA in an
IBBS200T
h. Reinstall all cables on the CMUEA.

i. Check the status of indicators to determine whether the cabinet is
properly working. For details about the status of CMUEA indicators, see
CMUEA.
● Replace the CMUEA in the IBBS200D with a CMUH.

NOTICE
IBBS200T.
c. Remove the five M4 screws from the newly delivered fan assembly.
d. Remove the two hexagonal screws from the PWR port on the newly
delivered fan assembly, as shown in the following figure. Place the
hexagonal screws into an ESD box or bag.
e. Remove the five M3 screws from the CMUH, as shown in the following
figure. Place the M3 screws into an ESD box or bag.

Figure 1-533 Removing screws from a CMUH
f. Remove the connectors on the two fan power cables from the CMUH,
and remove the CMUH.
Figure 1-534 Removing connectors on fan power cables from a CMUH
g. Install the CMUH in the newly delivered monitoring box, and use the
removed two hexagonal screws and five M3 screws to secure the CMUH
with a torque of 0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf·in.).

h. Remove the connecter on the fan power cable from the power
distribution box in the IBBS200D.
i. Record the cable connections on the CMUEA, and remove the cables.
j. Remove the two M4x8 screws from the original monitoring box on the
front door, and remove the monitoring box.
k. Install a new CMUH monitoring box, and tighten the two M4x8 screws to
1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
l. Reinstall all cables.
Cable Whether to One End The Other

Replace the End
Cable Port on the Port on the
Faulty New CMUH
CMUEA
Fan No IFAN1 IFAN1 Not

monitoring removed
signal cable
CMUEA No PWR PWR Not

power cable removed
Temperatur No TEM_BAT TEM_BAT Not

e sensor for removed
storage
batteries
CMUEA No COM_IN COM_IN Not

monitoring removed
signal cable
ELU No ELU ELU Not

monitoring removed
signal cable
Monitoring No GATE GATE Not

signal cable removed
for the door
status
sensor
Monitoring No COM_OUT COM_OUT Not

between
cascaded
CMUEAs
m. Check the status of indicators to determine whether the cabinet is

properly working.
n. Take off the ESD wrist strap or ESD gloves, and pack up all tools.
● Replace the CMUEA in the IBBS200T with a CMUH.

NOTICE
IBBS200T.
c. Remove the connecter on the TEC power cable from the power
distribution box in the IBBS200T.
d. Remove all cables from the CMUEA.
e. Open the cover, and remove the two M4 screws securing the CMUEA.
Place the screws in an ESD box or bag, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-535 Replacing a monitoring box
f. Install a new CMUH monitoring box, and tighten the two M4x8 screws to
1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
g. Reinstall all cables.


Replace the End
Faulty New CMUH
CMUEA
Monitoring No IFAN2 IFAN1 Not

for the
outer air
circulation
fan

for the inner
air
circulation
fan
CMUEA No PWR PWR Not

power cable removed

storage
batteries
CMUEA No COM_IN COM_IN Not

monitoring removed
signal cable
ELU No ELU ELU Not

monitoring removed
signal cable

for the door
status
sensor

between
cascaded
CMUEAs
h. Check the status of indicators to determine whether the cabinet is

properly working.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.27.12 Replacing a CMUE (APM30H/RFC/TMC11H/IBBS200D/IBBS200T

(Ver.C))
A CMUE can be installed in an APM30H (Ver.C), RFC (Ver.C), TMC11H (Ver.C),
IBBS200D (Ver.C), or IBBS200T (Ver.C). This section describes the procedure and
precautions for replacing a CMUE.
Prerequisites
Context
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a CMUE.
● Either a CMUE or a CMUH can be used as a replacement for a CMUE.
● The following figures show the positions of the CMUE on the front doors of
an IBBS200T and an IBBS200D, respectively.

Figure 1-536 Position of the CMUE on the front door of an IBBS200D
(1) CMUE (2) Power switch for the CMUE
Figure 1-537 Position of the CMUE on the front door of an IBBS200T
(1) CMUE (2) Power switch for the CMUE

Procedure
● Replace the CMUE in the IBBS200D.
NOTICE
b. Turn off the FAN/TEC_SW2 circuit breaker on the power distribution box.
c. Remove the fan mounting frame from the IBBS200D. Use a Phillips
screwdriver to remove the five screws from the fan mounting frame, and
remove the fan mounting frame, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-538 Removing the fan mounting frame from an IBBS200D
d. Record the cable connections on the CMUE, and remove the cables.
e. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from the CMUE, and
remove the CMUE.
f. Take out a new CMUE, and install the jumper caps from the faulty CMUE
to the corresponding positions on the new CMUE. The following figure
shows the positions of the jumper caps.

Figure 1-539 Positions of the jumper caps in an IBBS200D
g. Stick the label delivered with the new CMUE to the corresponding
position on the CMUE assembly, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-540 Position for sticking the label for the CMUE in an IBBS200D
h. Place the new CMUE to the installation position in the CMUE assembly,
and use four screws to secure the CMUE to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
i. Reconnect the cables to the corresponding ports on the new CMUE
j. Place the CMUE assembly to the original position, and use the screws to
secure the assembly on the front door of the cabinet.
k. Listen to the sound generated by the running fan and observe the status
of indicators to determine whether the cabinet is working properly. For
details about the status of CMUE indicators, see CMUE.
● Replace the CMUE in the IBBS200T.

a. Turn off the FAN/TEC_SW2 circuit breaker on the power distribution box.
b. Remove the CMUE assembly from the IBBS200T. Use a Phillips
screwdriver to remove the two screws from the CMUE assembly, and
remove the assembly, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-541 Removing the CMUE assembly from an IBBS200T
c. Record the cable connections on the CMUE, and remove the cables.
d. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from the CMUE, and
remove the CMUE.
e. Take out a new CMUE, and install the jumper caps from the faulty CMUE
to the corresponding positions on the new CMUE. The following figure
shows the positions of the jumper caps.

Figure 1-542 Positions of the jumper caps in an IBBS200T
f. Stick the label delivered with the new CMUE to the corresponding
position on the CMUE assembly, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-543 Position for sticking the label for the CMUE in an IBBS200T
g. Place the new CMUE to the installation position in the CMUE assembly,
and use four screws to secure the CMUE with a recommended torque of
1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
h. Reconnect the cables to the corresponding ports on the new CMUE
i. Place the CMUE assembly to the original position, and use the screws to
secure the assembly on the front door of the cabinet.

k. Listen to the sound generated by the running fan and observe the status
of indicators to determine whether the cabinet is working properly. For
details about the status of CMUE indicators, see CMUE.
● Replace the CMUE in the IBBS200D with a CMUH.
b. Record the cable connections on the fan assembly, and remove the
cables.
c. Remove the eight M4 nuts from the fan assembly, and remove the fan
assembly, as shown by illustration a in Figure 1-544.
d. Remove the two M4 nuts from the original waterproof baffle plate, and
remove the waterproof baffle plate, as shown by illustration b in Figure
1-544.
Figure 1-544 Remove the original fan assembly and waterproof baffle
plate from the front door
e. Clean the front door of the cabinet and ensure that the door surface is
free from foreign matters such as rubber strips.
f. Place the removed fan assembly into an ESD box or bag.
g. Install the new fan assembly, and tighten the eight M4 nuts to 1.2 N·m
(10.62 lbf·in.).
h. Reinstall all cables (including PGND cables).


Replace the End
Faulty New CMUH
CMUE

for the left
fan

for the right
fan
CMUE No PWR PWR Not

power cable removed

storage
batteries
CMUE No COM_IN COM_IN Not

monitoring removed
signal cable
ELU No ELU ELU Not

monitoring removed
signal cable

for the door
status
sensor

between
cascaded
CMUEs
● Replace the CMUE in the IBBS200T with a CMUH.

b. Remove all the cables from the monitoring box.
c. Open the cover of the monitoring box, and remove the two M4 screws
from the monitoring box.
d. Remove the monitoring box, and place it in an ESD box or bag.

Figure 1-545 Replacing the monitoring box in an IBBS200T
e. Install a new monitoring box, and tighten the two M4x8 screws to 1.2
N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
f. Reconnect all removed cables.
Replace the End
Faulty New CMUH
CMUE

for the
outer air
circulation
fan

for the inner
air
circulation
fan
CMUE No PWR PWR Not

power cable removed

storage
batteries


Replace the End
Faulty New CMUH
CMUE
CMUE No COM_IN COM_IN Not

monitoring removed
signal cable
ELU No ELU ELU Not

monitoring removed
signal cable

for the door
status
sensor

between
cascaded
CMUEs
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.27.13 Replacing a CMUA (APM30H/RFC/TMC11H/IBBS200D/IBBS200T

(Ver.B))
A CMUA can be installed in an APM30H (Ver.B), RFC (Ver.B), TMC11H (Ver.B),
IBBS200D (Ver.B), or IBBS200T (Ver.B). This section describes the procedure and
precautions for replacing a CMUA.
Prerequisites
● The quantities and types of a board to be replaced are confirmed, and a new
board is available.

● DIP settings of a CMUA vary according to a cabinet. Check and set the DIP
switches of a CMUA according to the following figure before replacing the
CMUA.
Figure 1-546 Positions and settings of DIP switches on CMUAs in different

cabinets
NOTE
The red rectangles in the preceding figure show the positions for connecting jumper caps.
Context
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a CMUA.
● Either a CMUA or a CMUH can be used as a replacement for a CMUA.
● The following figure shows the positions of CMUAs on the front doors of an
IBBS200D and an IBBS200T.

Figure 1-547 Positions of CMUAs
Procedure
● Replace the CMUA in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T with a CMUA.
a. Wear an ESD wrist strap or ESD gloves.
NOTICE
Take proper ESD protection measures, for example, wear an ESD wrist
strap or ESD gloves, to prevent electrostatic damage to the boards,
modules, or other electronic components.
b. Turn off the FAN/TEC_SW2 circuit breaker on the power distribution box
to power off the CMUA.
c. Remove the component to be replaced, as shown in the following figure.
▪ In an IBBS200D, use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the five screws

from the fan mounting frame, and remove the fan mounting frame.
▪ In an IBBS200T, use a screwdriver to loosen the screws on the CMUA,

and then remove the CMUA.

Figure 1-548 Removing the fan mounting frame from an IBBS200D or

the monitoring box from an IBBS200T
d. Record cable connections on the CMUA, and remove cables.

e. Use a screwdriver to loosen the four screws on the four corners of the
faulty CMUA. Then, remove the CMUA and place it in an ESD bag.
f. Install a new CMUA, and use four screws to secure the CMUA to 1.2 N·m
(10.62 lbf·in.).
g. Reinstall all cables.
h. Reinstall the fan mounting frame on the front door of the cabinet.
i. Stick the label delivered with the board to the corresponding position on
the cover. The following figure shows the positions for sticking the label.
Figure 1-549 Position for sticking a label on a CMUA

j. Check the status of indicators to determine whether the cabinet is

properly working. For details about the status of indicators on a CMUA,
see CMUA.
k. Remove the ESD wrist strap or ESD gloves and pack up all tools.
● Replace the CMUA in an IBBS200D or IBBS200T with a CMUH.
a. Record cable connections on the fan assembly, and remove cables.
b. Remove the component to be replaced.
▪ In an IBBS200D, remove eight M4 nuts from the fan assembly to

remove the fan assembly, and remove two M4 nuts from the
waterproof baffle plate to remove the waterproof baffle plate, as
Figure 1-550 Removing the original fan assembly and waterproof

baffle plate from a front door
▪ In an IBBS200T, open the cover of the monitoring box, and remove

two M4 screws from the monitoring box, as shown in the following
figure.

Figure 1-551 Replacing the monitoring box in an IBBS200T
c. Clean the front door of the cabinet and ensure that the door surface is
free from foreign matters such as rubber strips.
d. Place the removed component into an ESD box or bag.
e. Install a new component.
▪ In an IBBS200D, install a new CMUH assembly, and tighten eight M4

nuts to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
▪ In an IBBS200T, install a new CMUH monitoring box, and tighten two

M4x8 screws to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
f. Reinstall all cables (including PGND cables).
Replace the End
Faulty New CMUH
CMUA

for the left
fan

for the right
fan
CMUA No PWR PWR Not

power cable removed


Replace the End
Faulty New CMUH
CMUA

storage
batteries
CMUA No COM_IN COM_IN Not

monitoring removed
signal cable
ELU No ELU ELU Not

monitoring removed
signal cable

for a door
status
sensor

between
cascaded
CMUAs
g. Check the status of indicators to determine whether the cabinet is

properly working. For details about the status of indicators on a CMUH,
see CMUH.
h. Remove the ESD wrist strap or ESD gloves and pack up all tools.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.27.14 Replacing an HEUB (OMB (Ver.C))

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a Heat
Exchange Unit type B (HEUB) that is used in an OMB (Ver.C) cabinet.

Prerequisites
ESD gloves and an M3 Phillips screwdriver.
● The quantity and types of boards to be replaced are confirmed, and new
boards are available.
Context
The following figure shows the position of the HEUB in the OMB.
Figure 1-552 Position of the HEUB
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the connector from the LOAD9 port on the PDU10D-01.
Step 4 Disconnect the monitoring cable and power cable from the HEUB, as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 1-553 Disconnecting the cables
Step 5 Remove the four M3 screws from the HEUB and remove the HEUB, as shown in
Figure 1-554 Removing the HEUB
Step 6 Install the new HEUB and tighten the screws on it to 0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf·in.).
Step 7 Connect the cables back to the corresponding ports according to the record.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

1.5.27.15 Replacing an HEUA (OMB)

The HEUA is the monitoring board of the heat exchanger. The HEUA supplies
power to the fans, monitors the running status of the fans, and collects and
reports alarms related to the cabinet. The HEUA can be used in an OMB.
Prerequisites
● The tools and materials are available, such as the ESD wrist strap or ESD
gloves and M3 screwdriver.
● The quantity and type of board to be replaced are confirmed, and the new
board is ready.
Context
Figure 1-555 shows the position of the HEUA in the OMB.
Figure 1-555 Position of the HEUA

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off circuit breaker SW7 on the DCDU-03B to power off the HEUA.
Step 3 Record all the cable connections on the panel of the module to be replaced.
Step 4 Disconnect the power cable and monitoring cable from the HEUA, as shown in
Figure 1-556.
Step 5 Remove the four M3 screws from the cover plate and then remove the cover plate.
Remove the four M3 screws from the HEUA and then remove the HEUA, as shown
in Figure 1-557.

Figure 1-557 Removing the HEUA
Step 6 Install the new board, tighten the screws on the board to 0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf·in.),
then install the cover plate, tighten the screws on the cover plate until the
tightening torque reaches 0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf·in.), and then reconnect the cables.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
● Place the replaced component into the ESD box or bag. Then, place the ESD
component.
1.5.27.16 Replacing a CCU (BTS3900AL)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a CCU that is
used in a BTS3900AL.
Prerequisites
● An ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves and a screwdriver are available.

Context
● Replacing a CCU interrupts all monitoring services provided by the CCU.
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a CCU.
● The following figure shows the position of a CCU.
Figure 1-558 Position of a CCU
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the EPC4 connector on the CCU power cable from the LOAD0 port on the
upper DCDU-12C.
Step 3 Remove the faulty CCU, as shown in the following figure.

1. Record the cable connections on the faulty CCU, and remove the connectors
on the cables from the CCU.
NOTE
Before disconnecting a dry contact alarm cable, use a screwdriver to hold the button above
the cable.
2. Remove the four screws on both sides of the faulty CCU, and then gently pull
the CCU out of the cabinet.

Figure 1-559 Removing a faulty CCU
Step 4 Install a new CCU.

1. Gently slide the new CCU into the corresponding slot, and then tighten the
four screws to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
2. Reconnect the cables to the new CCU based on the cable connection records.
Step 5 Check the power-on status of the new CCU.

1. Reconnect the EPC4 connector on the CCU power cable removed in Step 2 to
the LOAD0 port on the upper DCDU-12C.
2. Check the status of indicators on the new CCU panel to determine whether
the new CCU is working properly. When the module is working properly, the
RUN indicator is blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s).
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

1.5.27.17 Replacing a WIUA (IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T)

A WIUA can be installed in an IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D, or IBBS300T. This
section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a WIUA.
Prerequisites
Context
● It takes about 30 minutes to replace a WIUA.
● The following figures show the exterior and installation positions of the
WIUAs on the front doors of an IBBS200D and an IBBS200T.
Figure 1-560 Exterior of a WIUA
(1) COM_IN port (2) SETUP indicator (3) STATE indicator
(4) Pairing button (5) ANT -

Figure 1-561 Installation positions of WIUAs
(1) IBBS200D (2) IBBS200T
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Unpair the eBat from the WIUA.

1. Press the pairing button on the WIUA. The "SETUP" indicator starts blinking
(on for 1s and off for 1s, or on for 0.125s and off for 0.125s).
2. Press and hold the pairing button on the eBat for more than 3s, and the eBat
will be unpaired from the WIUA. The "RUN/ALM" indicator becomes steady
on.
3. Press the pairing button on the WIUA to disable the pairing function.
Step 3 Remove the WIUA.

1. Remove the cable connector from the "COM_IN" port on the WIUA.
2. Remove the WIUA from the installation position.
3. Remove the cable connector from the CMUH in the IBBS200D/IBBS200T
cabinet.
Step 4 Install the new WIUA.

1. Clean the surface of the installation position and ensure that there is no dust.
2. Strip the adhesive paper off the bottom of the WIUA, adhere the WIUA to the
inner side of the front door of the battery cabinet, and apply a pressing force
of 20 N (4.5 lbf) to the WIUA for 5s to 10s.
3. Reconnect the cable connectors removed in Step 3.1 and Step 3.3.
Step 5 Re-pair the eBat with the WIUA.

2. Press and hold the pairing button on the eBat for 1s to 2s till the "RUN/ALM"
indicator starts blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s), indicating that the
eBat has been paired with the WIUA.
3. After the "SETUP" indicator on the WIUA blinks for 10 minutes, the pairing
function is automatically disabled.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.27.18 Replacing an eBat (IBBS200D/IBBS200T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T)

An eBat can be installed in an IBBS200D, IBBS200T, IBBS300D, or IBBS300T. This
section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing an eBat.
Prerequisites
Context
● It takes about 30 minutes to replace an eBat.
● The following figure shows the installation positions of eBats in an IBBS200D
or IBBS200T, and an IBBS300D or IBBS300T.

Figure 1-562 Installation positions of eBats
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Unpair the eBat from the WIUA.

2. Press and hold the pairing button on the eBat for more than 3s, and the eBat
will be unpaired from the WIUA. The "RUN/ALM" indicator becomes steady
on.
3. Press the pairing button on the WIUA to disable the pairing function.
Step 3 Turn off all the circuit breakers on the battery cabinet and power cabinet. The
following figures show the positions of circuit breakers.

Step 4 Remove the eBat to be replaced.

1. Remove the 4-pin connector from the cable outlet on the eBat.
2. Push the eBat case upwards and keep the backplane on the surface of the
storage battery. The following figure shows how to remove an eBat.

Figure 1-564 Removing an eBat
3. Open the cover plate for the storage battery and remove the OT terminals of
the eBat from positive and negative poles of the storage battery.
Step 5 Install a new eBat.
1. Push the new eBat box downwards and cover the backplane reserved in Step
4.2.
2. Reconnect the 4-pin connector removed in Step 4.1 and the OT terminals
removed in Step 4.3, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-565 Connecting an eBat to a storage battery
3. Optional: If Genesis storage batteries are installed, connect the eBat to a

Genesis storage battery as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-566 Connecting an eBat to a Genesis storage battery

Step 6 Re-pair the eBat and WIUA.

1. Press the pairing button on the WIUA. The SETUP indicator starts blinking (on
for 1s and off for 1s, or on for 0.125s and off for 0.125s).
2. Press and hold the pairing button on the eBat for 1s to 2s till the RUN/ALM
indicator starts blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s), indicating that the
eBat has been paired with the WIUA.
3. After the SETUP indicator on the WIUA blinks for 10 minutes, the pairing
function is automatically disabled.
Step 7 Turn on all the circuit breakers on the battery cabinet and power cabinet.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.27.19 Replacing a Door Status Sensor

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a door status
sensor in an OMB, APM, RFC, TMC, BTS, BBC, or IBBS series cabinet.
Prerequisites
Context
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a door status sensor.
● The procedures for replacing a door status sensor in an OMB, APM, RFC, TMC,
BTS, BBC, or IBBS series cabinet are the same. The following uses the OMB
(Ver.C), BTS3900AL (Ver.A), and BBC5200T-L as examples.
● A door status sensor consists of a magnet and a switch, as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 1-567 Position of the door status sensor in a BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet
Figure 1-568 Position of the door status sensor in an OMB (Ver.C) cabinet

Figure 1-569 Position of the door status sensor in a BBC5200T-L cabinet
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the switch of the door status sensor to be replaced, as shown in the
following figure.
1. Remove the housing of the switch by hand.
2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to loosen the two M2.5 screws in the middle of the
switch, and then remove the monitoring cables.
3. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the two M3 screws from the switch, and
remove the switch.

Figure 1-570 Removing the switch of the door status sensor
Step 3 Remove the magnet of the door status sensor to be replaced, as shown in the
following figure.
1. Remove the housing of the magnet by hand.
2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the two M3 screws from the magnet, and
remove the magnet.
Figure 1-571 Removing the magnet of the door status sensor
Step 4 Install the switch of the new door status sensor.

1. Remove the housing of the new switch by hand.
2. Place the new switch in the installation position, and use a Phillips screwdriver
to secure two M3 screws to the upper and lower mounting holes with a
tightening torque of 0.6 N·m (5.31 lbf·in.).
3. Place two monitoring cables between the washers of the two M2.5 screws,
and then use a Phillips screwdriver to secure the screws to the two mounting

holes in the middle of the switch with a tightening torque of 0.3 N·m (2.66
lbf·in.).
4. Break off the plastic baffle plates at both ends of the housing removed in a,
and reinstall the housing onto the switch.
Step 5 Install the magnet of the new door status sensor.

1. Remove the housing of the new magnet by hand.
2. Place the new magnet in the installation position, and use two M3 screws to
secure it to 0.6 N·m (5.31 lbf·in.).
3. Reinstall the housing of the magnet removed in a on the magnet.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.27.20 Replacing a Temperature Sensor

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a temperature
sensor in an OMB (Ver.C) or BTS3900AL cabinet.
Prerequisites
ESD gloves, and a pair of diagonal pliers.
Context
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace a temperature sensor.
● For the position of a temperature sensor in a cabinet, see Temperature Sensor.
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the faulty temperature sensor, as shown in the following figure.
1. Record the cable connections of the faulty temperature sensor, remove the
connector on the cable from the board.
2. Cut off the cable ties on the cable.
3. Pull the rubber plug where the faulty temperature sensor is installed out of
the installation hole.
4. Remove the sensor with its cable.
Figure 1-572 Removing the rubber plug
(1) Rubber plug (2) Temperature sensor (3) Installation hole
Step 3 Install a new temperature sensor.

1. Insert the new temperature sensor into the rubber plug, as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 1-573 Installing a rubber plug
2. Insert the new temperature sensor equipped with the rubber plug into the
installation hole.
3. Reroute and rebind the cable for the new temperature sensor.
4. Reconnect the cable to the port on the corresponding board.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.28 Replacing Surge Protection Devices

This section describes how to replace different surge protection devices used in
1.5.28.1 Replacing Boards in the SLPU or Surge Protection Subrack for

Transmission Signals
An SLPU can be installed in any of the following cabinets: APM5930, APM30H,
TMC11H, and BTS3900AL (Ver.A). A surge protection subrack can be used in a
BTS3900AL (Ver.A). When maintaining the SLPU or surge protection subrack for
transmission signals, the UELP or UFLP needs to be replaced.

1.5.28.1.1 Replacing a UELP

A UELP can be used in an APM5930, APM30H, TMC11H, BTS3900AL (Ver.A), or
OMB (Ver.C). This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a
UELP.
Prerequisites
operations:
available.
Context
● In the APM5930(AC)/APM5930(DC) cabinet, the UELP is installed in the
FAN02G, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-574 Position of a UELP in the APM5930(AC)/(DC) cabinet
● In the BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet, the UELP is installed in the surge protection
subrack for transmission signals, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-575 Position of a UELP in the BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet
● In the OMB (Ver.C) cabinet, the UELP is installed in the BBU, as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 1-576 Position of a UELP in an OMB (Ver.C) cabinet
● In other cabinets, the UELP is installed in the SLPU, as shown in the following
figure.
Figure 1-577 Position of a UELP in the SLPU
● The UELP is hot-swappable.
Procedure
The following figure shows the procedure for replacing a UELP.

Figure 1-578 Procedure
Procedure
a. Query alarms reported by the base station according to the instructions
in Monitoring and Viewing Current Alarms.
b. Instruct a site engineer to replace the board.
c. Receive the information that the site engineer has replaced the board.
d. Perform the operation of Monitoring and Viewing Current Alarms to
e. Perform manual synchronization according to the instructions in
f. Inform the site engineer that the remote operations are completed, and
ask the site engineer to verify the services.

● Perform the following operations locally.

a. Receive the instruction from the remote engineer and prepare to replace
the board.
b. Put on an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
NOTICE
c. Record all the cable connections on the panel of the board to be

replaced.
d. Disconnect the transmission cables from the UELP, as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 1-579 Disconnecting cables
e. Remove the two M3 screws on the panel, and pull out the UELP, as
CAUTION
● When removing a board, hold it with both hands and remove it slowly.
● When transporting a board, hold it with both hands.
Figure 1-580 Removing the UELP

f. Set the DIP switches on the new board to the same settings as those of
the DIP switches on the replaced board. For details about the DIP
switches, see UELP.
g. Install a new board and tighten the screws to 0.6 N·m (5.31 lbf·in.).
h. Reconnect the cables according to the recorded cable connections.
j. Inform the remote engineer that the board has been replaced.
k. After receiving the notification from the remote engineer, perform the
operation of Performing Service Tests.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.28.1.2 Replacing a UFLP

A UFLP can be used in an APM5930, APM30H, TMC11H, BTS3900AL (Ver.A), or
OMB (Ver.C). This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing a
UFLP.
Prerequisites
operations:
available.
Context
● In the APM5930(AC)/APM5930(DC) cabinet, the UFLP is installed in the
FAN02G, as shown in the following figure.

Figure 1-581 Position of the UFLP in the APM5930(AC)/(DC) cabinet
● In the BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet, the UFLP is installed in the surge protection
subrack for transmission signals, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-582 Position of a UFLP in the BTS3900AL (Ver.A) cabinet
● In the OMB (Ver.C) cabinet, the UFLP is installed in the BBU, as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 1-583 Position of a UFLP in an OMB (Ver.C) cabinet
● In other cabinets, the UFLP is installed in the SLPU, as shown in the following
figure.

Figure 1-584 Position of a UFLP in the SLPU
● The UFLP is hot-swappable.
Procedure
The following figure shows the procedure for replacing a UFLP.
Figure 1-585 Procedure

Procedure
a. Query alarms reported by the base station according to the instructions
in Monitoring and Viewing Current Alarms.
b. Instruct a site engineer to replace the board.
c. Receive the information that the site engineer has replaced the board.
d. Perform the operation of Monitoring and Viewing Current Alarms to
e. Perform manual synchronization according to the instructions in
f. Inform the site engineer that the remote operations are completed, and
ask the site engineer to verify the services.
● Perform the following operations locally.
a. Receive the instruction from the remote engineer and prepare to replace
the board.
b. Put on an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
NOTICE
c. Record all the cable connections on the panel of the board to be

replaced.
d. Disconnect the transmission cables from the UFLP, as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 1-586 Disconnecting cables
e. Remove the two M3 screws on the panel, and pull out the UFLP, as

CAUTION
● When removing a board, hold it with both hands and remove it slowly.
● When transporting a board, hold it with both hands.
Figure 1-587 Removing the UFLP
f. Install a new board and tighten the screws to 0.6 N·m (5.31 lbf·in.).
g. Reconnect the cables according to the recorded cable connections.
h. Take off the ESD wrist strap or ESD gloves, and pack up all tools.
i. Inform the remote engineer that the board has been replaced.
j. After receiving the notification from the remote engineer, perform the
operation of Performing Service Tests.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.28.2 Replacing an AC Surge Protector (APM5930/APM30H Series

Cabinets)
This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing an AC surge
protector in an APM5930/APM30H (Ver.B)/APM30H (Ver.C)/APM30H (Ver.D)/
APM30H (Ver.E) cabinet.
Prerequisites


available.
Context
● When the color of the indicator on the front panel of the AC surge protector
changes from green to red, the AC surge protector needs to be replaced.
● The procedures for installing AC surge protectors in an APM30H (Ver.B)/
APM30H (Ver.C)/APM30H (Ver.D)/APM30H (Ver.E)/APM30H (Ver.D_A1)/
APM30H (Ver.D_A2)/APM30H (Ver.E_A1)/APM30H (Ver.E_A2) are the same.
This section uses the APM30H (Ver.D) as an example.
● The following figure shows the installation position of an AC surge protector
in an EPU.
Figure 1-588 Position of the AC surge protector in an EPU05A-11 or

EPU05A-12
(1) AC surge protector

Figure 1-589 Position of the AC surge protector in an EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08,

EPU05A-07, or EPU05A-09
(1) AC surge protector (2) EPU05A-06, EPU05A-08, EPU05A-07, or

EPU05A-09
Figure 1-590 Position of the AC surge protector in an EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04,

EPU05A-03, or EPU05A-05
(1) AC surge protector (2) EPU05A-02, EPU05A-04, EPU05A-03, or

EPU05A-05

in an EPU03A-02.

Figure 1-591 Position of the AC surge protector in an EPU03A-02
(1) AC surge protector (2) EPU03A-02

in an EPS 01A or EPS 01C.
Figure 1-592 Position of the AC surge protector in an EPS 01A or EPS 01 C
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Hold the top and bottom of the surge protector and pull it out, as shown in the
following figure.
NOTE
You can gently move the module up and down to pull it out.
Figure 1-593 Removing a faulty surge protector
Step 3 Install the new surge protector, and ensure that it is installed securely.
Step 4 Check the color of the indicator on the front panel of the surge protector to
determine whether the new surge protector is working properly. When the surge
protector is working properly, the protective cover is green.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

1.5.28.3 Replacing an AC Surge Protector (MRE1000)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing an AC surge
protector in an MRE1000.
Prerequisites
Context
● When the color of the protective cover on the front panel of the surge
protection module changes from green to red, the surge protection module
must be replaced.
in an MRE1000.
Figure 1-594 Position of the AC surge protector in an MRE1000

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Press the top and bottom of the faulty surge protection module and remove it, as
NOTE
You can gently move the surge protection module up and down to pull it out.
Figure 1-595 Removing a faulty surge protection module
Step 3 Install the new surge protection module, and ensure that it is installed securely.
Step 4 Check the color of the protective cover on the front panel of the surge protection
module to determine whether the new surge protection module is properly
working. When the surge protection module is properly working, the protective
cover is green.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.

component.
1.5.28.4 Replacing an AC Surge Protector (BTS3900AL)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the AC surge
protector that is used in a BTS3900AL.
Prerequisites
● An ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves is available.
Context
● It takes about 3 minutes to replace an AC surge protector.
● The following figure shows the position of the AC surge protector in a
BTS3900AL cabinet.
Figure 1-596 Position of the AC surge protector in a BTS3900AL cabinet
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the faulty AC surge protector, as shown in the following figure.
1. Open the transparent protective cover on the PDU05A.
2. Press both sides of the surge protection module to pull out the faulty AC
surge protector.
Figure 1-597 Removing the faulty AC surge protector
Step 3 Install a new AC surge protector.

1. Slide the new AC surge protector into the corresponding slot, and push it until
it is securely installed.
2. Close the transparent protective cover.
Step 4 Check the color of the protective cover on the front panel of the surge protector to
determine whether the new surge protector is working properly. When the surge
protector is working properly, the protective cover is green.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.28.5 Replacing the AC Surge Protection Box

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the AC surge
protection box that is used in an OMB.
Prerequisites
● The quantities and types of AC surge protection boxes to be replaced are
confirmed, and new AC surge protection boxes are available.
Context
● Replacing an AC surge protection box interrupts the surge protection for the
base station.
● Therefore, the AC surge protection box must be replaced within 10 minutes.
● The following figure shows the position of the AC surge protection box in an
OMB.
Figure 1-598 Position of the AC surge protection box in an OMB
(1) AC surge protection box

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 4 Disconnect the monitoring cable and power cable from the AC surge protection
box, as shown in the following figure.
Step 5 Use an M4 screwdriver to remove the screw on the panel of the AC surge
protection box, and pull it out of the cabinet, as shown in following figure.

Figure 1-600 Removing the AC surge protection box
Step 6 Install the new AC surge protection box, and tighten the screw on the panel to 1.2
N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
Step 7 Reconnect the cables according to the cable connection record.
Step 8 Power on the base station.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.28.6 Replacing a GPS Surge Protector (IMB05)

A GPS surge protector can be used in an IMB05. This section describes the
procedure and precautions for replacing a GPS surge protector.
Prerequisites
ESD gloves, a torque wrench, and an inner hexagon screwdriver.


Context
● Replacing a GPS surge protector takes about 5 minutes.
● The following figure shows the position of a GPS surge protector in an IMB05.
Figure 1-601 Position of a GPS surge protector in the IMB05
Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the faulty GPS surge protector, as shown in the following figure.
1. Disconnect the GPS jumper from the "Surge" terminal on the faulty GPS surge
protector.
2. Disconnect the PGND cable from the ground terminal of the faulty GPS surge
protector.

3. Remove the faulty GPS surge protector from the type N50 straight female
connector on the GPS signal cable.
Figure 1-602 Removing the faulty GPS surge protector
Step 3 Install a new GPS surge protector.

1. Connect the "Protect" terminal on the faulty GPS surge protector to the type
N50 straight female connector on the GPS signal cable.
2. Connect a PGND cable to the ground terminal of the faulty GPS surge
protector.
3. Connect the GPS jumper to the "Surge" terminal on the faulty GPS surge
protector.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

1.5.28.7 Replacing an SPD (OMB (Ver.C))

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing the SPD that is
used in an OMB (Ver.C).
Prerequisites
● The quantities and types of SPDs to be replaced are confirmed, and new AC
surge protectors are available.
Context
● Replacing an SPD interrupts the surge protection for the base station.
● Therefore, the SPD must be replaced within 10 minutes.
● The following figure shows the position of the SPD in an OMB (Ver.C).
Figure 1-603 Position of the SPD in an OMB (Ver.C)
(1) SPD
Procedure

NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the board on which the indicator on the SPD is red, and install the new
board of the same type as the removed board, as shown in the following figure.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.29 Replacing an ELU

This section describes the procedure for replacing ELUs in different 3900 and 5900
series base station cabinets.
1.5.29.1 Replacing an ELU (DC IBC10 (Ver.B) Cabinet)

An ELU can be installed in a DC IBC10 (Ver.B) cabinet. This section describes the
procedure and precautions for replacing an ELU.
Prerequisites
bag.


● Do not replace the ELU and its connected upper-level device together.
Otherwise, querying the electronic label of the cabinet may fail. If the ELU
and its connected upper-level device must be replaced together, contact
Huawei technical support.
Context
● It takes about five minutes to replace an ELU.
● The following figure shows the position of an ELU in a DC IBC10 (Ver.B)
cabinet.

Figure 1-605 Position of an ELU in a DC IBC10 (Ver.B) cabinet.
Procedure
Step 1 Remove the faulty ELU.

FAU03D-03
2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four M6 screws from the air deflector
and remove the air deflector, as shown in the following figure.

3. Remove the RJ45 connector from the ELU.

4. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the two M4x8 screws from the ELU.
Figure 1-608 Removing a faulty ELU
Step 2 Install a new ELU.

1. Place the new ELU on the installation position, and use two M4x8 screws to
secure the ELU to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
2. Connect the RJ45 connector to the port on the ELU.
3. Route the cable removed in Step 1.1 through the hole at the rear of the air
deflector and then route the cable through the hole at the rear of the cabinet.

NOTICE
When routing a cable, prevent it from being pressed.
4. Use a Phillips screwdriver to secure the four M6 screws removed from the air
deflector onto the cabinet to 4.8 N·m (42.48 lbf·in.).
5. Connect the RJ45 connector at one end of the cable for the temperature
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.29.2 Replacing an ELU (APM5930/APM30H/RFC/TMC11H/BTS3900/

BTS3900L/OMB (Ver.C)/MRE1000/BTS3900AL)
This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing an ELU in an
APM5930/APM30H/TMC11H/RFC/BTS3900/BTS3900L/OMB (Ver.C)/MRE1000/
BTS3900AL.
Prerequisites
bag.
Context
● For the position of an ELU in the cabinet, see ELU.
● It takes about 5 minutes to replace an ELU.

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the ELU to be replaced, as shown in the following figure.

1. Remove the cable connecting to the RJ45 port from the top of the ELU.
2. Optional: Press the buckle at the ELU bottom, pull the housing of the ELU,
and push the housing of the ELU upwards according to the arrow direction.
Skip this step when the cabinet is a BTS3900 or a BTS3900L.
3. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the two M4 screws from the ELU, and
remove the ELU.

1. Place the new ELU on the installation position, and use two M4 screws to
2. Insert the removed RJ45 connector into the port on the top of the ELU.
3. Optional: Reinstall the housing for the ELU. Skip this step when replacing the
ELU in a BTS3900 or BTS3900L cabinet.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.29.3 Replacing an ELU (BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/BBC5200D-L

(Ver.F_D~E)/BBC5200D/BBC5200T/IBBS200D/IBBS200T)
An ELU can be used in a BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/
BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E)/
BBC5200D/BBC5200T/IBBS200D/IBBS200T. This section describes the procedure
and precautions for replacing an ELU.
Prerequisites
bag.
Context
● The procedure for replacing an ELU in the BBC5200D-L is the same as that in
the BBC5200T-L/BBC5200D-L (Ver.A_Lead)/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/
IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-L (Ver.F_D~E). The following uses the
BBC5200D-L as an example.
● The following figures show the position of the ELU in a BBC5200D-L/
BBC5200D/BBC5200T/IBBS200D/IBBS200T.

Figure 1-610 Position of an ELU


Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Turn off the circuit breaker "FAN/TEC_SW2" on the lithium/storage batteries for
the FAN/TEC in a Ver.D cabinet.
Step 3 Turn off the circuit breaker "BAT" for the lithium/storage batteries in a Ver.E
cabinet.
Step 4 Remove the upper lithium/storage batteries in the lithium/storage battery cabinet.
1. Remove the first upper storage battery on the left to facilitate operations on
the ELU, as shown in the following figure. For detailed operations, see
1.5.25.6 Replacing Batteries.
WARNING
Turn off the power switch for the storage battery before removing it.

Figure 1-613 Removing the upper left storage battery
2. Remove the upper lithium batteries to facilitate operations on the ELU, as

shown in the following figure. For detailed operations, see 1.5.25.6.1
Replacing Lithium Batteries (BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L/BBC5200D-L
(Ver.A_Lead)/BBC5200T-L (Ver.A_Lead)/IBBS200D-L (Ver.F_D~E)/IBBS200T-
L (Ver.F_D~E)).
WARNING
Turn off the power switch for the lithium battery before removing it.
NOTE
To facilitate operations on the ELU, the first two upper lithium batteries must be
removed from a BBC5200D-L/BBC5200T-L.
Figure 1-614 Removing the upper lithium batteries


remove the ELU.

3. Reinstall the housing for the ELU.
Step 7 Reinstall the lithium/storage battery removed in step 4.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

1.5.29.4 Replacing an ELU (BBC5300D/BBC5300T/IBBS300D/IBBS300T)

This section describes the procedure and precautions for replacing an ELU in a
BBC5300D, BBC5300T, IBBS300D, or IBBS300T.
Prerequisites
bag.
Context
● The following figure shows the position of an ELU in the BBC5300D,
BBC5300T, IBBS300D, or IBBS300T.
● This section uses an IBBS300D or IBBS300T as an example.

Procedure
NOTICE
Step 2 Remove the two upper storage batteries on the left to facilitate operations on the
ELU, as shown in the following figure. For detailed operations, see 1.5.25.6.6
Replacing Storage Batteries (IBBS300D/IBBS300T).
NOTICE
Turn off the power switch for the storage battery before removing it.
Figure 1-617 Removing the upper left storage batteries

remove the ELU.


----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.29.5 Replacing an ELU (ILC29)

ILC29 cabinet.
Prerequisites
bag.


Context
● The following figure shows the position of an ELU in a cabinet.
Figure 1-619 Position of an ELU in an ILC29 (Ver.E)

Procedure
Step 1 Use a screwdriver to remove four M6 screws from the filler panel, remove the filler
panel, and remove the old ELU, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-620 Removing the filler panel
Step 2 Take out a new ELU and a new filler panel, and make sure the ELU is correct.
Figure 1-621 New ELU
(1) Bar code label (2) ELU label
Step 3 Use two M4 screws to secure the new ELU onto the filler panel and tighten the

Figure 1-622 Installing an ELU
Step 4 Insert the ELU signal cable into the port on the new ELU.
Step 5 Use the previously removed four M6 screws to secure the filler panel in the
cabinet and use a torque screwdriver to tighten M6x12 screws on both mounting
ears to 2 N·m (17.7 lbf·in.).

Step 6 Insert the other end of the ELU signal cable into the "SENSOR" port on the fan
assembly.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.29.6 Replacing an ELU (IBC10)

An ELU can be used in an IBC10. This section describes the procedure and
precautions for replacing an ELU.
Prerequisites
bag.
Context
● It takes about five minutes to replace an ELU.
● The following figure shows the position of an ELU in a cabinet.

Figure 1-624 Position of an ELU in a cabinet
(1) ELU
Procedure
NOTICE
components.


FAU03D-02
2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four M6 screws from the air deflector
and remove the air deflector, as shown in the following figure.
3. Remove the RJ45 connector from the ELU.



1. Place the new ELU on the installation position, and use two M4x8 screws to
2. Connect the RJ45 connector to the port on the ELU.
3. Route the cable removed in Step 2.1 through the hole at the rear of the air
deflector and then route the cable through the hole at the rear of the cabinet.
NOTICE
When routing a cable, prevent it from being pressed.
4. Use a Phillips screwdriver to secure the four M6 screws removed from the air
deflector onto the cabinet to 4.8 N·m (42.48 lbf·in.).
5. Connect one end of the cable with an RJ45 connector for the temperature
----End

Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.29.7 Replacing an ELU (BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D)/BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D))

BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) or BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D).
Prerequisites
bag.
Context
● The following figure shows the position of an ELU in a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D).

Figure 1-628 Position of the ELU in a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D)
● The following figure shows the position of an ELU in a BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D)

cabinet.
Figure 1-629 Position of the ELU in a BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) cabinet

● The method of replacing an ELU in a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) cabinet is the

same as that of replacing an ELU in a BTS3900L (Ver.E_B~D) cabinet. This
section uses a BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) cabinet as an example.
Procedure
Step 1 Use a screwdriver to remove four M6 screws from the filler panel, remove the filler
panel, and remove the old ELU, as shown in the following figure.
Step 2 Take out a new ELU and a new filler panel, and make sure the ELU is correct.
Figure 1-631 New ELU
(1) Bar code label (2) ELU label
Step 3 Use two M4 screws to secure the new ELU onto the filler panel and tighten the

Step 4 Insert the ELU signal cable into the port on the new ELU.
Step 5 Use the previously removed four M6 screws to secure the filler panel in the
cabinet and use a torque screwdriver to tighten M6x12 screws on both mounting
ears to 2 N·m (17.7 lbf·in.).
Step 6 Insert the other end of the ELU signal cable into the "SENSOR" port on the fan
assembly.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.

1.5.29.8 Replacing an ELU (APM30 (Ver.E_A1)/TMC (Ver.E_A1))

APM30 (Ver.E_A1) or TMC (Ver.E_A1).
Prerequisites
bag.
Context
● The installation positions and procedures for installing an ELU in an APM30
(Ver.E_A1) or TMC (Ver.E_A1) are the same.
● The following figure shows the position of an ELU in a TMC (Ver.E_A1).
● Replacing an ELU takes about 10 minutes.

Figure 1-633 Position of the ELU in a TMC (Ver.E_A1)
(1) CMUH assembly (2) ELU
Procedure
NOTICE
components.

● In an AC scenario, remove the connector on the output power cable from the
"LOAD2" port on the EPU.
● In a DC scenario, remove the connector on the output power cable from the
"LOAD9" port on the DCDU.
Step 3 Remove the CMUH assembly.

1. Record the cable connections on the CMUH, and remove the cables.
2. Remove the captive screws securing the CMUH assembly, and pull the CMUH
assembly out of the cabinet, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-634 Removing a CMUH assembly

1. Remove the cable from the ELU.
2. Open the housing of the ELU, press the buckle at the ELU bottom, pull the
housing of the ELU, and push the housing of the ELU upwards according to
the arrow direction, as shown in the following figure.
3. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the two M4x8 screws on the ELU.

Figure 1-635 Removing the ELU
Step 5 Place the removed ELU into an ESD box or bag.

1. Place the new ELU on the cover of the CMUH, and use two M4x8 screws to
2. Reinstall the RJ45 connector removed in Step 4.1 to the port on the top of
the ELU.
Step 7 Reinstall the CMUH assembly and all cables.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.

1.5.29.9 Replacing an ELU (APM30 (Ver.D_A1)/TMC (Ver.D_A1))

APM30 (Ver.D_A1) or TMC (Ver.D_A1).
Prerequisites
bag.
Context
● The following figure shows the position of an ELU in an APM30 (Ver.D_A1).

Figure 1-636 Position of the ELU in an APM30 (Ver.D_A1)
(1) CMUEA (2) ELU (3) Fuse terminal for the

CMUEA power cable
Procedure
NOTICE
components.

Step 2 Remove the connector on the power cable from the "LOAD2" port on the EPU.

1. Record the cable connections on the CMUEA, and remove the cables.
2. Loosen the captive screws on the CMUEA assembly, and then remove the
assembly from the cabinet, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-637 Removing the CMUEA assembly
3. Remove the cable from the ELU.

4. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the two M4x8 screws from the ELU, as

1. Place the new ELU on the cover of the CMUEA, and use two M4x8 screws to
2. Reinstall the RJ45 connector removed in Step 3.3 to the port on the top of
the ELU.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
1.5.29.10 Replacing an ELU (RFC (Ver.D_A)/RFC (Ver.E_A))

RFC (Ver.D_A) or RFC (Ver.E_A).
Prerequisites
bag.
Context
● The following figure shows the position of an ELU in an RFC (Ver.D_A) or RFC
(Ver.E_A).

Figure 1-639 Position of the ELU in an RFC (Ver.D_A) or RFC (Ver.E_A)
Procedure
NOTICE
components.

2. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four screws from the panel of the
ELU assembly and then pull the ELU assembly out of the cabinet, as shown in

3. Remove the ELU from the support.

1. Place the new ELU on the support, and use two M4x8 screws to secure the
ELU to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
2. Place the new ELU assembly in the installation position and push it into the
cabinet. Then tighten the four screws on the support to 1.2 N·m (10.62
lbf·in.).
3. Reconnect the RJ45 connector removed in Step 2.1 to the port on the ELU.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
1.5.29.11 Replacing an ELU (IBBS20D)

IBBS20D cabinet.

Prerequisites
bag.
Context
● The following figure shows the position of the ELU in an IBBS20D.
Figure 1-641 Position of the ELU in an IBBS20D
Procedure
NOTICE

Step 2 Remove the CMUG.

1. Record all the cable connections on the panel of the board to be replaced.
2. Remove the power cable from the CMUG to power off the CMUG.
Figure 1-642 Removing the power cable from a CMUG
3. Remove all cables from the CMUG.

4. Use an M6 Phillips screwdriver to loosen the two M6 screws on the CMUG
panel, and remove the CMUG, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 1-643 Removing a CMUG
5. Use an M3 Phillips screwdriver to loosen the two M3 countersunk screws on

the cover plate of the CMUG, and remove the cover plate, as shown in the
following figure.

Figure 1-644 Removing the cover plate from the CMUG
Step 3 Remove the ELU.

1. Remove the connector of the ELU monitoring signal cable on the ELU side, as
Figure 1-645 Removing the ELU monitoring signal cable
2. Use an M4 Phillips screwdriver to remove the two M4 screws from the ELU,
and then remove the ELU.

1. Install the new ELU and tighten the screws on the ELU to 1.4 N·m (12.39
lbf·in.).

2. Install the cable between the CMUG and ELU.

3. Install the cover plate of the CMUG and tighten the screws on the cover plate
to 0.55 N·m (4.87 lbf·in.).
4. Connect the monitoring signal cable to the CMUG and then the power cable
according to the recorded cable connections.
Step 5 Observe the status of indicators on the CMUG to determine whether the CMUG is
working properly. When the CMUG is working properly, the RUN indicator is
blinking green (on for 1s and off for 1s), and the ALM indicator is steady off.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
component.
component.
1.5.29.12 Replacing an ELU (BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z))

BTS3012AE (Ver.D_Z) cabinet.
Prerequisites
bag.
Context
● The ELU is located at the filler panel in the cabinet, as shown in the following
figure.

Figure 1-647 Position of an ELU in a cabinet
Procedure
NOTICE

1. Remove the filler panel, as shown in the following figure.

2. Remove the ELU signal cable.


1. Install the new ELU on the filler panel, and use two M4x8 screws to secure
the ELU to 1.2 N·m (10.62 lbf·in.).
2. Insert the ELU signal cable into the port on the new ELU.
3. Use the removed four M6x12 screws to tighten the filler panel to the cabinet
to 2 N·m (17.70 lbf·in.).
----End
Follow-up Procedure
1.6 Appendix
This section describes how to query the electronic label of a cabinet.
1.6.1 Querying the Electronic Label of a Cabinet

This section describes the procedure for querying the electronic label to determine
the type of the cabinet where the component to be replaced is installed.
Procedure
Step 1 Run an MML command to query the cabinet electronic label.
NOTE
If a board runs in multiple modes, the MML commands must be executed for each mode.
● For the GBTS, run the DSP BTSELABEL command to query the electronic
label.
● For the eGBTS/NodeB/eNodeB/gNodeB, run the DSP ELABEL command to
query the electronic label.
Step 2 Confirm the type of the cabinet that houses the faulty component according to
the Description field in the query result.
Step 3 Prepare a new component according to the type of the cabinet.
----End

3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Maintenance Guide (16) (PDF) - en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Maintenance Guide (16) (PDF) - en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

3900 & 5900 Series Base Station

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i

1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station Maintenance Guide.................................................... 1

Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ii

1.4.8.1 Powering On a Base Station...................................................................................................................................... 82

Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii

1.5.5.10 Replacing Components in an MRE1000............................................................................................................ 146

Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iv

1.5.14 Replacing Components in a BTS3900 (Ver.D)..................................................................................................... 185

Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. v

1.5.25.2.4 Replacing a PMU 11A.......................................................................................................................................... 314

Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vi

1.5.25.6.5 Replacing Storage Batteries (BBC5300D/BBC5300T)................................................................................ 453

Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vii

1.5.26.1.23 Replacing a Fan Assembly in an RFC (Ver.D_A/Ver.E_A)........................................................................616

Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. viii

1.5.26.27 Replacing a TEC (IBBS200T (Ver.B)/IBBS200T (Ver.C))..............................................................................738

Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ix

1.5.29.5 Replacing an ELU (ILC29)....................................................................................................................................... 870

Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. x

1 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station

Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1

Product Name Solution Version Product Version

3900 series base SRAN8.0 and later V100R008C00 and later

5900 series base SRAN12.1 and later V100R012C10 and later

Unless otherwise specified, cabinets, components, and RATs involved in this

IBC10 SRAN8.1/GBSS15.1/ V100R008C01 and later

● BBU3910 SRAN9.0/GBSS16.0/ V100R009C00 and later

● BBU3910A SRAN10.0/GBSS17.0/ V100R010C00 and later

IBBS20L SRAN11.0/GBSS18.0/ V100R011C00 and later

● IBBS20L-E SRAN11.1/GBSS18.1/ V100R011C10 and later

RMU3900A SRAN12.0/GBSS19.0/ V100R012C00 and later

● EPU02D SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2

Item Solution Version Product Version

● BTS3900 (Ver.E_A~D) SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● BTS5900 (Ver.A) SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● APM5930 SRAN12.1/GBSS19.1/ V100R012C10 and later

● BBC5200D-L SRAN15.1/GBSS21.1/ V100R015C10 and later

● INS05 SRAN16.0/GBSS22.0/ V100R016C00 and later

● EPU02B SRAN16.1/GBSS22.1/ V100R016C10 and later

DCDU16D-02 SRAN17.0/GBSS23.0/ V100R017C00 and later

BBC5200T-L SRAN15.1/GBSS21.1/ V100R015C10 and later

Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 3

1.1 Changes in 3900 & 5900 Series Base Station

Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 4

Topic Change Description

● 1.5.1.2 Replacing Components in a Added descriptions of the BBC5200T-

Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 5

Topic Change Description

● 1.5.26.19 Replacing a Fan

● 1.5.1.3 Replacing Components in a Added the door status sensor to

Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 6

Topic Change Description

● 1.5.1.1 Replacing Components in Added the descriptions of the EPU02B

Issue 16 (2021-08-13) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 7

● 1.5.25.1.8 Replacing an EPU02B or EPU02S

Topic Change Description

● 1.5.1.1 Replacing Components in Added the description of EPU02S.